As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 22, 2014
Registration No. 333-         
 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
SIDOTI & COMPANY, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Delaware
6189
47-2060259
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
122 East 42nd Street
4th Floor
New York, NY 10168
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
Peter T. Sidoti
Sidoti & Company, Inc.
122 East 42nd Street
4th Floor
New York, NY 10168
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
Copies to:
 
Anna T. Pinedo, Esq.
James R. Tanenbaum, Esq.
Morrison & Foerster LLP
250 West 55th Street
New York, NY 10019
Tel: (212) 468-8000
Fax: (212) 468-7900
Mark R. Diamond, Esq.
Francis V. Vargas, III Esq.
Rimon, P.C.
One Embarcadero Center, Suite 400
San Francisco, CA 94111
Tel: (415) 683-5472
Fax: (800) 930-7271
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
Large accelerated filer 
Accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company 
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
 
 
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered
Proposed Maximum Aggregate
Offering Price(1)
Amount of
Registration Fee
Common stock $0.001 par value per share
$
35,000,000.00
$
4,067.00
 
 
(1)
  • Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion. Dated October 22, 2014
PROSPECTUS
             Shares
[MISSING IMAGE: lg_sidoticompany.jpg]
Sidoti & Company, Inc.
Common Stock
 
We are offering      shares of common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market exists for our shares.
It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $     and $    . We intend to apply to have our common stock listed on the NYSE MKT, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “SDTI.”
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”) and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements after this offering.
See “Risk Factors” on page 10 to read about factors you should consider before investing in our common stock.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
 
Per Share
Total
Initial Public Offering Price(1)
$
            
$
            
Underwriting Discount and Commissions(2)
$
$
Net Proceeds (Before Expenses)(3)
$
$
 
(1)
  • Assumes all shares are sold at the initial offering price of $     per share.
(2)
  • Excludes a structuring fee of $       payable, upon the consummation of this offering, to CSCA Capital Advisors, LLC. See “Underwriting.”
(3)
  • We estimate that we will incur approximately $     of expenses in connection with this offering.
The method of distribution being used by the underwriters in this offering differs somewhat from that traditionally employed in underwritten offerings. The underwriters have agreed to use their best efforts to procure potential purchasers for the shares of common stock being offered pursuant to this prospectus. All investor funds received prior to closing will be deposited in an escrow account until closing. See “Underwriting.”
The date of this Prospectus is            , 2014.
 
 
[MISSING IMAGE: t1401980_logo2.jpg]
Sidoti & Company, Inc.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Prospectus
 
 
Through and including             , 2014 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
 
We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.
Neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit a public offering of our common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA
The industry, market and competitive position data referenced throughout this prospectus are based on research, industry and general publications, including surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications, surveys and studies generally state that they have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. We have not independently verified such third party information. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any industry, market or similar data presented herein, such data involve uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the headings “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.
In this prospectus, we use the term “micro-cap” to refer to public companies with market capitalizations less than $500 million and “small-cap” to refer to public companies with market capitalizations between $500 million and $3 billion.


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus and the information set forth under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Unless otherwise expressly indicated or the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “Sidoti,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our” or similar references to refer (1) prior to the consummation of the reorganization described under “Our History,” to Sidoti Holding Company, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries and (2) after the reorganization described under “Our History,” to Sidoti & Company, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. All amounts in this prospectus are expressed in U.S. dollars and the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”).
Overview
We are a leading provider of institutional-quality equity research focused on small, publicly-traded companies that meet our proprietary criteria. Our current coverage universe comprises nearly 500 companies across a range of industries. These companies typically have market capitalizations of less than $3 billion and a history of profitability and they generally maintain strong balance sheets. These companies also tend to have limited, if any, equity research coverage by other Wall Street firms. Our approach affords our institutional investor clients with a combination of high-quality research, a small- and micro-cap company focused nationwide sales effort, broad access to corporate management teams and extensive trading support. Our principal services include:
  • Equity Research:   Our commitment to unbiased, institutional-quality independent research has been responsible for our success and reputation since our inception in 1999. Our analysts’ recommendations are principally based on their detailed analysis of each company’s business model and cash flows and their assessment of a company’s investment merit. Our research analysts conduct their own due diligence, including meeting with executive officers and operations and financial professionals, and performing channel checks with customers, suppliers and competitors.
  • Sales and Trading:   Our nationally focused sales and trading team comprises highly experienced professionals who have established relationships with many of the leading institutional investors that focus on small-cap and micro-cap companies. Our small- and micro-cap oriented trading desk, which has been in operation since 2004, employs its extensive experience in assisting institutions with prompt order execution and a competitive commission structure.
  • Access to Corporate Management:   We provide institutional clients with extensive access to the management teams of companies included in our research coverage universe. In 2013, we arranged over 1,000 non-deal related management roadshows for our institutional investor clients. We also organize small-cap and micro-cap investor conferences where our covered companies have the opportunity to present to dedicated small-cap and micro-cap institutional investors. In addition, we regularly facilitate one-on-one meetings between company management personnel and investors. These events are exclusively for our clients.
  • Investment Banking Services:   We also are included as an underwriter, placement agent or initial purchaser primarily in equity securities offerings undertaken by companies for which we provide research coverage. We also offer these companies assistance with block trades, authorized share repurchase programs and similar transactions.
We had revenues of $29.8 million, $30.3 million and $14.1 million and net income of $0.8 million, $0.8 million and $0.3 million, respectively, for 2012, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014.
Our Research-Based Focus
We commenced operations in 1999 as an independent research firm. Although we have grown since inception, our approach remains centered on high-quality research in areas that we believe are underserved — namely the small- and micro-cap sectors. We have introduced new services, such as sales and


trading and investment banking, all relying on the depth of our knowledge and expertise in the small- and micro-cap sectors. We believe that our distinct focus and expertise will enable us to expand into new businesses, such as asset management.
Our research principally targets small, publicly traded companies with a market capitalization of $3 billion or less, a history of profitability and little to no research coverage by other Wall Street brokerage firms. Our recommendations are based solely on a company’s investment merit and are not conditioned upon corporate finance or other fees. Our research process begins with the application of several selection methods and proprietary screens to identify potential research candidates. Once an analyst establishes coverage of a company in a particular industry, that analyst may identify other companies that meet our coverage criteria. In addition, we are occasionally approached by institutional investors who may identify potential research opportunities.
Our analysts conduct their own due diligence and generally avoid companies that limit access to senior management. We strive to focus on a company’s financial and operating fundamentals, including, but not limited to, a comprehensive review of cash flows from operations and earnings. As part of their due diligence, our analysts will typically reach out to a company’s customers, suppliers and competitors. They may also visit company facilities, as appropriate. Many of our analysts cover specific sectors including consumer discretionary, consumer staples, energy, financials, healthcare, industrials, information technology, materials, telecommunications services and utilities. Certain of our analysts concentrate on “special situations” where companies do not neatly fall into any particular industry segment.
Our research on a company starts with an eight-page initiation report that details the company’s cash flows and balance sheet, and includes, among other things, quarterly earnings projections at least six quarters beyond the launch date and a price target. Our rating system consists of two ratings. We launch coverage at a “BUY” rating on companies that we project offer at least 25% capital appreciation potential over the 12-month period from the date of the report, and at a “NEUTRAL” where a stock is unlikely to produce as meaningful a gain. We publish notes and special reports, including our cash flow leaders report and our best of BUY-rated ideas. In conjunction with our exclusive investor forums, we produce supplemental publications covering all of the companies presenting at these client-only events.
We believe that there are approximately 5,000 publicly traded companies that could meet our proprietary coverage criteria, thereby providing us with an opportunity to expand significantly our coverage universe.
Market Opportunities
Since the mid-1990s, there have been many acquisitions of U.S. investment banking firms that we would consider our direct peers or competitors. Most of these firms were acquired by larger financial institutions, including U.S. and international depository institutions, insurance companies and investment banking firms. We believe this continued industry consolidation has led to:
  • the tendency of major financial institutions — and firms acquired by them — to focus their investment banking resources (including corporate finance and research) on more mature industry segments, companies with larger market capitalizations and larger investment banking transactions that may offer larger investment banking fees and may be attractive to a greater number of institutional investors;
  • a reduction of equity research coverage, specifically of small- and micro-cap companies, due to a decrease in the number of firms interested in covering small- and micro-cap companies and a shift in the focus of acquired financial institutions toward coverage of companies with larger market capitalizations; and
  • restructurings and downsizings within the remaining boutique investment banks, due to competition from larger investment banking firms and an overall decline in demand for investment banking services, resulting in the further reduction of investment banking and brokerage resources allocated to small- and micro-cap companies and their investors.


We believe that small- and micro-cap companies now receive less consistent attention from consolidated investment banking firms, which pursue larger clients and transactions. Due to our nearly exclusive small- and micro-cap company focus, we believe that our extensive relationships and expertise in covering these companies provide us with a distinct competitive advantage.
As such, we may provide our research for third-party repackaging for use by private capital investors, retail investors and their advisors and investment banks, which represent potential new markets for our research. We may also partner directly with investment banks that can use our small- and micro-cap research and expertise as a value-add to their investment banking deals.
Furthermore, we believe opportunities exist to expand into the asset management business, where we can leverage our small-company research expertise to enter a market where, according to Barron’s, the exchange-traded funds (ETFs”) model of investing in micro-cap stocks, in particular, has not been nearly as successful as micro-cap mutual funds, both in terms of performance and attracting assets.
Competitive Strengths
We believe our distinctive business model, experience and established institutional investor relationships position us well to benefit from a range of opportunities in the financial services industry. Our competitive strengths include the following:
  • Industry-leading research.   We believe that we have established the Wall Street standard for dedicated, independent small- and micro-cap equity research. Our analysts evaluate numerous industries in an effort to provide unbiased, institutional-quality research focused on the investment merits of profitable companies. The numerous small- and micro-cap companies we cover have been traditionally overlooked by investors, and, we believe they generally represent compelling investment opportunities with favorable valuation metrics, such as attractive multiples of earnings and cash flows and low debt ratios, which is consistent with our core principles for small-cap research coverage. For example, as of September 30, 2014 the price-to-book ratio of the Russell 2000® Index was 2.09 as compared to 2.70 for the S&P 500® Index. Although a lower price-to-book ratio may reflect that a company’s stock price is discounted due to the company’s high risk profile or the fact that the company’s securities have a low trading volume, it may also indicate that a company is undervalued.
  • Exclusivity and reach.   Our research is available exclusively to our institutional clients. Our experienced sales force and trading desk serve nearly 500 institutional clients in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom, including many leading managers of portfolios with $200 million to $2 billion of assets. We believe that these asset managers are generally underserved by other larger brokerage firms that typically target larger managers. Our investor conferences are for the exclusive benefit of our clients.
  • Experienced senior management.   Our experienced and highly skilled management team is led by our CEO and founder, Peter Sidoti, who has worked for over 35 years on Wall Street. As a leading healthcare analyst during the 1990s, Mr. Sidoti was directly involved in nearly 100 transactions in the nursing home, assisted-living and healthcare REIT sectors, including initial public offerings, secondary offerings and mergers. Our president, Marie Conway, who has overseen our research effort since 2000, has decades of experience as an equity analyst and portfolio manager. Our director of trading, Gary Jacobs, who joined us in 2004, has 33 years of trading and 18 years of trading desk management experience on Wall Street.
  • Aftermarket support.   We believe that we create more opportunities for our covered companies to meet with institutional investors than most other financial services firms do, primarily through our extensive calendar of conferences and non-deal road shows. Our annual New York small-cap investor forum attracts an average of approximately 175 companies from our coverage universe and nearly 500 institutional investor representative attendees. Our annual micro-cap conference is similarly well-attended. In 2013, we arranged over 1,000 non-deal road shows for our covered companies and over 6,000 one-on-one meetings.


  • Broker-dealer.   We are a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and a FINRA member firm. We provide a broad range of securities-related services. In addition to our high-quality research, we provide sales and trading services that are distinguished by prompt execution, a competitive commission structure and access to smart order routing, through our license with FlexTrade Technologies, LLC (“FlexTrade”), that utilizes all available sources of liquidity. From time to time, we are invited to participate as an underwriter, dealer, placement agent or initial purchaser in securities offerings for issuers for which we provide research coverage. Given our knowledge of the companies we cover, we believe that we are able to contribute to these capital-raising transactions. In addition, we also assist our issuers with stock repurchase programs, block trades and organized (Rule 10b5-1) trading plans.
Why We Are Going Public
We expect that our transition to a public company will enhance our ability to execute our growth strategies and meet our clients’ needs. As a public company, we expect to have greater visibility with clients, increased access to capital, and additional currency to explore strategic opportunities. Operating as a public company should also enhance our ability to attract and retain high-quality professionals by expanding our effort to offer equity-based incentives linked directly to the success of the business.
Growth Strategy
We intend to grow our business by leveraging our competitive strengths. We will maintain our commitment to providing research for small- and micro-cap companies while expanding our presence with new and existing institutional clients. We expect to increase the level of our business with existing investment management clients and to establish new relationships with investment management entities seeking small- and micro-cap research, including international buy-side firms in Canada and Europe. We will seek to continue to develop our research products using our existing capacity and will add new analysts and sectors when appropriate. To meet the demand for our product outside of the institutional money management industry, we intend to provide our research for third-party repackaging. Private capital investors, retail investors and their advisors and investment banks represent potential new markets for our product. We may also partner directly with investment banks that can use our small- and micro-cap research and expertise as a value-add to their investment banking deals.
We intend to leverage our established small- and micro-cap research brand to expand into the asset management business. We believe a unique opportunity exists to establish an asset management platform focused on the small- and micro-cap segments. We believe these segments are underserved by existing asset managers and that significant capacity exists to create such a platform. As we establish a track record of performance in this business, we intend to expand our reach and seek to attract assets from other institutions, high-net-worth individuals and other sources.
Our History
Sidoti & Company, LLC was founded as an independent research firm in 1999 by Mr. Sidoti, our Chief Executive Officer, to publish high-quality research on small-cap companies for institutional investors. Mr. Sidoti has over 35 years of research industry experience and was a leading healthcare analyst for over 20 years at Wall Street firms, including Value Line, Drexel Burnham Lambert, NatWest Markets and Wertheim Schroders. Sidoti & Company, LLC received its broker-dealer license from FINRA in May 2000, thereby enabling the firm to receive commissions from institutional clients as consideration for its services. The company’s trading operations were established in April 2004, and are led by a seasoned head sales trader with more than 30 years of trading experience. Today, the Company provides research coverage for nearly 500 small- and micro-cap companies and serves nearly 500 institutional clients.
Prior to the date of this prospectus, we operated as a limited liability company organized in the State of Delaware under the name Sidoti Holding Company, LLC. Prior to the completion of this offering, we will complete a number of reorganization transactions in order to have Sidoti & Company, Inc. succeed to the business of Sidoti Holding Company, LLC and will become the owner of its consolidated subsidiaries and to have the members of Sidoti Holding Company, LLC become stockholders of Sidoti & Company, Inc.


This prospectus assumes the corporate reorganization has taken effect prior to this offering, unless otherwise indicated. The purpose of this reorganization is to allow our company to become a corporation rather than a limited liability company following this offering, and so that our existing investors would own our common stock rather than equity interests in a limited liability company. For further details on these transactions, see “Business — Reorganization Transactions and Corporate Structure” in this prospectus.
Summary of Risk Factors
Investing in our common stock involves risks. You should carefully consider the risks described in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 before making a decision to invest in our common stock. If any of the events or circumstances described in these risk factors actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of our common stock would likely decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The following is a summary of some of the principal risks we face:
  • Difficult market conditions could adversely affect our business in many ways;
  • We focus principally on small- and micro-cap company stocks, which are inherently speculative, and a decline in the market for securities of these companies could harm our business;
  • We generate limited revenues, have not derived significant revenue from investment banking or financial advisory activities and cannot assure you that we will be able to significantly increase our revenues. Many of the companies we compete against, or may compete against in the future, have established investment banking and financial advisory practices that provide them with revenue and capital with which to expand their businesses and compete for customers and clients;
  • Our ability to retain our senior professionals and recruit additional professionals is critical to the success of our business, and our failure to do so, the likelihood of which may be higher than for our competitors, may adversely affect our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition;
  • As we enter the asset management area, we are becoming subject to risks in a market in which we have limited experience; and
  • Extensive and evolving regulation of our business and the business of our clients exposes us to the potential for significant penalties and fines due to compliance failures, increases our costs and may result in limitations on the manner in which our business is conducted.
Emerging Growth Company Status
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”). For as long as we are an “emerging growth company,” we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding advisory “say-on-pay” votes on executive compensation and stockholder advisory votes on golden parachute compensation.
Under the JOBS Act, we will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of:
  • the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more;
  • the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering;
  • the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt; and


  • the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) (we will qualify as a large accelerated filer as of the first day of the first fiscal year after we have (i) more than $700 million in outstanding common equity held by our non-affiliates and (ii) been public for at least 12 months; the value of our outstanding common equity will be measured each year on the last day of our second fiscal quarter).
The JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.
Corporate Information
Sidoti & Company, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware on June 18, 2014 in contemplation of this offering. Our principal executive offices are located at 122 East 42nd Street, 4th Floor, New York, New York 10168. Our telephone number is (212) 297-0001. Our website address is www.sidoti.com. The reference to our website is an inactive textual reference only, the information that can be accessed through our website is not part of this prospectus, and investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock.


The Offering
Common stock we are offering
     shares of common stock
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering
     shares of common stock
Use of proceeds
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering primarily in order to support our nascent asset management business platform that is focused on investing in small- and micro-cap stocks. We will need to invest in recruiting talented professionals with relevant experience and will incur start-up, marketing and other related expenses. See “Use of Proceeds.”
Risk factors
See “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of the factors you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in our common stock.
Proposed NYSE MKT symbol
SDTI
Conflicts of Interest
Sidoti & Company, Inc. controls Sidoti & Company, LLC, a participating underwriter in this offering. Therefore, Sidoti & Company, LLC is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121(f)(5)(B). In addition, Sidoti & Company, Inc. and other affiliates of Sidoti & Company, LLC will be deemed to receive more than 5% of net offering proceeds and will have a “conflict of interest” pursuant to FINRA Rule 5121(f)(5)(C)(ii). This offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of FINRA Rule 5121. Since Sidoti & Company, LLC is not primarily responsible for managing this offering, a qualified independent underwriter is not required. Sidoti & Company, LLC will not confirm sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written approval of the customer. See “Underwriting.”
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on      shares of common stock outstanding as of            , 2014, and excludes      shares of common stock that will be available for future grant under our 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”), which will become effective on the date of the completion of this offering, and      additional shares of common stock that will be available for future grant under the automatic increase provisions of our 2014 Plan (see “Executive Compensation — 2014 Stock Incentive Plan”).
Unless otherwise indicated, the number of shares of common stock described above gives effect to the issuance of      shares of common stock to existing owners of capital member interests and employee interests in our predecessor entity in connection with our reorganization from an LLC into a Delaware corporation in connection with this offering.


Summary consolidated financial data
The following tables summarize the historical financial data for our operating subsidiary, Sidoti & Company, LLC. Following the reorganization transactions, we will be a holding corporation whose only asset is its interest in its subsidiaries, Sidoti & Company, LLC, Sidoti Capital Management, LLC and Sidoti Micro Cap GP, LLC. For further details on these transactions, see “Business — Reorganization Transactions and Corporate Structure” in this prospectus. You should read this summary financial data in conjunction with the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes, all included elsewhere in this prospectus.
We have derived the statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and our balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 from our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 are derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The balance sheet data as of June 30, 2013 and 2014 are derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited financial information on the same basis as the audited financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, we consider necessary for a fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.
 
For the Year Ended
December 31,
For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
(unaudited)
2012
2013
2013
2014
Statement of Operations Data:
Revenues:
Commissions
$
19,216,613
$
19,467,968
$
9,652,084
$
9,258,689
Research income
8,568,574
8,070,258
3,606,980
3,528,870
Investment banking income
730,518
1,654,058
1,175,599
551,977
Seminar and conference fee income
947,242
882,960
882,960
640,077
Other income
296,774
211,464
87,969
83,175
Total revenues
$
29,759,721
$
30,286,708
$
15,405,592
$
14,062,788
Expenses:
Employee compensation and benefits
$
21,596,246
$
22,578,681
$
10,987,438
$
9,116,927
Floor brokerage, exchange and clearance fees
1,660,173
1,467,156
710,050
788,915
Occupancy
1,675,623
1,455,454
753,104
717,781
Seminar and conferences
1,107,823
1,034,623
1,033,267
1,114,626
Travel and entertainment
1,110,280
1,179,410
611,295
630,215
Quotes and research
521,985
484,684
252,996
253,696
Communications and data processing
135,411
184,010
75,307
74,963
Other expenses
1,065,507
1,024,445
488,745
1,029,521
Total expenses
$
28,873,048
$
29,408,463
$
14,912,202
$
13,726,644
Income before local income taxes
$
886,673
$
878,245
$
493,390
$
336,144
Local income taxes
57,864
52,563
29,617
21,078
Net income
$
828,809
$
825,682
$
463,773
$
315,066


 
Balance Sheet Data:
December 31,
June 30,
(unaudited)
2012
2013
2013
2014
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$
7,182,818
$
7,362,636
$
6,892,840
$
4,892,820
Receivables from clearing brokers
1,984,727
2,015,739
1,965,018
1,762,679
Investment banking fees receivable
79,497
418,887
297,097
210,917
Research fees receivable
362,900
398,391
383,472
565,939
Prepaid expenses and other assets
309,694
285,841
262,264
480,631
Total current assets
$
9,919,636
$
10,481,494
$
9,800,691
$
7,912,986
Non-current assets:
Property and equipment, net
$
155,166
$
121,618
$
154,976
$
96,644
Security deposits
137,365
137,365
137,365
137,365
Total non-current assets
292,531
258,983
292,341
234,009
Total assets
$
10,212,167
$
10,740,477
$
10,093,032
$
8,146,995
Liabilities:
Current liabilities:
Bonuses payable
$
2,276,000
$
3,150,000
$
2,500,000
$
529,000
Commissions payable
436,405
541,336
479,579
360,926
Payables to clearing brokers
11,160
1,692
1,350
4,035
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
1,295,326
829,449
859,856
1,303,596
Total liabilities
$
4,018,891
$
4,522,477
$
3,840,785
$
2,197,557
Total Members Equity:
6,193,276
6,218,000
6,252,247
5,949,438
Total liabilities and members equity
$
10,212,167
$
10,740,477
$
10,093,032
$
8,146,995

RISK FACTORS
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as other information in this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events or circumstances described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations or growth prospects. In such an event, the trading price of our common stock may decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.
Risks Relating to Our Business and Strategy
Difficult market conditions could adversely affect our business in many ways.
Difficult market and economic conditions and geopolitical uncertainties have in the past adversely affected and may in the future adversely affect our business and profitability in many ways. Weakness in equity markets and diminished trading volume of securities could adversely impact our sales and trading business, from which we have historically generated a material portion of our revenues. In a downturn, institutional investors may have less interest in small- and micro-cap stocks, which tend to be more volatile. To a potentially lesser extent, industry-wide declines in the size and number of underwriting transactions also would have an adverse effect on our revenues. In addition, in the event of a market or general economic downturn, our planned asset management business would be expected to generate lower revenue because investment advisory fees that we expect to receive typically are, in part, based on the market value of underlying publicly traded securities under management. In addition, to the extent we deploy our own money into our proposed asset management investment funds we will be exposed to direct market risk and may experience principal losses during adverse market conditions.
The financial services industry and the markets in which we operate are subject to systemic risk that could adversely affect our business and results.
Participants in the financial services industry and markets increasingly are closely interrelated as a result of credit, trading, clearing, technology and other relationships between them. A significant adverse development with one participant (such as a bankruptcy or default) may spread to others and lead to significant concentrated or market-wide problems (such as defaults, liquidity problems or losses) for other participants, including us. The control and risk management infrastructure of the markets in which we operate often is outpaced by financial innovation and growth in new types of securities, transactions and markets. Systemic risk is inherently difficult to assess and quantify, and its form and magnitude can remain unknown for significant periods of time.
We focus exclusively on small- and micro-cap company stocks, which are inherently more volatile than large-cap stocks, and a decline in the market for securities of these companies could harm our business.
Our research and sales and trading efforts focus exclusively on small- and micro-cap stocks. Any reduction in trading activity in these securities could significantly and adversely affect our revenues and, consequently, the market value of our common stock.
Small- and micro-cap stocks have traditionally been subject to substantial price volatility when compared to larger capitalization stocks, because, in part, they have lower trading volumes. These stocks are often covered by fewer research analysts, which generally results in fewer investors, limited exposure and less liquidity. As such, the trading of relatively small quantities of shares may disproportionately influence the price of those stocks, without regard to any underlying change in an issuer’s financial performance. For example, the price of a small- or micro-cap stock could decline precipitously if a number of its common shares are sold on the market without commensurate demand.
The combination of these risks historically has limited institutional investor interest in small- and micro-cap stocks. This limited interest could pose a direct challenge to our business model. In addition, if we are unable to generate sufficient institutional investor interest or if micro- or macro-economic events curb institutional investor risk appetite, we would be unable to successfully market our research and sales and trading services and our financial results most likely would suffer. Similarly, we intend to use the proceeds of this offering to help support our nascent small- and micro-cap focused asset management business. The asset management business will be directly affected by the market for and developments related to small- and micro-cap stocks.

We generate limited revenues and we cannot assure you that we will be able to significantly increase our revenues.
Our revenues for 2012 and 2013 were $29.8 million and $30.3 million, respectively. We may not be able to generate significant revenues in the future. We conduct an agency focused business and are not as actively engaged as our competitors in the investment banking business, which may yield higher revenues. In addition, we expect to continue to incur substantial operating expenses, including personnel expenses, especially in connection with establishing our asset management business. As a result, we may experience negative cash flows in the foreseeable future. Our limited revenues may also make it more difficult to execute our plan to expand into the asset management business, which will require significant investment. If we are unable to execute our plan, our financial results may suffer.
Historically, we have not derived significant revenue from investment banking or financial advisory activities. Many of the companies we compete against, or may compete against in the future, have established investment banking and financial advisory practices that provide them with revenue and capital with which to expand their businesses and compete for customers and clients.
Historically, our business has focused on providing sales and trading services and research focused on small- and micro-cap companies to our institutional customers. Because of this, we generate less revenue, and are less profitable, than many of our competitors who focus principally on proprietary trading and investment banking. As a result, we may not have the resources to compete as effectively for talent or the resources to invest in our growth.
Our ability to retain our professionals and recruit additional professionals is critical to the success of our business, and our failure to do so, the likelihood of which may be higher than for our competitors, may adversely affect our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.
We consider our people to be our most valuable resource. Our ability to retain customers, deliver high-quality research and successfully execute transactions depends upon the reputation, judgment and capabilities of our senior professionals. The reputations and relationships of our professionals with our clients are critical to our reputation. Turnover in the brokerage and investment banking industries is high and we encounter intense competition for qualified employees from other companies in the brokerage and investment banking industries as well as from businesses outside those industries. Since we have fewer resources than our competitors with which to recruit and retain key employees, we may not be able to attract and keep the best talent.
If we were to lose the services of any of our senior equity research, sales and trading professionals, or executive officers to a new or existing competitor or otherwise, or fail to attract additional talented professionals, we may not be able to retain valuable relationships and some of our clients could choose to use the services of a competitor instead of our services.
Our plan to enter the asset management business will require us to attract additional professionals with expertise in that area. If we fail to attract qualified individuals for this effort, we may not be successful in launching this new business, and our financial results will suffer as a result.
We face strong competition, including from entities with significantly more financial and other resources.
The brokerage and investment banking industries are intensely competitive, and we expect them to remain so. We compete on the basis of a number of factors, including our small- and micro-cap focus, the ability of our professionals, our industry expertise, customer relationships and business reputation, and the quality of our services. We believe we may experience competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future.
The scale of our competitors has increased as a result of substantial consolidation among companies in the brokerage and investment banking industries. Additionally, a number of large commercial banks, insurance companies and other broad-based financial services firms have established or acquired underwriting or financial advisory practices and broker-dealers or have merged with other financial institutions. Also, many funds and other institutional investors have their own internal research capabilities. We are a relatively small firm, and many of our competitors offer a broader range of products and services,

have greater financial and marketing resources, larger customer bases, better name recognition, larger numbers of senior professionals to serve their clients’ needs and more expansive global coverage than we have. In particular, the ability to provide financing has become an important advantage for some of our larger competitors and, because we do not provide such financing, we may be unable to compete as effectively for clients in a significant part of the brokerage and investment banking market. If we are unable to compete effectively with our competitors, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.
We are establishing an asset management business, which will be subject to intense competition. We have limited capital relative to our larger asset management competitors and we will have a limited ability to compete for asset management business as a result. If we continue to expend financial and other resources to grow our asset management offerings and that expenditure does not result in significant increased revenues, it would have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
Our exposure to legal liability is significant, and damages that we may be required to pay and the reputational harm that could result from legal action against us could materially adversely affect our businesses.
We face significant legal risks in our businesses and, in recent years, the volume of claims and amount of damages sought in litigation and regulatory proceedings against financial institutions have been increasing. These risks include potential liability under securities or other laws for materially false or misleading statements made in connection with securities offerings and other transactions. We focus principally on small- and micro-cap companies, which may be more susceptible to stock price volatility, earnings restatements, unpredictable financial results, and other developments that may result in stockholder litigation. Our activities may subject us to the risk of significant legal liabilities to our clients and aggrieved third parties, including stockholders of our clients who could bring securities class actions against us. As a result, we may incur significant legal and other expenses in defending against litigation and may be required to pay substantial damages for settlements and adverse judgments. We are also potentially subject to claims arising from disputes with employees. These risks often may be difficult to assess or quantify and their existence and magnitude often remain unknown for substantial periods of time.
Legal or regulatory matters involving our directors, officers or employees in their individual capacities also may create exposure for us because we may be obligated or may choose to indemnify the affected individuals against liabilities and expenses they incur in connection with such matters to the extent permitted under applicable law.
Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against us could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or cause significant reputational harm to us, which could seriously harm our business and prospects.
We depend on Mr. Sidoti and the loss of his services would have a material adverse effect on us.
We depend on the efforts and reputation of Peter Sidoti, our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Sidoti’s reputation and relationships with clients and potential clients are critical elements in expanding and maintaining our businesses. The loss of his services would have a material adverse effect on our operations, including our ability to attract and retain clients and raise additional funds. In addition, Mr. Sidoti will be leading our asset management business and spending less time than in the past on other parts of our business. This may result in a decline in our existing revenue or net income.
Our failure to deal appropriately with actual, potential or perceived conflicts of interest could damage our reputation and materially adversely affect our business.
We may confront actual, potential or perceived conflicts of interest in our business. We face the risk that our current policies, controls and procedures may not timely identify or appropriately manage such conflicts of interest.
It is possible that actual, potential or perceived conflicts could give rise to client dissatisfaction, litigation or regulatory enforcement actions. Appropriately identifying and managing actual or perceived conflicts of interest is complex and difficult, and our reputation could be damaged if we fail, or appear to fail, to deal appropriately with one or more potential or actual conflicts of interest. Regulatory scrutiny of,

or litigation in connection with, conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our reputation which could materially adversely affect our business in a number of ways, including a reluctance of some potential clients and counterparties to do business with us.
As we begin to enter the asset management area, we will compete with some of our clients in our traditional research and sales and trading businesses, and those clients could reduce the amount of business they do with us as a result. If this were to occur, it could cause our financial results to suffer.
Misconduct by our employees or by the employees of our business partners could harm us and is difficult to detect and prevent.
There have been a number of highly publicized cases involving fraud or other misconduct by employees in the financial services industry in recent years, and we run the risk that employee misconduct could occur at our firm. For example, misconduct could involve the improper use or disclosure of confidential information, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious reputational or financial harm. It is not always possible to deter misconduct and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in all cases. Our ability to detect and prevent misconduct by entities with which we do business may be even more limited. We may suffer reputational harm for any misconduct by our employees or those entities with which we do business.
Extensive and evolving regulation of our business and the business of our clients exposes us to the potential for significant penalties and fines due to compliance failures, increases our costs and may result in limitations on the manner in which our business is conducted.
As a participant in the financial services industry, we are subject to extensive regulation in the United States and internationally. We are subject to regulation by government and self-regulatory organizations in the jurisdictions in which we operate. As a result of market volatility and disruption in recent years, the United States and other governments have taken unprecedented steps to try to stabilize the financial system, including providing assistance to financial institutions and taking certain regulatory actions. The full extent of the effects of these actions and of legislative and regulatory initiatives (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) effected in connection with, and as a result of, such extraordinary disruption and volatility is uncertain, both as to the financial markets and participants in general, and as to us in particular.
Our ability to conduct business and our operating results, including compliance costs and capital retention requirements, may be adversely affected as a result of any new requirements imposed by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) or other U.S. or foreign governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that regulate financial services firms or supervise financial markets and may require substantial attention by senior management. We may be adversely affected by changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules by these government authorities and self-regulatory organizations. In addition, some of our clients or prospective clients may adopt policies that exceed regulatory requirements and impose additional restrictions affecting their dealings with us. Accordingly, we may incur significant costs to comply with U.S. and international regulation. In addition, new laws or regulations or changes in enforcement of existing laws or regulations applicable to our clients may adversely affect our business.
Our business is subject to periodic examination by various regulatory authorities, and we cannot predict the outcome of any such examinations. Our failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations could result in adverse publicity and reputational harm as well as fines, civil penalties, the issuance of cease and desist orders, suspensions or disqualification of personnel or other sanctions, including revocation or suspension of the registration of us or any of our subsidiaries as a broker-dealer or investment advisor and could impair executive retention or recruitment.
Entry into new businesses and joint ventures may result in additional risks and uncertainties in our business.
We intend to grow our core businesses primarily through internal expansion. We may also seek to grow through strategic investments, acquisitions, entry into new businesses or joint ventures. To the extent we make strategic investments or acquisitions, or enter into new businesses or joint ventures, we would face

numerous risks and uncertainties combining or integrating the relevant businesses and systems, including the need to combine accounting and data processing systems and management controls and to integrate relationships with customers and business partners. Also, our share price could decline after we announce or complete a transaction if investors view the transaction as too costly or unlikely to improve our competitive position. In the case of joint ventures, we would be subject to additional risks and uncertainties in that we could be dependent upon, and subject to liability, losses or reputational damage relating to, systems, controls and personnel that are not under our control. In addition, conflicts or disagreements between us and any joint venture partners could negatively impact our businesses.
To the extent we enter into new business activities in the future, such as our entry into the asset management business, these activities will involve significant start-up costs and operational and staffing challenges, including attracting and retaining qualified personnel. In addition, these activities may use a portion of the time of members of our management that would then be unavailable for the management of our existing businesses. Certain possible future business activities may require us to raise significant amounts of capital which efforts may be subject to market conditions at the time. To the extent we undertake new activities, they may not be successful and any investments we make in these new activities may not retain their value or achieve positive returns.
Pricing and other competitive pressures may impair the revenues and profitability of our sales and trading business.
We derive a significant portion of our revenues from our sales and trading business; commissions accounted for approximately 65%, 64% and 66%, respectively, of our revenues in 2012, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014. Along with other securities firms, we have experienced price competition in this business in recent years. Electronic trading platforms and algorithmic trading programs have increased the pressure on trading commissions and spreads. We expect this trend toward alternative trading systems and pricing pressures in this business to continue. We believe we may experience competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future as some of our competitors seek to obtain market share by competing on the basis of price. In addition, we face pressure from our larger competitors, which may be better able to offer a broader range of complementary products and services to customers in order to win their trading business. If we are unable to compete effectively with our competitors in these areas, the revenues and profitability of our sales and trading business may decline and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.
Some of our clients compensate us through brokerage commissions for the value of research and other value-added services we deliver to our clients. We also depend upon arrangements, which have been adopted by some large institutional investors with third-party brokers. In these arrangements, these institutional investors concentrate their trading with fewer “execution” brokers and pay a fixed amount for execution with an additional amount set aside for payments to other firms for research or other brokerage services. Accordingly, we may experience reduced (or no) trading volume with such investors but may be compensated for our research and sales efforts through allocations of the designated amounts. Depending on the extent to which we adopt this practice and depending on our ability to reach arrangements on terms acceptable to us, this trend would likely impair the revenues and profitability of our sales and trading business by negatively affecting both volumes and trading commissions.
As we are committed to maintaining and improving our comprehensive research coverage of small- and micro capitalization stocks to meet customer needs and to support our sales and trading business, we may be required to make additional substantial investments in our research capabilities.
Limitations on our access to capital could impair our liquidity and our ability to conduct our businesses.
Liquidity, or ready access to funds, is essential to financial services firms, including ours. Failures of financial institutions have often been attributable in large part to insufficient liquidity. Liquidity is of particular importance to our sales and trading business, and perceived liquidity issues may affect the willingness of our clients and counterparties to engage in sales and trading transactions with us. Our liquidity could be impaired due to circumstances that we may be unable to control, such as a general market disruption or an operational problem that affects our sales and trading clients, third parties or us. Investment in new businesses, such as the asset management business, could put additional strain on our liquidity. Further, our ability to sell assets may be impaired if other market participants are seeking to sell similar assets at the same time.

Sidoti & Company, LLC, our broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the net capital requirements of the SEC, FINRA and various self-regulatory organizations of which it is a member. These requirements typically specify the minimum level of net capital a broker-dealer must maintain and also mandate that a significant part of its assets be kept in relatively liquid form. Any failure to comply with these net capital requirements could impair our ability to conduct our business. Furthermore, Sidoti & Company, LLC is subject to laws that authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce the flow of funds from it to the holding company. As a holding company, we depend on dividends, distributions and other payments from our subsidiaries to fund all payments on our obligations. In addition, because Sidoti & Company, Inc. holds equity interests in the firm’s subsidiaries, its rights as an equity holder to the assets of these subsidiaries may not materialize, if at all, until the claims of the creditors of these subsidiaries are first satisfied.
Our risk management policies and procedures may leave us exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risks.
Our risk management strategies and techniques may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risk. We are exposed to the risk that third parties that owe us money, securities or other assets will not perform their obligations. These parties may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, operational failure, breach of contract or other reasons. We are also subject to the risk that our rights against third parties may not be enforceable in all circumstances. In addition, concerns about, or a default by, one institution could lead to significant liquidity problems, losses or defaults by other institutions, which in turn could adversely affect us.
We base some methods of risk management on the use of observed historical market behavior. As a result, these methods may not predict future risk exposures, which could be significantly greater than historical measures indicate. Other risk management methods depend on evaluation of information regarding markets, clients or other matters that are publicly available or otherwise accessible by the Company. This information may not be accurate, complete, up-to-date or properly evaluated. Management of operational, legal and regulatory risk requires, among other things, policies and procedures to properly record and verify a large number of transactions and events. The Company cannot give assurances that its policies and procedures will effectively and accurately record and verify this information. If any of the processes and strategies we utilize to manage our exposure to various types of risk are not effective, we may incur losses.
Our operations and infrastructure and those of the service providers upon which we rely may malfunction, fail or require upgrades.
Our business depends on our ability to process, on a daily basis, a large number of transactions across diverse markets. The inability of our systems to accommodate an increasing volume of transactions could also constrain our ability to expand our businesses. If any of these systems do not operate properly or are disabled, or if there are other shortcomings or failures in our internal processes, people or systems, we could suffer impairments, financial loss, a disruption of our businesses, liability to clients, regulatory intervention or reputational damage.
We have outsourced certain aspects of our technology infrastructure, including data centers, disaster recovery systems and wide area networks, as well as some trading applications. For example, we rely on FlexTrade for our order routing system. We depend on our technology providers to manage and monitor those functions. A disruption of any of the outsourced services would be out of our control and could negatively impact our business. We have experienced disruptions on occasion, none of which has been material to our operations or financial results. However, there can be no guarantee that future disruptions with these providers will not occur or that any such disruption will not have a material effect on our operations or financial results.
We also face the risk of operational failure or termination of relations with our clearing firm, Convergex Execution Solutions LLC (“ConvergEx”), or other financial intermediaries we use to facilitate our securities transactions. Any such failure or termination could adversely affect our ability to effect transactions and to manage our exposure to risk.
Adapting or developing our technology systems to meet new regulatory requirements, client needs, geographic expansion and industry demands is also critical for our business. The introduction of new technologies presents new challenges on a regular basis. We have an ongoing need to upgrade and improve

our various technology systems, including our data and transaction processing, financial, accounting, risk management and trading systems. This need could present operational issues or require significant capital spending. It also may require us to make additional investments in technology systems and may require us to reevaluate the current value or expected useful lives of our technology systems, which could negatively impact our results of operations.
Security breaches and other disruptions could compromise our information and expose us to liability, which would cause our business and reputation to suffer.
Our operations also rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our computer systems and networks. In the ordinary course of business, we collect and store sensitive data, including our proprietary business information and that of our customers, and personally identifiable information of our customers and employees, in our data centers and on our networks. The secure processing, maintenance and transmission of this information is critical to our operations. Despite our security measures, our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breach due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions. The recent increase in the number of security breaches at large retailers, credit card companies and others reflect the increased risk for all companies handling sensitive client data. If one or more of such events occurs, it could jeopardize our or our clients’ or counterparties’ confidential and other information that is processed and stored in, or transmitted through, our computer systems and networks or otherwise cause disruptions in our, our clients’, our counterparties’ or third parties’ operations. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures, to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures or to make required notifications, and we may be subject to litigation and financial losses that are either not covered or are only partially covered by any insurance policies maintained by us.
Our operations could be adversely affected by events that impact our principal office.
Because our operations are based in a single location that is adjacent to Grand Central Station in New York City, the risk of interruption due to a terrorist attack, or the security response to the perceived threat of such an attack, is heightened. In addition, our operations may be interrupted by disruptions involving electrical, communications, transportation or other services used by us or third parties with which we conduct business, whether due to fire, earthquakes or other natural disasters, power or communications failure, acts of war or terrorism or otherwise.
Our management has no experience running a public company, and the demands of running a public company could require our management to devote more time to regulatory and other requirements, resulting in additional costs.
Our management team has historically operated our business as a privately owned company. The individuals who now constitute our management have not previously managed a publicly traded company.
Following our initial public offering, we will be subject to significant additional regulatory and reporting requirements, including under the Exchange Act, as amended, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the NYSE MKT listed company rules. We will incur additional costs on an ongoing basis in order to comply with these additional requirements. These costs include those related to expanding our internal control and compliance functions, and recruiting and retaining additional staff. The historical consolidated financial information in this prospectus does not reflect the added costs that we expect to incur as a public company or the resulting changes that will have occurred in our capital structure and operations. For more information, see our historical consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
In addition, our senior management may be required to devote more of their time to meeting these additional requirements. Since inception, our senior management has been actively involved in the revenue-generating activities of our operations. If our senior management is required to devote more time to the additional requirements of managing a public company, and we are unable to successfully transition some or all of the direct revenue generating responsibilities of our senior management to other suitable professionals, our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition may be harmed.

As we enter in the asset management area, we will become subject to risks in a market in which we have limited experience.
Historically, we have generated the majority of our revenues from our research and sales and trading businesses. As we enter the asset management industry, an area in which we have never participated, our existing business model will change and we will become subject to risks in a market in which we have limited experience. The asset management business is extremely competitive and the size and number of asset management funds, including hedge funds and private equity funds, has continued to increase. Some of these funds have operated asset management businesses for a number of years and have substantial experience and a recognized track record. If investors choose to invest with other participants in the asset management business that have, or are perceived to have, greater expertise, it would have an adverse effect on our business.
Our asset management strategy is focused on small- and micro-cap stocks and may be subject to distinct risks.
There are relatively few fund management complexes that focus on strategies involving small- and micro-cap stocks. In part, this is due to the fact that there may be limited institutional interest in small- and micro-cap stocks. In addition, there may be significant operating and other costs associated with managing a fund that invests in small- and micro-cap stocks as compared to a similarly sized fund that invests in large-cap stocks, given that a small- and micro-cap focused fund will be required to hold positions in many more stocks, each of which may have a limited trading volume. Monitoring, trading and transaction costs may be higher for small- and micro-cap focused funds than for similarly sized funds that invest in public companies with larger capitalizations. We have no asset management track record and cannot assure you that our asset management strategy will prove successful.
Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Stock
There has been no trading market for our common stock, an active market may not be developed or maintained, and the market price of our common stock may be volatile, thereby potentially preventing you from reselling shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid.
Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we have applied for listing of our common stock on the NYSE MKT, an active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained. In addition, you will pay a price for our common stock in this offering that was not established in a competitive market. Instead, you will pay a price that we negotiated with the underwriters. See “Underwriting” for factors considered in determining the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price does not necessarily bear any relationship to our book value or the fair market value of our assets and may be higher than the market price of our common stock after this offering. In addition, the underwriters do not make markets in securities, and will not make a market in our common stock after the offering, which may limit the liquidity of any market for our common stock. In particular, we cannot assure you as to:
  • the likelihood that an active public trading market for our common stock will develop after this offering or, if developed, that a public trading market can be sustained;
  • the liquidity of any such market;
  • the ability of our stockholders to sell their common stock; or
  • the price that our stockholders may obtain for their common stock.

If no public market develops, it may be difficult or impossible to resell shares of our common stock if you should desire to do so. Even if an active trading market develops, the market price for our common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations after this offering. We cannot predict how our common stock will trade in the future. Some of the factors that could negatively affect our stock price include:
  • actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly operating results;
  • our ability to convince research analysts to follow and produce research reports on us;
  • changes in revenue or financial estimates or publication of research reports and recommendations by financial analysts;
  • fluctuations in the stock price and operating results of our competitors;
  • our ability to execute our business plan;
  • additions or departures of key management personnel;
  • proposed or adopted regulatory changes or developments;
  • speculation in the press or investment community;
  • legal or regulatory actions against us;
  • issuances of new equity pursuant to future offerings;
  • general and industry-specific market and economic conditions; and
  • announcements concerning our competitors or the financial services industry in general.
In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against companies that experience volatility in the market price of their securities. Whether or not meritorious, litigation brought against us could result in substantial costs, divert management’s attention and resources and harm our business.
Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.
The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Therefore, investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will contribute     % of the total amount invested to date to fund us, but will own only       % of the common stock outstanding, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $       per share, which is the mid-point of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see “Dilution.”
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research reports about our business or our industry, or publish negative reports about our business or our industry, our share price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us, our business, our industry or our competitors. If we are unable to convince research analysts to publish research reports about us, there could be less investor interest and therefore lower volume and more volatility in our stock price. Also, if one or more of the analysts who does cover us changes his or her recommendation regarding our stock adversely, changes his or her opinion of the prospects for our company in a negative manner or provides more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.
Substantial future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our stock price.
Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional shares. Upon completion of this offering,

we will have      shares of common stock outstanding. The shares of common stock offered in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares of our common stock that may be held or acquired by our directors, executive officers and other affiliates, as that term is defined in the Securities Act, which will be restricted securities under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may not be sold in the public market unless the sale is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available. Prior to the consummation of the offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with certain of our executives, which will allow these parties, after a certain period of time and subject to customary conditions and restrictions, to cause us to file a registration statement with respect to their shares. If our existing stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or if the public perceives that such sales could occur, there could be an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock, even if there is no relationship between such sales and the performance of our business.
We, our executive officers and directors and our other existing security holders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or transfer any common stock, or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without first obtaining written consent of WR Hambrecht + Co, LLC, as representative of the underwriters. See “Underwriting.”
All of our shares of common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus may be sold in the public market by existing stockholders 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to applicable limitations imposed under federal securities laws. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling shares of our common stock after this offering.
 
Number of Shares of Common Stock and % of Total Outstanding
Date Available for Sale into Public Market
     or     %
Immediately after completion of this offering
     or     %
180 days after the date of this prospectus
     or     %
From time to time after the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus
In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with a capital raise or acquisition. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with a capital raise or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of common stock, which would result in dilution.
The future issuance of additional common stock in connection with our 2014 Plan, acquisitions or otherwise will dilute all other stockholdings.
After this offering, we will have an aggregate of      shares of common stock authorized but unissued and not reserved for issuance under our 2014 Plan. We may issue all of these shares of common stock without any action or approval by our stockholders, subject to certain exceptions. We also intend to continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities and may issue common stock in connection with these acquisitions. Any common stock issued in connection with our 2014 Plan, acquisitions or otherwise would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase common stock in this offering.
We will have broad discretion in how we use the net proceeds from this offering.
We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to help support our nascent asset management platform as described in the “Use of Proceeds” section of this prospectus. However, we do not have more specific plans for the net proceeds from this offering and will have broad discretion in how we use the net proceeds of this offering. These proceeds could be applied in ways that do not improve our operating results or increase the value of your investment. You may not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use the net proceeds from this offering.
Because we have no plans to pay dividends on our common stock, investors must look solely to stock appreciation for a return on their investment in us.
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all

future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. Any future payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, statutory and contractual restrictions applying to the payment of dividends and other considerations that the board of directors deems relevant. Investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize a return on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.
We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company we may choose to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to emerging public companies, which includes, among other things:
  • exemption from the auditor attestation requirements under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;
  • reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements;
  • exemption from the requirements of holding non-binding stockholder votes on executive compensation arrangements; and
  • exemption from any rules requiring mandatory audit firm rotation and auditor discussion and analysis and, unless the SEC otherwise determines, any future audit rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.
We could be an emerging growth company until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary after our initial public offering, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have annual gross revenue of $1 billion or more, (ii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt or (iii) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the federal securities laws. We will qualify as a large accelerated filer as of the first day of the first fiscal year after we have (i) more than $700 million in outstanding common equity held by our non-affiliates and (ii) been public for at least 12 months. The value of our outstanding common equity will be measured each year on the last day of our second fiscal quarter.
Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies are also permitted to elect to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards until companies that are not subject to periodic reporting obligations are required to comply, if such accounting standards apply with non-reporting companies. We have made an irrevocable decision to opt out of this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.
We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.
Provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could discourage a takeover that stockholders may consider favorable.
Provisions in our charter, as in effect immediately after this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. These provisions include the following:
  • the right of our board of directors to elect directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of our board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;
  • the establishment of a classified board of directors requiring that only a subset of the members of our board of directors be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders;

  • the prohibition of cumulative voting in our election of directors, which would otherwise allow less than a majority of stockholders to elect director candidates;
  • the requirement that stockholders provide advance notice to nominate individuals for election to our board of directors or to propose matters that can be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting. These provisions may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirers’ own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company;
  • the ability of our board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, shares of undesignated preferred stock with terms set by the board of directors, which rights could be senior to those of our common stock. The ability to authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us;
  • the ability of our board of directors to alter our charter without obtaining stockholder approval;
  • the inability of our stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders and to take action by written consent in lieu of a meeting;
  • the required approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of the stock entitled to vote at an election of directors to adopt, amend, or repeal our charter;
  • the required approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of the stock entitled to vote at an election of directors to repeal or adopt any provision of our charter regarding the election of directors;
  • the required approval of the holders of at least 80% of such shares to amend or repeal the provisions of our charter regarding the election and classification of directors; and
  • the required approval of the holders of at least a majority of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to remove directors without cause.
We are electing to be subject to certain Delaware anti-takeover provisions and we may not engage in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of our outstanding common stock unless the holder has held the shares for three years or, among other things, the board of directors has approved the transaction. Our board of directors could rely on Delaware law to prevent or delay an acquisition of us. For a description of our common stock, see “Description of Capital Stock.”

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This prospectus, particularly in the sections titled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future financial position, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “believe,” “may,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “should,” “plan,” “expect,” “think,” “could,” “will,” “see,” “would,” “predict,” “potential,” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. Such statements are based on currently available operating, financial and competitive information and are subject to various risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in or implied by our forward-looking statements. The statements we make regarding the following subject matters are forward-looking by their nature:
  • the effect of difficult market conditions on our business;
  • the consequences of a decline in small- and micro-cap company stocks on our business;
  • our future revenues;
  • any success or failure in retaining and attracting employees;
  • the effects of losing Mr. Sidoti’s services;
  • whether we will have and be able to manage any conflicts of interest;
  • any future misconduct by our employees or business partners;
  • the effects of entering the asset management business;
  • the effects of regulations on our business and any potential penalties or fines related to compliance failures;
  • continued pricing and other competitive pressures and their effects on our profitability;
  • our future access to capital;
  • whether our risk management policies will leave us exposed to unidentified and unanticipated risks;
  • the potential failure or malfunctioning of our operations and infrastructure or those of our service providers;
  • any potential litigation;
  • the potential risks associated with investments, acquisitions and entry into new business ventures;
  • the high concentration in the ownership of shares of our common stock;
  • whether an active market for our common stock will be developed or maintained;
  • the potential for extreme price and volume fluctuations of our common stock;
  • immediate and substantial dilution of the shares purchased in this offering;
  • the effects of published research and reports on the price and trading volume of our common stock;
  • the impact of a substantial future sale or issuance of our common stock or perceptions in the public markets on our share price;
  • our broad discretion in the use of proceeds from this offering;
  • our status as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act; and
  • the additional costs and requirements we will incur as a result of operating as a public company.

The preceding list is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all of our forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations of future performance, taking into account the information currently available to us. These statements are only predictions based upon our current expectations and projections about future events. There are important factors that could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Other sections of this prospectus may include additional factors that could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. Before investing in our common stock, investors should be aware that the occurrence of the events described under the caption “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assume responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.
You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

Use of Proceeds
We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from this offering will be $     million, at an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the mid-point of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds from this offering by approximately $     million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $     million, assuming an initial public offering price of $     per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of 100,000 shares in the number of shares sold in this offering by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting assumed underwriting discounts and commissions, by $    , assuming an initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover of this prospectus.
We intend to use a significant portion of the net proceeds from this offering to help support our nascent asset management platform that is focused on investing in small- and micro-cap stocks. We will need to invest in recruiting talented professionals with relevant experience and will incur start-up, marketing and other related expenses.
Some of the other principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock and increase our visibility in the marketplace. Creating a public market for our common stock will facilitate our ability to raise additional equity in the future and to use our common stock as a means of attracting and retaining key employees and as consideration for acquisitions. Another principal purpose of this offering is to provide liquidity to existing stockholders.
We will have broad discretion in the way that we use the net proceeds of this offering. The amounts that we actually spend for the purposes described above may vary significantly and will depend, in part, on the timing and amount of our future revenues, our future expenses and any potential acquisitions that we may propose. Until we use the net proceeds of this offering, we intend to invest the funds in short-term, investment grade, interest-bearing securities, U.S. government securities and other marketable securities. We cannot predict whether the net proceeds invested will yield a favorable return.

DIVIDEND POLICY
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings for use in the expansion and operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable law and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2014:
  • on an actual basis; and
  • on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the reorganization prior to the consummation of this offering, and the sale by us of      shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
You should read this table together with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
As of June 30, 2014
Actual
Pro Forma as Adjusted for Reorganization
Pro Forma as Adjusted for
the Offering(1)
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Capital member interests
$
    
$
    
     
Minority interest
    
    
     
Member’s equity and stockholders’ equity
Capital member interests
Employee interests
Common stock, $0.001 par value per share;      shares authorized;      shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis, and      shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis adjusted for this offering
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
    
    
     
Total member’s equity
5,949,438
    
     
Total capitalization
$
5,949,438
$
    
     
 
(1)
  • A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, member’s equity and stockholders’ equity by $     , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of 100,000 shares in the number of shares sold in this offering by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, member’s equity and stockholders’ equity from this offering by $     , assuming an initial public offering price of $     per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on      shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014 on an as converted basis, and excludes shares of common stock that will be available for future grant under our 2014 Plan, which will become effective on the date of the completion of this offering, and additional shares of common stock that will be available for future grant under the automatic increase provisions of our 2014 Plan (see “Executive Compensation — 2014 Stock Incentive Plan”).
Unless otherwise provided, the number of shares of common stock described above gives effect to the issuance of     shares of common stock to existing owners of capital member interests and employee interests in our predecessor entity in connection with our reorganization from an LLC into a Delaware corporation in connection with this offering.

DILUTION
If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per shares of our common stock immediately after completion of this offering.
As of June 30, 2014, our net tangible book value was approximately $     million, or $     per share of common stock. The net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our tangible assets less our liabilities, divided by the shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014 after giving effect to the pro forma adjustments described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information.” Our as adjusted net tangible book value includes the impact of our sale of      shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at June 30, 2014 would have been $     million, or $     per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $     per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $     per share to new investors (in millions, except per share amounts).
The following table illustrates this dilution:
 
Assumed initial public offering price per share of common stock
       
$
      
Net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2014, before giving effect to this offering
$
      
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to investors purchasing shares in this offering
$
      
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering
     
$
      
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing common stock in this offering
     
$
      
A $1.00 increase in the initial public offering price of $     per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $     and would increase dilution per share to new investors by approximately $     , assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.
A $1.00 decrease in the initial public offering price of $     per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $     and would decrease dilution per share to new investors by approximately $     , assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.
A $2.00 increase in the initial public offering price of $     per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $     and would increase dilution per share to new investors by approximately $     , assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.
A $2.00 decrease in the initial public offering price of $     per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $     and would decrease dilution per share to new investors by approximately $     , assuming that the number common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.
The pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering would be $     per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be $     per share.

The following table summarizes on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of June 30, 2014:
  • the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us by our existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering;
  • the total consideration paid to us by our existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $     per share (before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering); and
  • the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering.
 
Shares Purchased
Total Consideration
Average Price Per Share
Number
Percent
Amount
Percent
Existing stockholders
%
$
    
%
$
    
New investors
   
$
Total
100.0
%
$
100.0
%
$
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the total consideration paid to us by new investors by $     million and increase or decrease the percent of total consideration paid to us by new investors by approximately     %, assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.
The number of shares held by the existing stockholders after this offering would be reduced to     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding, and the number of shares held by new investors would be      or     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding.
Except as otherwise indicated, the amounts set forth above are based on      shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, on an as converted basis, and excludes      shares of common stock that will be available for future grant under our 2014 Plan, which will become effective on the date of the completion of this offering, and additional shares that will be available for future grant under the automatic increase provisions of our 2014 Plan (see “Executive Compensation — 2014 Stock Incentive Plan”).

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information is based upon the historical consolidated financial statements of our operating subsidiary, Sidoti & Company, LLC. Prior to this offering and prior to the reorganization discussed below, our predecessor holding company entity, Sidoti Holding Company, LLC, was organized as a limited liability company and, therefore, we were not subject to U.S. federal or state income taxes and our earnings did not reflect the taxes we will pay as a corporation. Following the reorganization transactions, we will be a holding corporation whose only asset is its interest in its subsidiaries, Sidoti & Company, LLC, Sidoti Capital Management, LLC and Sidoti Micro Cap GP, LLC.
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income information reflects the reorganization transactions which are further described under “Business — Reorganization Transactions and Corporate Structure”. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations and financial condition are presented for illustrative purposes only and do not purport to represent our results of operations or financial position that would actually have occurred had the transactions referred to below been consummated on January 1, 2013 or January 1, 2014 for the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations, as applicable, and on June 30, 2014 for the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of financial condition, or to project our results of operations or financial position for any future date or period. The pro forma adjustments described herein are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable and factually supportable.
In order to reflect our operating expenses as well as tax and capital structure if we were organized as a corporation, the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information gives effect to the reorganization transactions and the related transactions as described in “Business — Reorganization Transactions and Corporate Structure,” including:
  • the exchange of capital member interests and employee interests held by our non-employee members into shares of our common stock in connection with the corporate reorganization; and
  • A provision for corporate income taxes at an effective tax rate of     %, which assumes Sidoti & Company, LLC is taxed as a C corporation at the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state, local, and/or foreign tax jurisdiction and is reflected net of U.S. federal tax benefit.
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information is included for informational purposes only and does not purport to reflect our results of operations or financial condition that would have occurred had we operated as a public company during the periods presented. We have not made any pro forma adjustment relating to reporting and compliance costs and investor relations costs that we will incur as a public company. You should read this unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including “Business — Reorganization Transactions and Corporate Structure” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information presented is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations or financial position that might have occurred had the above pro forma adjustments actually taken place as of the dates specified, or that may be expected to occur in the future.
 
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations
for the Year Ended December 31, 2013
Sidoti & Company, LLC
Historical
Pro Forma
Adjustments
Sidoti & Company, LLC
Pro Forma
Total income
$
30,286,708
Compensation and benefits
22,578,681
Non-compensation expense
6,829,782
    
    
Total expenses
$
29,408,463
Income before income taxes
878,245
Provision for income taxes
52,563
   
(a)
Net income
$
825,682
Weighted average shares outstanding
Basic
   
(b)
Diluted
   
(b)
Net income per share
Basic
   
(b)
Diluted
   
(b)
 
(a)
  • As a limited liability company, we were not subject to U.S. federal income taxes, but we were subject to tax in certain foreign and local jurisdictions. An adjustment has been made to increase our effective tax rate to     %, which assumes Sidoti & Company, LLC is taxed as a C corporation including (at the highest statutory rates apportioned to each) state, local and foreign taxes.
(b)
  • Weighted average shares outstanding are calculated as follows:
 
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations
for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2014
Sidoti & Company, LLC
Historical
Pro Forma
Adjustments
Sidoti & Company, LLC
Pro Forma
Total income
$
14,062,788
Compensation and benefits
9,116,927
Non-compensation expense
4,609,717
    
    
Total expenses
$
13,726,644
Income before income taxes
336,144
Provision for income taxes
21,078
   
(a)
Net income
$
315,066
Weighted average shares outstanding
Basic
   
(b)
Diluted
   
(b)
Net income per share
Basic
   
(b)
Diluted
   
(b)

 
(a)
  • As a limited liability company, we were not subject to U.S. federal income taxes, but we were subject to tax in certain foreign and local jurisdictions. An adjustment has been made to increase our effective tax rate to     %, which assumes Sidoti & Company, LLC is taxed as a C corporation including (at the highest statutory rates apportioned to each) state, local and foreign taxes.
(b)
  • Weighted average shares outstanding are calculated as follows:
 
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of
Financial Condition as of June 30, 2014
Sidoti & Company, LLC
Historical
Pro Forma
Adjustments
Sidoti & Company, LLC
Pro Forma
Cash and cash equivalents
$
4,892,820
Receivables from clearing brokers
1,762,679
Investment banking fees receivable
210,917
Research fees receivable
565,939
Prepaid expenses and other assets
480,631
Property and equipment, net
96,644
Security deposits
137,365
    
    
Total assets
$
8,146,995
    
    
Bonuses payable
$
529,000
Commissions payable
360,926
Payables to clearing brokers
4,035
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
1,303,596
    
    
Total liabilities
2,197,557
    
    
Total member’s equity
5,949,438
    
(a)
    
Total liabilities and members equity
$
8,146,995
    
    
 
(a)
  • Reflects the exchange of capital member interests and employee interests in Sidoti Holding Company, LLC into shares of our common stock in connection with the corporate reorganization as described in “Business — Reorganization Transactions and Corporate Structure,” and the issuance of shares of our common stock pursuant to this offering.

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables summarize the historical financial data for our operating subsidiary, Sidoti & Company, LLC. Following the reorganization transactions, we will be a holding corporation whose only asset is its interest in its subsidiaries, Sidoti & Company, LLC, Sidoti Capital Management, LLC and Sidoti Micro Cap GP, LLC. For further details on these transactions, see “Business — Reorganization Transactions and Corporate Structure” in this prospectus.
We have derived the statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and our balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 from our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2014 are derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The balance sheet data as of June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2014 are derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited financial information on the same basis as the audited financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, we consider necessary for a fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. Additionally, our results of operations for the interim period ended June 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be obtained for the full fiscal year. The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
For the Year Ended
December 31,
For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
(unaudited)
2012
2013
2013
2014
Statement of Operations Data:
Revenues:
Commissions
$
19,216,613
$
19,467,968
$
9,652,084
$
9,258,689
Research income
8,568,574
8,070,258
3,606,980
3,528,870
Investment banking income
730,518
1,654,058
1,175,599
551,977
Seminar and conference fee income
947,242
882,960
882,960
640,077
Other income
296,774
211,464
87,969
83,175
Total revenues
$
29,759,721
$
30,286,708
$
15,405,592
$
14,062,788
Expenses:
Employee compensation and benefits
$
21,596,246
$
22,578,681
$
10,987,438
$
9,116,927
Floor brokerage, exchange and clearance fees
1,660,173
1,467,156
710,050
788,915
Occupancy
1,675,623
1,455,454
753,104
717,781
Seminar and conferences
1,107,823
1,034,623
1,033,267
1,114,626
Travel and entertainment
1,110,280
1,179,410
611,295
630,215
Quotes and research
521,985
484,684
252,996
253,696
Communications and data processing
135,411
184,010
75,307
74,963
Other expenses
1,065,507
1,024,445
488,745
1,029,521
Total expenses
$
28,873,048
$
29,408,463
$
14,912,202
$
13,726,644
Income before local income taxes
$
886,673
$
878,245
$
493,390
$
336,144
Local income taxes
57,864
52,563
29,617
21,078
Net income
$
828,809
$
825,682
$
463,773
$
315,066

Balance Sheet Data:
 
December 31,
June 30,
(unaudited)
2012
2013
2013
2014
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$
7,182,818
$
7,362,636
$
6,892,840
$
4,892,820
Receivables from clearing brokers
1,984,727
2,015,739
1,965,018
1,762,679
Investment banking fees receivable
79,497
418,887
297,097
210,917
Research fees receivable
362,900
398,391
383,472
565,939
Prepaid expenses and other assets
309,694
285,841
262,264
480,631
Total current assets
$
9,919,636
$
10,481,494
$
9,800,691
$
7,912,986
Non-current assets:
Property and equipment, net
$
155,166
$
121,618
$
154,976
$
96,644
Security deposits
137,365
137,365
137,365
137,365
Total non-current assets
292,531
258,983
292,341
234,009
Total assets
$
10,212,167
$
10,740,477
$
10,093,032
$
8,146,995
Liabilities:
Current liabilities:
Bonuses payable
$
2,276,000
$
3,150,000
$
2,500,000
$
529,000
Commissions payable
436,405
541,336
479,579
360,926
Payables to clearing brokers
11,160
1,692
1,350
4,035
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
1,295,326
829,449
859,856
1,303,596
Total liabilities
$
4,018,891
$
4,522,477
$
3,840,785
$
2,197,557
Total Member’s Equity:
6,193,276
6,218,000
6,252,247
5,949,438
Total liabilities and member’s equity
$
10,212,167
$
10,740,477
$
10,093,032
$
8,146,995

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of our operating subsidiary, Sidoti & Company, LLC, should be read together with Sidoti & Company, LLC’s financial statements and the other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Please also see the section titled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made.
Emerging Growth Company Status
We qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act. As a result, we are permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements. For so long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to:
  • have an auditor report on our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;
  • comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (i.e., an auditor discussion and analysis);
  • submit certain executive compensation matters to stockholder advisory votes, such as “say-on-pay” and “say-on-frequency;” and
  • disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation to median employee compensation.
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have made an irrevocable decision to opt out of this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.
We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our total annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our ordinary shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.
Overview
We commenced operations in 1999 as an independent research firm focused on the small- and micro-cap sectors. Although we have grown since inception, our approach remains centered on high-quality research in these areas, which we believe to be underserved. In recent years, we have introduced new services, such as sales and trading and investment banking, all relying on the depth of our knowledge and expertise in the small- and micro-cap sectors. We believe that our distinct focus and expertise will enable us to expand into new businesses, such as asset management.

Our full-service approach affords our institutional investor clients with a combination of high-quality research, a small- and micro-cap company focused nationwide sales effort, broad access to corporate management teams and extensive trading support. Our principal services include:
  • Equity Research:   We believe our commitment to unbiased, institutional-quality independent research has been responsible for our success and reputation since our inception in 1999.
  • Sales and Trading:   Our nationally focused sales and trading team comprises highly experienced professionals who have established relationships with many of the leading institutional investors that focus on small-cap and micro-cap companies. Our trading desk, which has been in operation since 2004, employs its extensive experience in assisting institutions with prompt order execution and a competitive commission structure.
  • Access to Corporate Management:   We provide institutional clients with extensive access to the management teams of companies included in our research coverage universe. We also organize small-cap and micro-cap investor conferences where our covered companies have the opportunity to present to dedicated small-cap and micro-cap institutional investors.
  • Investment Banking Services:   We also are included as an underwriter, placement agent or initial purchaser in primarily equity securities offerings undertaken by companies for which we provide research coverage. We offer these companies assistance with block trades, authorized share repurchase programs and similar transactions.
Since inception, we have invested in growing our research platform and expanding the scope of our research coverage universe. This has required a substantial investment. Unlike most of our broker-dealer competitors, we do not derive a significant percentage of our revenues from investment banking services. We also do not provide mergers and acquisitions (“M&A”) advisory services. In effect, unlike larger investment bank competitors, we cannot offset our investment in research from fees from investment banking services or M&A advisory fees. As we discuss below, the majority of our revenues are based on our brokerage revenues. To an extent, brokerage revenues depend on general economic conditions and other circumstances outside of our control.
We discuss and analyze below the financial condition and results of operations of our operating subsidiary, Sidoti & Company, LLC. Following a series of reorganization transactions, we will be a holding corporation whose only asset is its interest in its subsidiaries, Sidoti & Company, LLC, Sidoti Capital Management, LLC and Sidoti Micro Cap GP, LLC. For further details on these transactions, see “Business — Reorganization Transactions and Corporate Structure” in this prospectus.
Business Environment
General economic conditions and trends affect our revenues and profitability. These include market conditions, investor sentiment about the equity markets, and macroeconomic conditions. We also are affected by new regulations affecting broker-dealers and, in the future, by regulations affecting registered investment advisers or their activities. All of these factors affect the robustness of the equity markets, the level of interest of institutional investors in small- and micro-cap stocks and the level of equity securities issuance. This affects the level of trading volumes and, as a result, impacts our brokerage revenues and our investment banking revenue. To the extent that investor sentiment is negative or investor interest in small- and micro-cap stocks diminishes, our research revenues would be adversely affected. These general economic trends are difficult to predict and are outside of our control. In the aftermath of the financial crisis in 2008 and 2009, the pace of regulatory change has accelerated. It is difficult to anticipate whether new regulations not yet proposed may have a negative impact on our business and financial results.
As we discuss in “Business,” the investment banking business is subject to intense competition. In recent years, there has been continued consolidation among banking firms. As a result, there are fewer independent, non-commercial bank affiliated broker-dealers. Many of these larger entities have significant resources and are able to recruit talented research and other banking personnel. As we discuss in “Business,” although the larger investment banks are less focused on small- and micro-cap stocks, there is no assurance that they will continue to focus on larger, well-capitalized companies. A shift in focus by these larger banks to small-cap stocks would pose increased competition in our market, considering the depth of their resources.

Across the banking industry, there has been intense pricing pressure in respect of trading commissions. To date, the pricing pressure has had a limited effect on our trading commissions; however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to preserve the attractive commissions that represent the most significant component of our revenues.
Industry Trends Affecting Our Business
Technological advances, the increasing speed of information flow and the availability of free information on the Internet have changed the equity research marketplace, dramatically affecting product demand from the traditional customer base and the very nature of product delivery. In addition, many existing customers are reducing commissions paid to their outside brokers. At the same time, quantitative analysis funds and ETFs offer potentially lower transaction costs and diversified benchmark performance, which may result in consumers choosing to invest in such products as opposed to directly buying individual common stocks. Taken together, traditional purchasers have reduced their consumption of independent equity research, because some fee-based research offers information that can be found for free elsewhere and is overly background-oriented, which adds little complementary value to investors’ trading decisions. Our goal remains to provide highly valuable insight to our clients and differentiate our product from rivals in an increasingly competitive marketplace.
Key Components of Our Results of Operations
Components of Revenues
We derive revenues primarily from direct commissions related to our sales and trading business, fees from providing proprietary research, and, to a lesser extent, fees from our investment banking business and seminar and conference fee income.
Brokerage Revenues
Our brokerage revenues include commissions paid by customers from brokerage transactions in listed and over-the-counter, or OTC, equity securities. We recognize commissions on a trade date basis. Our brokerage revenues may vary between periods, in part depending on commission rates, trading volumes and our ability to continue to deliver research and other value-added services to our clients. The ability to execute trades electronically, through the Internet and through other alternative trading systems has increased pressure on trading commissions and spreads. Although we are less affected by this trend because we focus exclusively on small- and micro-cap stocks, it is possible that in the future we may experience pricing pressures.
Research Income
We charge some of our customers directly for our proprietary research. In addition, we are compensated through brokerage commissions for the value of research and other value-added services we deliver to our clients. We also depend upon arrangements, which have been adopted by some large institutional investors with third-party brokers. In these arrangements, these institutional investors concentrate their trading with fewer “execution” brokers and pay a fixed amount for execution with an additional amount set aside for payments to other firms for research or other brokerage services. Accordingly, we may experience reduced (or eliminated) trading volume with such investors but may be compensated for our research and sales efforts through allocations of the designated amounts. Depending on the extent to which we adopt this practice and depending on our ability to reach arrangements on terms acceptable to us, this trend would likely impair the revenues and profitability of our commission business by negatively affecting both volumes and trading commissions in our commission business. Over the past year or two, some of our customers have transitioned away from research revenue payments and have instead compensated us through traditional commission payments. We also derive some revenue from third parties that repackage and distribute research.

Investment Banking
We earn investment banking revenues from underwriting securities offerings, arranging private placements and facilitating other transactions, including stock repurchase transactions and block trades for issuers for which we provide research coverage. We earn underwriting revenues from securities offerings in which we act as an underwriter or placement agent, such as initial public offerings and follow-on equity offerings. Underwriting revenues include management fees, underwriting fees and selling concessions. We record underwriting revenues, net of related syndicate expenses, at the time the underwriting is completed. In syndicated underwritten transactions, management estimates our share of transaction-related expenses incurred by the syndicate, and we recognize revenues net of such expenses. On final settlement, we adjust these amounts to reflect the actual transaction-related expenses and our resulting underwriting fee. We also act as a financial intermediary and facilitate corporate stock repurchase transactions and block trades for which we earn a negotiated fee. We record revenues in connection with these services when the transactions to be performed are substantially complete, the fees are determinable, and collection is reasonably assured.
Since our investment banking revenues are generally recognized at the time of completion of each transaction or the services to be performed, these revenues typically vary between periods and may be considerably affected by the timing of the closing of significant transactions. Generally, we do not seek out investment banking business but rather participate in transactions for issuers with which we have an existing relationship.
Components of Expenses
We classify our expenses as employee compensation and benefits, brokerage, exchange and clearance fees, occupancy, seminars and conferences, travel and entertainment, quotes and research, communications and data processing, and other expenses. A significant portion of our expense base is variable, including employee compensation and benefits, brokerage, exchange and clearance, communications and data processing, seminars and conferences, and travel and entertainment expenses.
Employee Compensation and Benefits
Employee compensation and benefits is the largest component of our expenses and includes employee and managing director base pay, performance bonuses, sales commissions, related payroll taxes, medical and benefits expenses, as well as expenses for temporary employees. While members of a limited liability company are typically compensated through pro rata profit distributions, our employee members receive the majority of their compensation in the form of individual performance-based bonuses. After this offering, we will be able to pay performance-based bonuses in the form of stock options pursuant our 2014 Plan. As is the widespread practice in our industry, we pay bonuses on an annual basis, which for senior professionals typically make up a large portion of their total compensation. Compensation is accrued based on a ratio of total compensation and benefits to total revenues. We accrue for the estimated amount of these bonus payments ratably over the applicable service period. Bonus payments may have a greater impact on our cash position and liquidity in the periods in which they are paid than would otherwise be reflected in our consolidated statements of income.
Brokerage, Exchange and Clearance Fees
Brokerage, exchange and clearance fees include the cost of floor and electronic brokerage and execution, securities clearance and exchange fees. We currently clear our securities transactions through Convergex. Changes in brokerage, clearing and exchange fees fluctuate largely in line with the volume of sales and trading activity.
Other Expenses
Other operating expenses primarily include travel and entertainment, seminars and conferences, market data, occupancy, communications, data processing and legal and accounting professional fees.
As a result of this offering, we will no longer be a private company and our costs for items such as insurance, accounting and legal advice will increase. We will also incur costs that we have not previously incurred for directors fees, investor relations expenses, expenses for compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules implemented by the SEC, FINRA and the NYSE MKT, and various other costs of being a public company.

Results of Operations
Comparison of Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2014
Overview
Total revenues decreased $1.3 million, or 8.7%, from $15.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to $14.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. This decrease was primarily due to decreases of $0.6 million in investment banking revenue, $0.4 million in commission revenue, and $0.3 million in seminar and conference fee revenues.
Total expenses decreased $1.2 million, or 8.0%, from $14.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to $13.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, primarily due to a decrease of $1.9 million in employee compensation resulting from a decrease in revenues. Offsetting this decrease in expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2014 is a $0.4 million accrual for relocation, a $0.1 million increase in legal expenses and a $0.1 million increase in seminar and conference fees that are included in other expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2014. No similar relocation costs were booked for the six months ended June 30, 2013.
Net income decreased approximately $149,000, or 32.1%, from $464,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013, compared with $315,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2014.
Revenues
Brokerage Revenues.   Brokerage revenues decreased by $0.4 million, or 4.1%, from $9.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to $9.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, due to a 3.6% decrease in the number of shares traded for customer accounts. Brokerage revenues increased as a percentage of total revenues from 62.7% for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to 65.8% for the six months ended June 30, 2014.
Research Revenues.   Research revenues decreased by $0.1 million, or 2.8%, from $3.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to $3.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. Research revenues increased as a percentage of total revenue from 23.4% for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to 25.1% for the six months ended June 30, 2014.
Investment Banking Revenues.   Investment banking revenues decreased $0.6 million, or 50.0%, from $1.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to $0.6 million for the same period in 2014, and decreased as a percentage of total revenues from 7.8% to 4.3%, respectively. The decrease in our underwriting revenues was primarily due to a decrease in the size of our deal participation for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The number of equity offerings for which we acted as an underwriter remained fixed at seven.
Seminar and Conference Fee Revenues.   Seminar and conference fee revenues decreased by $0.3 million, or 33.3%, from $0.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to $0.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 as the number of paying conference presenters decreased 20.2% from 129 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to 103 for the six months ended June 30, 2014.
Expenses
Employee compensation and benefits.   Employee compensation and benefits, which includes salaries and performance bonus compensation to our employees and managing directors, decreased $1.9 million, or 17.3%, from $11.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to $9.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. This decrease is primarily attributable to a decrease in compensation expense resulting from lower revenues which translated into lower accrued bonuses. As a percentage of revenues, employee compensation and benefits decreased from 71.3% of total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to 64.5% for the same period in 2014.

Brokerage, Exchange and Clearance Fees.   Brokerage, exchange and clearance fees increased by $0.1 million, or 14.3%, from $0.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to $0.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. Although the volume of shares traded was down 3.6% for the six months ended June 30, 2014 from the volume for the same period in 2013, brokerage, exchange and clearance fees increased as a percentage of commission revenue due to a larger number of clients requesting FIX network connections to our trading desk. As a percentage of total revenues, our brokerage, exchange and clearance fees increased from 4.6% for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to 5.6% for the same period in 2014.
Other Expenses.   Other expenses increased $0.6 million, or 18.8%, from $3.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to $3.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The increase in other expenses was due to the booking of a $423,000 accrual for the company’s relocation to new office space in October 2014 with no similar expense recorded for the six months ended in June 30, 2013. Additionally, expenses related to seminars and conferences increased $0.1 million in 2014 due to a general cost increase associated with the seminar venue for the six months ended June 30, 2014, and a $0.1 million increase in legal expense associated with the review of subleases for the New York office relocation, Austin, Texas office set-up and regulatory matters. As a percentage of total revenues, our other expenses increased from 20.6% for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to 27.0% for the same period in 2014.
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2013
Overview
Total revenues increased $0.5 million, or 1.7%, from $29.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $30.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily due to an increase in investment banking revenues of $0.9 million and an increase in commission revenues of $0.2 million, which were partially offset by a $0.5 million decrease in research revenues.
Total expenses increased $0.6 million, or 2.1%, from $28.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $29.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to a $1.0 million increase in employee compensation and benefits, and were partially offset by lower occupancy costs and a reduction of $0.2 million each of brokerage, exchange and clearance fees.
Net income remained unchanged at $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2012.
Revenues
Brokerage Revenues.   Brokerage revenues increased by $0.2 million, or 1.0%, from $19.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $19.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in commissions was primarily due to a 3.0% increase in the volume of shares traded for customers and an increase in traditional commission payments in lieu of research revenue payments. Brokerage revenues remained unchanged as a percentage of total revenues at 64.0% for the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the year ended December 31, 2013.
Research Revenues.   Research revenues decreased by $0.5 million, or 5.8%, from $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease in research revenues was primarily due to customers transitioning to traditional commission payments and away from research revenue payments. Research revenues decreased as a percentage of total revenues, from 28.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012, to 26.6% for the year ended December 31, 2013.
Investment Banking Revenues.   Investment banking revenues increased $0.9 million, or 128.6%, from $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, and increased as a percentage of total revenues from 2.5% to 5.5%, respectively. The increase in investment banking revenues was primarily due to an increase in our underwriting and advisory activity reflected by our participation in fifteen deals for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with seven for the same period in 2012.
Seminar and Conference Fee Revenues.   Seminar and conference fee revenues decreased by $64,000, or 7.0%, from $947,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $883,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease was primarily because the Company received $50,000 less in sponsor fees in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with the same period in 2012.

Expenses
Employee compensation and benefits.   Employee compensation and benefits, which includes salaries and performance bonus compensation to our employees and managing directors, increased $1.0 million, or 4.6%, from $21.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $22.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase reflects higher performance bonus compensation paid to employees on higher revenues. As a percentage of revenues, employee compensation and benefits increased from 72.5% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 74.5% for the same period in 2013.
Brokerage, Exchange and Clearance Fees.   Brokerage, exchange and clearance fees decreased $0.2 million, or 11.8%, from $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This decrease reflects a 57% cost saving that was realized upon switching our order management system in May 2012. As a percentage of total revenues, our brokerage, exchange and clearance fees decreased from 5.6% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 4.8% for the same period in 2013.
Other Expenses.   Other expenses decreased $0.3 million, or 5.3%, from $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease in other expenses was primarily due to a 24.8% decrease in our rental rate that went into effect November 1, 2012 and resulted in a $0.2 million reduction in expenses. As a percentage of total revenues, our other expenses decreased from 19.1% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 17.9% for the same period in 2013.
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2012
Overview
Total revenues decreased $2.7 million, or 8.3%, from $32.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $29.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This decrease was primarily due to decreases of $3.3 million in brokerage revenues and $0.6 million in research revenues and was partially offset by increases of $0.6 million in investment banking revenues and $0.5 million in seminar and conference revenues.
Total expenses decreased $2.9 million, or 9.1%, from $31.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $28.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to decreases of $2.8 million in employee compensation and benefits and $0.2 million in brokerage, exchange and clearance fees, and were partially offset by a $0.2 million increase in seminar and conference fees.
Net income increased $0.1 million, or 14.3%, from $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared with $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.
Revenues
Brokerage Revenues.   Brokerage revenues decreased by $3.3 million, or 15.0%, from $22.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $19.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in commissions was primarily due to a 13.3% decrease in the volume of shares traded for customers. Brokerage revenues decreased as a percentage of total revenues, from 69.1% for the year ended December 31, 2011, to 64.6% for the year ended December 31, 2012.
Research Revenues.   Research revenues decreased by $0.6 million, or 6.5%, from $9.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in research revenues was primarily due to customers transitioning to traditional commission payments and away from research revenue payments. Research revenues increased as a percentage of total revenues, from 28.4% for the year ended December 31, 2011, to 28.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012.
Investment Banking.   Investment banking revenues increased $0.57 million, or 356%, from $0.16 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $0.73 million for the same period in 2012, and increased as a percentage of total revenues from 0.5% to 2%, respectively. The increase in revenues was primarily due to an increase in participation in equity deals from one to seven.

Seminar and Conference Revenues.   Seminar and conference revenues increased by $0.5 million, or 125%, from $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was due to two micro-cap conferences being hosted for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared with only one micro-cap conference hosted for the year ended December 31, 2011.
Expenses
Employee compensation and benefits.   Employee compensation and benefits, which includes salaries and performance bonus compensation to our employees and managing directors, decreased $2.8 million, or 11.5%, from $24.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $21.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This decrease reflects lower performance-based compensation paid on decreased revenues. As a percentage of revenues, employee compensation and benefits decreased from 75.1% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 72.5% for the same period in 2012.
Brokerage, Exchange and Clearance Fees.   Brokerage, exchange and clearance fees decreased $0.2 million, or 10.5%, from $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This decrease was primarily due to a 13.3% decrease in trading activity in our sales and trading business as shares traded for customer accounts decreased from 595.5 million shares for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 515.9 million shares for the year ended December 31, 2012. As a percentage of total revenues, our brokerage, exchange and clearance fees decreased from 5.7% for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 5.6% for the same period in 2012.
Other Expenses.   Other expenses increased $0.2 million, or 4%, from $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in other expenses was due to an additional $0.2 million in seminar and conference fees incurred for an additional micro-cap conference. As a percentage of total revenues, our other expenses increased from 17.0% for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 19.1% for the same period in 2012. 

Quarterly Results of Operations
The following tables set forth our unaudited statements of operations for each of the four quarters covering fiscal year 2012 and fiscal year 2013 and for each of the two quarters for the period ended June 30, 2014. The quarterly data have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and include all adjustments consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth below. You should read this information together with our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the operating results expected in future reporting periods.
Fiscal Year 2012
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
2012
June 30,
2012
September 30, 2012
December 31, 2012
Revenues:
Commissions
$
4,943,485
$
5,122,812
$
4,408,909
$
4,741,406
Research income
2,023,075
2,224,626
1,621,263
2,699,611
Investment banking income
38,197
520,825
91,999
79,497
Seminar and conference fee income
574,300
366,942
6,000
Other income
60,593
60,006
45,208
130,967
Total revenues
7,639,650
8,295,211
6,173,379
7,651,481
Expenses:
Employee compensation and benefits
5,231,020
5,873,454
4,643,733
5,848,041
Floor brokerage, exchange and clearance fees
439,919
453,545
361,185
405,524
Occupancy
435,273
430,518
429,153
380,682
Seminar and conferences
670,389
253,766
56,995
126,673
Travel and entertainment
243,248
329,676
273,622
263,818
Quotes and research
99,387
142,555
136,683
143,360
Communications and data processing
31,873
35,015
34,220
34,303
Other expenses
251,363
348,822
205,456
250,977
Total expenses
7,402,472
7,876,351
6,141,047
7,453,378
Income before local income taxes
237,178
427,860
32,332
198,103
Local income taxes
12,060
30,983
11,824
11,798
Net Income
$
225,118
$
396,877
$
20,508
$
186,305

Fiscal Year 2013
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
2013
June 30,
2013
September 30,
2013
December 31,
2013
Revenues:
Commissions
$
4,493,389
$
5,158,695
$
4,792,658
$
5,023,226
Research income
1,644,812
1,962,168
1,865,897
2,597,381
Investment banking income
452,194
723,405
129,059
349,400
Seminar and conference fee income
501,000
381,960
Other income
46,485
41,484
60,096
63,399
Total revenues
7,137,880
8,267,712
6,847,710
8,033,406
Expenses:
Employee compensation and benefits
4,843,754
6,143,684
5,276,801
6,314,440
Floor brokerage, exchange and clearance fees
313,820
396,230
378,006
379,100
Occupancy
380,808
372,295
368,197
334,154
Seminar and conferences
717,662
315,605
272
1,084
Travel and entertainment
250,344
359,753
293,590
274,527
Quotes and research
129,098
123,898
124,357
107,331
Communications and data processing
35,454
39,853
53,705
54,998
Other expenses
204,373
281,373
220,900
311,567
Total expenses
6,875,313
8,032,691
6,715,828
7,777,201
Income before local income taxes
262,567
235,201
131,882
256,205
Local income taxes
19,939
13,877
13,056
13,121
Net Income
$
242,628
$
221,144
$
118,826
$
243,084
Six Months Ended June 30, 2014
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
2014
June 30,
2014
(Unaudited)
(Unaudited)
Revenues
Commissions
$
4,915,810
$
4,342,879
Research income
1,997,524
1,531,346
Investment banking income
268,642
283,335
Seminar and conference fee income
355,980
284,097
Other income
68,932
14,243
Total revenues
7,606,888
6,455,900
Expenses
Employee compensation and benefits
4,878,219
4,238,708
Floor brokerage, exchange and clearance fees
396,318
392,597
Occupancy
339,533
378,248
Seminar and conferences
947,371
167,255
Travel and entertainment
288,982
341,233
Quotes and research
131,375
122,321
Communications and data processing
36,437
38,526
Other expenses
397,748
631,773
Total expenses
7,415,983
6,310,661
Income before local income taxes
190,905
145,239
Local income taxes
9,916
11,162
Net income
$
180,989
$
134,077

Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity is the ability of a company to generate sufficient cash to satisfy its needs for cash.
We are the parent of Sidoti & Company, LLC, Sidoti Capital Management, LLC and Sidoti Micro Cap GP, LLC. Dividends and other transfers from our subsidiaries are our primary source of funds to satisfy our capital and liquidity requirements. Applicable laws and regulations, primarily net capital rules discussed below, restrict dividends and transfers from Sidoti & Company, LLC to us. Our rights to participate in the assets of any subsidiary are also subject to prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors, including customers and trade creditors of Sidoti & Company, LLC, Sidoti Capital Management, LLC and Sidoti Micro Cap GP, LLC.
We have historically satisfied our capital and liquidity requirements primarily through contributions from our capital members. Most of our operating cash flow is generated from our brokerage, research and investment banking revenues and is invested in cash, cash equivalents and receivables. We monitor and evaluate the composition and size of our assets and operating liabilities. Equity capital withdrawals have been taken on occasion by capital members after determining that these withdrawals did not cause any liquidity or SEC net capital issues.
Our operating activities generate cash resulting from net income and fluctuations in our current assets and liabilities. The most significant fluctuations in current assets and liabilities have resulted from changes in the level of customer activity in response to changing market conditions. Our balance sheet is relatively liquid and unleveraged. As of June 30, 2014, we had liquid assets of $4.9 million, consisting of cash and cash equivalents.
We have a $2.0 million revolving line of credit with TD Bank, N.A., which had no balance outstanding as of June 30, 2014. Each draw on our credit line bears interest annually at the greater of 4.0% or the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate, and the facility terminates on May 31, 2015. We paid a closing fee of $2,500 in 2013 in connection with our credit line. We will continue to pay an annual unused commitment fee at a rate of 0.125%, payable annually in advance. We have the option to extend the term of credit line by one year on the termination date. There are no periodic principal payments required for this facility. The facility is secured by a pledge of our assets, including the member interests in Sidoti & Company, LLC.
The timing of bonus compensation payments to our employees may significantly affect our cash position and liquidity from period to period. While our employees are generally paid salaries bi-weekly, bonus compensation payments, which make up the majority of our employees’ total compensation, are now paid annually starting in fiscal year 2014. We expect to make the first yearly bonus payments at the end of February 2015. Prior to fiscal year 2014, bonus payments were paid semi-annually. We continually monitor our liquidity position and believe our available liquidity will be sufficient to fund our ongoing activities over the next 12 months.
As a registered broker-dealer and member firm of FINRA, Sidoti & Company, LLC is subject to the SEC’s uniform net capital rule. We use the basic method permitted by rule, which generally requires that the ratio of aggregate indebtedness to net capital shall not exceed 15 to 1. FINRA may prohibit a member firm from expanding its business or paying dividends if resulting net capital would be fall below the regulatory limit. We expect these limits will not impact our ability to meet current and future obligations. As of June 30, 2014, Sidoti & Company, LLC’s net capital under the SEC’s uniform net capital rule was $4.5 million, or $4.3 million in excess of the minimum required net capital.
Following this offering we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. The declaration of any future dividends and the amount of any such dividend will be subject to the ability of our subsidiaries to provide cash to us. The declaration and payment of future dividends will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors will take into account our financial performance, earnings, liquidity, the operating performance of our segments, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries, and other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. See “Dividend Policy.”

Cash Flows
Six Months Ended June 30, 2014
Cash decreased by $2.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, primarily as a result of cash used in operating activities.
Our operating activities used $1.9 million of cash from net income of $0.3 million, adjusted for the cash used in the change in operating assets and liabilities of $2.2 million and by non-cash revenue and an expense item of approximately $35,000 for depreciation. The decrease in operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a decrease of $2.6 million in bonuses payable as a result of the payment in 2014 of year-end 2013 bonuses. This decrease in cash was partially offset by an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses due to a $0.4 million accrual for relocation expenses.
Our investing activities were minimal and used approximately $10,000 for the purchase of property and equipment.
Our financing activities used $0.6 million in cash as a result of distributions to capital members.
Year Ended December 31, 2013
Cash increased $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to positive operating cash flow, which was partially offset by cash used in financing activities.
Our operating activities provided $1.1 million of cash from net income of $0.8 million, adjusted for the cash provided from the change in operating assets and liabilities of $0.2 million and non-cash revenue and expense items of $0.1 million for depreciation. The increase in cash from operating assets and liabilities was primarily attributable to a $1.0 million increase in bonuses and commissions payable as a result of the higher commissions and investment banking revenues recorded in 2013. This increase was offset by a $0.3 million increase in investment banking fees receivable and a $0.5 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses.
Our investing activities used $0.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 due to the purchase of fixed assets.
Our financing activities used $0.8 million in cash as a result of distributions to the equity member.
Year Ended December 31, 2012
Cash decreased $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily as the results of cash used in operating and financing activities.
Our operating activities used $0.8 million of cash from net income of $0.8 million, adjusted for the cash provided from the change in operating assets and liabilities of $1.4 million and non-cash revenue and expense items of $0.2 million for depreciation. The decrease in cash from operating assets and liabilities was primarily attributable to a $0.7 million decrease in bonuses and commissions payable as a result of lower commissions and investment banking revenues recorded in 2012, and a $1.5 million increase in receivables from our clearing broker. The increase in clearing broker receivables was due to an adjustment in the frequency of clearing broker payments, which changed from weekly to monthly payments in October 2012 when ConvergEx became our clearing broker. As such, for the year ended December 31, 2012 we had a full month of commissions receivable outstanding versus one week of commissions receivable outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in receivables from our clearing broker was offset by a $0.4 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012.
Our investing activities were minimal and used approximately $32,000 for the purchase of property and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2012.
Our financing activities used $0.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, as a result of distributions to the equity member.

Contractual Obligations
The following is a summary of our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2014:
 
Total
Less than
1 Year
1 – 3
Years
3 – 5
Years
More than
5 Years
Operating lease obligations(1)(2)
$
3,146,808
$
1,070,356
$
2,076,452
    
    
Other contractual obligations
$
583,387
$
313,570
$
269,817
Total
$
3,730,195
$
1,383,926
$
2,346,269
    
    
 
(1)
  • Includes future lease obligations for new office space in Austin, Texas and New York, New York both fully executed and commencing August 15, 2014 and September 1, 2014, respectively.
(2)
  • Excludes future lease obligations for the office space in Cranford, New Jersey, as this lease can be terminated upon notification.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not invest in any off-balance sheet vehicles that provide liquidity, capital resources, market or credit risk support, or engage in any leasing activities that expose us to any liability that is not reflected in our financial statements.
Market Risk and Credit Risk
Market risk represents the risk of loss that may result from the change in value of a financial instrument due to fluctuations in its market price. Market risk may be exacerbated in times of trading illiquidity when market participants refrain from transacting in normal quantities or at normal bid-offer spreads. Our exposure to market risk is directly related to our role as a financial intermediary in customer trading; however, we do not engage in market making, do not maintain inventories of securities and limit our activities to riskless principal or agency trades. We believe this mitigates our risk.
Our business is not capital-intensive and we do not invest in derivative instruments or, generally, borrow through issuing debt. As a result, we are not subject to significant market risk (including interest rate risk, foreign currency exchange rate risk and commodity price risk) or credit risk.
Risks Related to Cash and Short-Term Investments
Our cash and cash equivalents include all short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash. We invest most of our cash in money markets. Cash is maintained in U.S. bank accounts. Some U.S. account balances exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) coverage limit. We believe our cash and short-term investments are not subject to any material interest rate risk, equity price risk, credit risk or other market risk.
Credit Risk
Our broker-dealer subsidiary places and executes customer orders. The orders are then settled by an unrelated clearing organization that provides financing to customers.
Through indemnification provisions in our agreement with our clearing organization, customer activities may expose us to off-balance-sheet credit risk. We may be required to purchase or sell financial instruments at prevailing market prices in the event a customer fails to settle a trade on its original terms. We seek to control the risks associated with brokerage services for our customers through customer screening and selection procedures as well as through requirements that customers maintain margin collateral in compliance with governmental and self-regulatory organization regulations and clearing organization policies.
We regularly review our accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts by considering factors such as historical experience, credit quality, age of the accounts receivable, recoverable expense balances and the current economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay such amounts owed to the Company. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts that, in our opinion, provides for

an adequate reserve to cover losses that may be incurred. See “— Critical Accounting Policies — Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.”
Exchange Rate Risk
We are not exposed to exchange rate risk.
Critical Accounting Policies
We believe that the critical accounting policies included below represent those that are most important to the presentation of our financial condition and results of operations and require management’s most difficult, subjective and complex judgment.
The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of revisions are reflected in the period for which they are determined to be necessary.
Revenue and Expense Recognition
We recognize revenues from providing services when earned. Upfront fees and retainers are recognized over the estimated period during which the related services are to be performed. Transaction-related fees are recognized when all services for a transaction have been provided, specified conditions have been met and the transaction closes. Deferred revenues are recorded for fees received that have not yet been earned. Expenses are recorded on the financial statements net of client reimbursements.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The accompanying financial statements present accounts receivable balances net of allowance for doubtful accounts based on the Company’s assessment of the collectability of customer accounts. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts that, in management’s opinion, provides for an adequate reserve to cover losses that may be incurred. We regularly review the allowance by considering factors such as historical experience, credit quality, age of the accounts receivable and recoverable expense balances, and the current economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay such amounts owed to us.
After concluding that a reserved account receivable is no longer collectible, we will charge-off the receivable. This is determined based on several factors including the age of the account receivable and the credit worthiness of the customer. This has the effect of reducing both the gross receivable and the allowance for doubtful accounts.
Recent Accounting Developments
For a discussion of recently issued accounting developments and their impact or potential impact on our combined financial statements, see Note 1 — Nature of business and summary of significant accounting policies Recently Issued Accounting Standards, of the financial statements included in this prospectus.

BUSINESS
Overview
We are a leading provider of institutional-quality equity research focused on small, publicly-traded companies that meet our proprietary criteria. Our current coverage universe comprises nearly 500 companies across a range of industries. These companies typically have market capitalizations of less than $3 billion and a history of profitability and they generally maintain strong balance sheets. We refer to these companies as small-cap and micro-cap companies. These companies also tend to have limited, if any, equity research coverage by other Wall Street firms. We offer our institutional investor clients a combination of high-quality research, a small- and micro-cap company focused nationwide sales effort, broad access to corporate management teams and extensive trading support. Our principal services include:
  • Equity Research:   We believe that our commitment to unbiased, institutional-quality independent research has been responsible for our success and reputation since our inception in 1999. Our analysts’ recommendations are based principally on a detailed analysis of each company’s business model and cash flows and their assessment of a company’s investment merit. Our research analysts conduct their own due diligence, including meeting with executive officers and operations and financial professionals and performing channel checks with customers, suppliers and competitors.
  • Sales and Trading:   Our sales and trading team is made up of highly experienced professionals who have established relationships with leading institutional investors that focus on small-cap and micro-cap companies and on particular geographic regions. Our small- and micro-cap oriented trading desk, which has been in operation since 2004, employs its extensive experience in assisting institutions with prompt order execution and a competitive commission structure.
  • Access to Corporate Management:   We provide institutional investor clients with access to the management teams of many of the companies included in our research coverage universe. In 2013, we arranged over 1,000 non-deal related management roadshows for our clients. We also organize small-cap and micro-cap investor conferences where our covered companies have the opportunity to present to small and micro-cap focused institutional investors. In addition, we regularly facilitate one-on-one meetings between company management personnel and investors. These events are exclusively for our clients.
  • Investment Banking Services:   We also are included as an underwriter, placement agent or initial purchaser in primarily equity securities offerings undertaken by companies for which we provide research coverage. We offer these companies assistance with block trades, stock repurchase programs and similar transactions.
We were founded in 1999 by Peter Sidoti, our Chief Executive Officer, to publish independent, high-quality research on small-cap companies for institutional investors. The firm’s focus on small-cap and micro-cap companies and expertise with these companies distinguishes us from our competitors. In May 2000, Sidoti & Company, LLC received its broker-dealer license, which permitted us to expand our services. We established our trading operations in April 2004. Today, we provide research coverage for nearly 500 companies across a range of industries and serve nearly 500 institutional clients that invest in small-cap and micro-cap companies.
Market Opportunity
We believe that there is a significant opportunity for us to grow and diversify our business, due to continued consolidation in the investment banking business and the migration away from small-cap and micro-cap research products. We believe that our independence and focus on small-cap and micro-cap companies and the institutions that invest in them provide us with a distinct competitive advantage. According to First Wilshire Securities Management, 80% of Wall Street research covers companies with market capitalizations above $1.5 billion. Unlike some of our independent or boutique investment bank competitors, we are not focused on select industry groups or limited to specific financial products. We are a full-service sales and trading provider, informed by our research-based approach. The chart below illustrates the greater level of research coverage dedicated to large- and mid-cap stocks as compared to the level of coverage dedicated to small- and micro-cap stocks.

[MISSING IMAGE: t1401980_bcanalyst.jpg]
Source: FactSet as of 12/31/13
Industry Consolidation.   Since the mid-1990s, there have been many acquisitions and closures of U.S. investment banking firms that we would consider our direct peers or competitors. Most of these firms were acquired by larger financial institutions, including U.S. and international depository institutions, insurance companies and investment banking firms. We believe this industry consolidation has led to:
  • the tendency of major financial institutions — and firms acquired by them — to focus their investment banking resources (including corporate finance and research) on more mature industry segments, companies with larger market capitalizations and larger investment banking transactions that may offer larger investment banking fees and may be attractive to a greater number of institutional investors;
  • a reduction of equity research coverage, specifically for small-cap and micro-cap companies, due to a decrease in the number of firms interested in covering small- and micro-cap companies and a shift in the focus of acquired financial institutions toward coverage of companies with larger market capitalizations, which may expand our opportunities domestically and, potentially, in Europe;
  • the remaining boutique or independent investment banks having to restructure or downsize, due to competition from larger investment banking firms and an overall decrease in demand for investment banking services, resulting in a further reduction of investment banking and brokerage resources allocated to small-cap and micro-cap companies and the institutions that invest in them; and
  • the creation of opportunities to pursue third-party repackaging of our research products for use by private capital investors, retail investors and their advisors and investment bank, which represent potential new markets for our research.
We believe that small-cap and micro-cap companies now receive less consistent attention from consolidated investment banking firms, which pursue larger company clients and more-significant investment banking transactions and advisory engagements. In addition, in recent years, larger consolidated investment banking firms have faced a number of regulatory challenges and may be subject to more-pervasive conflicts of interest as they engage in multiple lines of business, including lending, investment banking, proprietary trading and market making. As a result of regulatory reforms, many of these institutions will be required to limit the scope of their activities or restructure their activities. These changes and pressures are likely to lead to continued consolidation among investment banking firms.
Demand for Research.   Due to regulatory and market structure changes, we expect many larger, consolidated investment banking firms to reduce their investment in research on small- and micro-cap equities even further. According to an April 2013 report by Russell Investments, limited small-company research coverage by sell-side analysts on Wall Street and lower institutional investor participation in small-company markets may create pricing inefficiencies in small-cap stocks. We believe that skilled and knowledgeable traders may be able to employ strategies to profit from these inefficiencies. More than half of the stocks comprising the Russell 2000® Index had five or fewer analyst estimates, while the percentage rises to 80% for stocks in the Russell Microcap® Index.

[MISSING IMAGE: t1401980_bcestimates.jpg]
Attractive Historical Returns for Small-Cap and Micro-Cap Equities.   Although historical returns are not indicative of future returns, we believe that small-cap equities have historically outperformed the overall market. According to Morningstar as of year-end 2013, since June 1940, small-cap stocks have never generated a negative return over any rolling 10-year period, contrary to large-cap stocks, which have generated negative returns in several of these periods. Morningstar data shows that from 1926 – 2012, small-cap stocks had an average compound annual return of 11.9%, compared with an average compound annual return of 9.8% for large-cap stocks over the same period. These reports highlight that small-cap stocks have performed well over certain time frames, given certain assumptions, but past performance does not serve as a predictor of future success. We believe that any future positive performance of small- and micro-cap equities may increase demand for our research products and attract assets to our nascent asset management platform.
There has been strong small-cap stock performance despite the fact that the market may underprice small-cap stocks, as evidenced by the September 30, 2014 price-to-book ratio of the Russell 2000® Index (2.09) compared to the S&P 500® Index (2.70). A lower price-to-book ratio may reflect that a company’s stock price is discounted due to the company’s high risk profile or the fact that the company’s securities have a low trading volume, but it may also indicate that a stock is being undervalued. Other favorable dynamics of small-company stocks include:
  • Higher earnings growth potential – according to Russell Investments and IBES (February 28, 2014), the long-term earnings per share growth forecasts are 13.69% for small-cap stocks, 12.52% for mid-cap stocks and 11.74% for large-cap stocks.
  • Potential price appreciation due to M&A activity – because of their small size, small-cap stocks may be attractive acquisition targets for larger companies. According to The Jordan Edmiston Group, 99% of 2012 M&A transactions were for $1 billion or less, at an average premium of 35% over a target’s pre-deal market value. In addition, deals under $50 million comprised 83% of the deal volume in the first half of 2014.
  • Portfolio Diversification – according to Capital IQ, small-cap stocks either lead or lag the overall market and are rarely in-step with their larger counterparts. As a result, investing in small-cap stocks may contribute toward the establishment of a well-diversified portfolio. Small-cap stocks and large-cap stocks take turns leading and lagging the overall market, and these cycles often last for many years.

Leveraging Our Research Brand.   We believe that the confluence of a lack of coverage and interest in covering small- and micro-cap stocks and the potential future appreciation and favorable dynamics of small- and micro-caps stocks affords us an opportunity to increase our research business and establish an asset management platform focused on the small- and micro-cap segments. We believe these segments are underserved by existing asset managers and that significant capacity exists to create such a platform. According to Russell Investments, most U.S. small-cap portfolios are underweight the bottom half (based on market capitalization) of the Russell 2000® Index, which constitutes a large portion of the micro-cap universe. In addition, we believe that ETFs have not been able to successfully replicate many small- and micro-cap benchmarks or strategies, which may result in demand for additional small- and micro-cap asset management products.
We also believe that there is unmet demand for high-quality small- and micro-cap focused research and that we may be able to satisfy this demand with our research offerings. Any future positive performance of small- and micro-cap stocks, in our estimation, would increase demand for our research and would benefit our asset management business by attracting investors and allowing for higher returns. As we establish a track record of performance in the asset management business, we intend to expand our reach and seek to attract assets from institutions, high-net-worth individuals and other sources.
Competitive Strengths
We believe our business model, experience and established institutional investor relationships position us to benefit from a range of opportunities in the financial services industry. Our competitive strengths include the following:
  • Industry-leading research.   We believe that we have established the Wall Street standard for dedicated, independent small- and micro-cap equity research. Our analysts evaluate numerous industries in an effort to provide unbiased, institutional-quality research focused on the investment merits of profitable companies. The micro-cap companies we cover have been traditionally overlooked by investors, and they generally represent compelling investment opportunities with favorable valuation metrics, such as attractive multiples of earnings and cash flows and low debt ratios, which is consistent with our core principles for small- and micro-cap research coverage.
  • Exclusivity and reach.   Our research is exclusive to our institutional clients. Our experienced sales force and trading desk serve nearly 500 institutional clients in the U.S., Canada and the United Kingdom, including many leading managers of portfolios with $200 million to $2 billion of assets. We believe that these asset managers are generally underserved by other larger brokerage firms that typically target larger managers. Our investor conferences are invitation only and for the exclusive benefit of our clients. We believe that we offer an attractive and unique package of resources that our small- and micro-cap focused clients can utilize to improve their trading decisions and ultimately their investment returns.
  • Experienced senior management.   Our experienced and highly skilled management team is led by our CEO and founder, Peter Sidoti, who has worked for over 35 years on Wall Street. As a leading healthcare analyst during the 1990s, Mr. Sidoti was directly involved in nearly 100 financial transactions in the nursing home, assisted-living and healthcare REIT sectors, including initial public offerings, secondary offerings and mergers. Our president, Marie Conway, who has overseen our research effort since 2000, has decades of experience as an equity analyst and portfolio manager. Our director of trading, Gary Jacobs, who joined us in 2004, has 33 years of trading and 18 years of trading desk management experience on Wall Street.
  • Aftermarket support.   We believe that we create more opportunities for our covered companies to meet with institutional investors than most other financial services firms do, primarily through our extensive calendar of conferences and non-deal road shows. Our annual New York small-cap investor forum attracts an average of 175 companies from our coverage universe and nearly 500 institutional investor representative attendees. Our annual micro-cap conference is similarly well-attended. In 2013, we arranged over 1,000 non-deal road shows for our covered companies and over 6,000 one-on-one meetings.

  • Broker-dealer.   We are a registered broker-dealer and provide a broad range of securities-related services. In addition to our high-quality research offerings, we provide sales and trading services that are distinguished by prompt execution, a competitive commission structure and access to smart order routing, through our license with FlexTrade, that utilizes all available sources of liquidity. From time to time, we are invited to participate as an underwriter, dealer, placement agent or initial purchaser in securities offerings for issuers for which we provide research coverage. Given our knowledge of the companies we cover, we believe that we are able to contribute to these capital-raising transactions. In addition, we also assist our issuers with stock repurchase programs, block trades and systematic (Rule 10b5-1) trading plans.
Why We Are Going Public
We believe that our transition to a public company will enhance our ability to execute our growth strategies and enable us to meet our clients’ needs. As a public company, we expect to have greater visibility with clients, increased access to capital and additional currency to explore strategic opportunities, including the expansion of our research offerings and growth of an asset-management business. Operating as a public company should also enhance our ability to attract and retain high-quality professionals.
Growth Strategy
We intend to continue to leverage our market leadership in small- and micro-cap research to take advantage of market opportunities to grow our business. Private capital investors, retail investors and their advisors and investment banks represent potential markets for our product. We intend to maintain our commitment to providing research for small-cap and micro-cap companies while expanding our presence with new and existing institutional clients. We intend to continue to develop our research products using our existing capacity and will add new analysts and sectors when appropriate. In addition, we intend to expand our existing research-based platform, including through third-party repackaging of our research products and the potential expansion of our European client base, and to leverage our established research brand to expand into the asset management business.
Leverage our Expertise by Establishing an Asset Management Platform.   We believe an opportunity exists to establish an asset management platform focused on the small-cap and micro-cap segments. We believe that these segments and the micro-cap segment in particular are underserved by existing asset management firms and that significant capacity exists to create an asset management platform. We further believe that we can leverage our research efforts to implement a successful small-cap asset management strategy. As we establish a track record of performance in this business, we intend to expand our reach and seek to attract assets from other institutions and high-net-worth individuals.
Leverage our Research and Distribution Platform to Develop and Expand Joint Ventures with Investment Banks.   We believe our industry-leading small- and micro-cap research and sales and trading services may allow us to partner with investment banks that lack sufficient knowledge of the small- and micro-cap segments. Industry consolidation over the last two decades has led to the restructuring and downsizing of boutique investment banks, resulting in an overall reduction in the amount of investment banking and brokerage resources allocated to small- and micro-cap companies and their investors. Against this backdrop, we intend to engage partners who can include our proprietary research and sales distribution as a value-add to their investment banking pursuits.
Increase Distribution through Technology.   We intend to expand our existing research-based platform through third-party repackaging of our research products. We have identified non-traditional institutions, such as accounting firms, law firms, consulting firms, insurance companies, banks, retirement or pension funds, investment advisers, mutual funds and other asset managers, family offices, private equity firms, endowments and M&A firms as potential new consumers of our research. These institutions could utilize our research to engage in due diligence for transactions, investments or otherwise. In addition, we believe that retail financial information and analytics aggregators, such as Thompson Research, FactSet and Trefis, can act as conduits through which we can expand our product reach. We also recognize opportunities to expand distribution of our core small- and micro-cap research product to international buy-side firms, particularly in Canada and Europe, where we can build upon our nascent client bases.

Our Business
We commenced our operations as an independent research firm focused on the small-cap market. As we have grown, we have remained research-focused and have added additional service offerings that benefit from, and rely on, our expertise and experience with small-cap and micro-cap companies.
Research
Our research focuses on small, publicly traded companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or less, a history of profitability and little to no research coverage by other Wall Street brokerage firms. Our current coverage universe comprises nearly 500 companies across a range of industries. We believe that we cover more small- and micro-cap companies than any other Wall Street firm. We intend to continue to expand our research effort and to do so in a cost-effective manner.
Our recommendations are based solely on a company’s investment merits, and they are not conditioned upon the payment of corporate finance or other fees. Our research process begins with the application of several selection methods and proprietary screens that are used to identify potential research candidates. Once an analyst establishes coverage of a company in a particular industry, that analyst may identify other companies within that industry that meet our coverage criteria. In addition, we are occasionally approached by institutional investors who may identify potential research opportunities.
Our analysts conduct their own due diligence and generally avoid those companies that limit access to their senior executives. We strive to focus on a company’s financial and operating fundamentals, including, but not limited to, a comprehensive review of cash flows from operations and earnings. As part of their due diligence efforts, our analysts will typically reach out to a company’s customers, suppliers and competitors. They may also visit company locations or sites, as appropriate. Since inception, we have expanded the scope of our coverage and added more analysts. We believe we employ more analysts than any other firm that is focused exclusively on small- and micro-cap companies.
Unlike many boutique investment banks that concentrate on certain industries, our analysts cover companies across a range of sectors, including consumer discretionary, consumer staples, energy, financials, healthcare, industrials, information technology, materials, telecommunications services and utilities. Certain of our analysts concentrate on “special situations” where potential coverage candidates do not neatly fall into any particular industry segment.
The following chart shows the industries we cover:
[MISSING IMAGE: t1401980_bcindustries.jpg]

Our research on a company starts with an eight-page initiation report that details the company’s cash flows and balance sheet and includes, among other things, quarterly earnings projections at least six quarters beyond the launch date. Our rating system consists of two ratings. We launch coverage at a “BUY” rating on companies that we project offer at least 25% capital appreciation potential over the 12-month period from the date of the report, and at a “NEUTRAL” where a stock is unlikely to produce as meaningful a gain. We do not have a “SELL” rating; however, we do include price targets in our research reports. We publish notes and special reports, including our cash flow leaders report and our best of BUY-rated ideas. In conjunction with our exclusive investor forums, we produce supplemental publications covering all of the companies presenting at these client-only events. We have more than 50 dedicated research analysts, and we have identified approximately 5,000 publicly traded companies that could meet our proprietary coverage criteria, thereby providing us with an opportunity to expand our coverage universe significantly.
Our salespeople serve nearly 500 institutional clients, including most of the leading U.S. and Canadian portfolio managers of $200 million to $2 billion of assets under management, through Wall Street’s largest institutional sales force dedicated to the needs of small-cap and micro-cap portfolio managers — a segment largely ignored by our larger competitors.
Small-cap and micro-cap stocks are not heavily covered by analysts, and we expect to continue to fill this gap in sell-side research coverage by helping more investors identify investment opportunities in the small-company niche of the market.
Sales and Trading
Our sales and trading operation distributes our research product and communicates our proprietary investment recommendations to our growing base of institutional investors. In addition, our sales and trading staff executes equity trades on behalf of our clients and sells the securities of companies in our small- and micro-cap research coverage universe. Our goal is to leverage our research and non-deal road shows to offer an unmatched product and service relative to competing firms.
Our salespeople and traders are located in our offices in New York City. Our sales and trading platform includes 33 professionals, including a trading desk managing director with over 30 years of industry experience. We have established a broad institutional client base. Our sales and trading professionals work closely with our research staff to provide insight and differentiated investment advice about small- and mid-cap companies to nearly 500 institutional clients nationwide.
Despite the recent trend of a general industry-wide decline in commission rates, we have remained profitable. We believe this reflects that our institutional clients value our specialized services, including our proprietary, idea-driven research, small- and micro-cap expertise, and access to corporate finance transactions in which we participate as an underwriter. Our specialization in small- and micro-cap companies allows our sales and trading staff to develop a thorough understanding of the dynamics of these sectors and their constituent companies. Our research analysts also maintain active contact with our institutional client base, and frequent communication between our research department and our salespeople and traders enables us to provide investors with the most current, informed investment advice. Our exclusive focus on the small- and micro-cap sectors facilitates better distribution and visibility in the marketplace and our ability to organize more than 1,000 small- and micro-cap focused non-deal road shows per year.
Our objective is to be the preeminent equity sales firm within the small-cap and micro-cap markets. We seek to combine timely sales coverage and responsive trading execution with our research products to benefit our clients, increase our recognition among institutional investors and generate higher commissions. We plan to grow our sales and trading activities by increasing the frequency and number of trades for current clients and by developing new client relationships through the efforts of our existing professionals or of other professionals we recruit and who may have additional client relationships. We regularly identify and contact additional institutional investors that may be interested in our research and sales and trading services.
Corporate Access
As an additional service to our clients, we frequently arrange non-deal road show meetings, conferences and investor forums between public company management teams and institutional investors in order to

increase institutional investor knowledge about the businesses of these companies. By the end of 2014, we estimate that we will have coordinated 1,250 small- and micro-cap non-deal road shows, up 18% from 1,062 non-deal road shows in 2013. These meetings assist the management teams of our corporate clients in developing their investor relations efforts and provide them with valuable institutional feedback.
We believe that we provide unparalleled corporate access compared to our rivals. We routinely take four or five management teams per day, on average, from the companies in our coverage universe on the road to meet our institutional clients. In addition, our small-cap and micro-cap investor forums in New York City are well-attended and provide additional value to our clients. At these conferences, top executives from companies that we cover give 30-minute presentations to our institutional investor clients. These executives are also accessible to meet one-on-one immediately thereafter. Many of the most influential small- and micro-cap mutual, pension and hedge fund managers attend our conferences.
Investment Banking
We are a full-service broker-dealer registered with the SEC and a FINRA member firm. We assist our issuers with corporate stock repurchase programs, block trades and Rule 144 transactions and with facilitating Rule 10b5-1 trading plans. In addition, from time to time, given our knowledge of companies for which we provide research coverage, we are included as an underwriter, dealer, placement agent or initial purchaser in securities offerings undertaken by these companies. Generally, our relationships with institutional investors that are interested in small- and micro-cap companies and that may be existing security holders of the issuer undertaking the capital raise enables us to provide added value in such a transaction. In these transactions, we receive underwriting fees or commissions in connection with our participation. These fees may be substantial to us by comparison to the commissions we generate in respect of our sales and trading business; however, we do not maintain an active investment banking or corporate finance practice. In 2012 and 2013, we participated in seven and 14 registered securities offerings and generated fees of approximately $0.7 million and $1.7 million, respectively. To date, we have conducted these activities with a limited staff and have relied principally upon our sales and trading capabilities, our relationships with the institutional investors in the sector and our knowledge of the companies gleaned from our research coverage. We intend to continue to cultivate our relationships with companies under research coverage and expect to continue to participate in securities offerings by these companies.
Asset Management
We believe that our longstanding commitment to producing independent, small-company equity research, and our ability to leverage our industry-leading research products, have positioned us favorably to capitalize on a shortage of asset management products focused on small- and micro- cap equities.
To date, larger fund management complexes have focused principally on investment strategies involving companies with larger capitalizations. We contend, however, that larger-cap investment strategies ignore several benefits of small- and micro-cap equities, including: historical, annualized outperformance as compared to large-cap stocks for the years 1926 – 2012, inefficiencies in small- and micro-cap equity pricing, relating to, among other things, the low volume of shares traded and the size of bid-ask spreads, that create potentially attractive buying opportunities, a chance for small- and micro-cap stock appreciation related to acquisitions (with attractive bid premiums) of small- and micro-cap companies, and outperformance during high inflationary periods, as seen in the charts below.
[MISSING IMAGE: t1401980_bcannualized.jpg]
Source: Deutsche Bank Asset & Wealth

The following chart compares the cumulative percentage returns of small-cap equities with those of large- and mid- cap equities during six high inflationary periods in the U.S. (1941 – 1943, 1946 – 1948, 1950 – 1952, 1968 – 1971, 1973 – 1982 and 1988 – 1991). As indicated below, small-cap stocks outperformed during these time periods. To the extent that we enter a high inflationary period as a result of the unprecedented low interest rates in the U.S., small- and micro-cap stocks may be expected to outperform as an asset class.
[MISSING IMAGE: t1401980_bccumulative.jpg]
Source: Times Square Capital Management LLC white paper, 2010
To the extent that some larger fund complexes have sought out growth-oriented investment strategies, we believe they have done so by focusing on mid-cap companies, and avoiding small-cap and micro-cap companies. It may not be cost-efficient for a large fund management complex to devote resources to becoming familiar with the small-cap and micro-cap market, which may include relatively thinly traded stocks that are not be covered by many research analysts. In addition, significant portfolio management time might be required in order to manage a diversified portfolio of small- and micro-cap stocks.
Similarly, hedge funds and other financial investors tend to shy away from the small- and micro-cap sector given the significant investment associated with becoming familiar with companies that are not the subject of broad-based research coverage. Sidoti has already established itself as the premier research provider for companies in this sector. We plan to leverage this experience to manage a fund or series of funds that will focus on investments in the sector as well as to advise separate accounts. We have established close relationships with institutional investors that may be interested in investing in a diversified fund.
In order to pursue our asset management strategy, we recently organized a private fund, the Sidoti Micro Cap Fund, LP. The general partner of the partnership is Sidoti Micro Cap GP, LLC, a newly formed limited liability company. The adviser to the fund is another newly formed entity, Sidoti Capital Management, LLC. The adviser has retained Liberty Park Capital Management, LLC as sub-adviser to the fund to manage its investments once it commences its operations.
Competition
All areas of our business are subject to high levels of competition. The principal competitive factors influencing our business include the abilities of our professionals, industry expertise, client relationships, business reputation, market focus, product capabilities, and the quality and price of our products and services.
Although many investment banks and brokerage firms are not as focused on small-cap companies as we are, we nonetheless consider them to be our competitors. We also compete with specialty securities firms and smaller investment banking boutiques that specialize in providing services to companies in particular industries.
Many of these firms have the ability to offer a wider range of products than we do, including loans, deposit-taking and insurance, in addition to brokerage, asset management and investment banking services,

all of which may enhance their competitive position relative to us. These firms also have the ability to support investment banking and securities products with commercial banking, insurance and other financial services revenues in an effort to gain market share, which could result in downward pricing pressure in our businesses. The trend toward consolidation has significantly increased the capital base and geographic reach of our competitors. These larger and better-capitalized competitors may be better able than we are to respond to changes in the investment banking industry, to recruit and retain skilled professionals, to finance acquisitions, to fund internal growth and to compete for market share generally.
Risk Management and Compliance
The principal risks we face are market, legal, reputational and operational risks. We apply quantitative analysis and sound practical judgment before engaging in transactions to ensure that we have mitigated potential risk to the extent possible. Included in our review process, among other things, is a holistic evaluation of a company’s profitability, management, float, market capitalization and investor interest in the company, as well as a net capital computation to ensure that if we engage in a transaction we will remain in compliance with SEC regulations.
Regulation
Our business, as well as the financial services industry generally, is subject to extensive regulation in the United States and across the globe. As a matter of public policy, regulatory bodies in the United States and the rest of the world are charged with safeguarding the integrity of the securities and other financial markets and with protecting the interests of customers participating in those markets, not with protecting the interests of our stockholders or creditors. In the United States, the SEC is the federal agency responsible for the administration of the federal securities laws. We are subject to regulation and oversight by the SEC. In addition, FINRA, a self-regulatory organization for broker-dealers that is subject to oversight by the SEC, adopts and enforces rules governing the conduct, and examines the activities, of its member firms, including Sidoti & Company, LLC. State securities regulators also have regulatory or oversight authority over Sidoti & Company, LLC.
Broker-dealers are subject to regulations that cover all aspects of the securities business, including capital structure, record-keeping and the conduct and qualifications of directors, officers and employees. In particular, as a registered broker-dealer and member of a self-regulatory organization, we are subject to the SEC’s uniform net capital rule, Rule 15c3-1 under the Exchange Act. Rule 15c3-1 specifies the minimum level of net capital a broker-dealer must maintain and also requires that a significant part of a broker-dealer’s assets be kept in relatively liquid form. The SEC and various self-regulatory organizations impose rules that require notification when net capital falls below certain predefined criteria, limit the ratio of subordinated debt to equity in the regulatory capital composition of a broker-dealer and constrain the ability of a broker-dealer to expand its business under certain circumstances. Additionally, the SEC’s uniform net capital rule imposes certain requirements that may have the effect of prohibiting a broker-dealer from distributing or withdrawing capital and requiring prior notice to the SEC for certain withdrawals of capital.
In addition to the regulation we are subject to in the United States, we are also subject to regulation in Canada, where we take advantage of the international dealer exemption found in section 8.18 of National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements and Exemptions (“NI 31-103”). This exemption is available for a dealer (i) whose head office or principal place of business is in a foreign (i.e., non-Canadian) jurisdiction, (ii) that engages in the business of a dealer in that foreign jurisdiction, (iii) that is registered as a dealer in the foreign jurisdiction where its head office or principal place of business is located, (iv) that is acting as principal or agent for the issuer, a permitted client or a non-resident of Canada and (v) that has submitted a registration form to the securities commission in the province of the permitted client.
A dealer relying on this exemption from registration to operate in Canada is permitted to trade with only “permitted clients” in Canada in respect of “foreign securities.” A “permitted client” includes most customary institutional clients, a corporation with net assets of at least CAD 25 million as shown on its most recent financial statements and individuals who beneficially own net realizable financial assets of more than CAD 5 million. The term “foreign securities” means a security issued by an issuer incorporated, formed or created under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction or a security issued by a government of a foreign jurisdiction. International dealers may not trade in equity securities of Canadian issuers.

Certain parts of our business are subject to compliance with laws and regulations of U.S. federal and state governments, non-U.S. governments, their respective agencies or various self-regulatory organizations or exchanges relating to, among other things, the privacy of client information, and any failure to comply with these regulations could expose us to liability or reputational damage.
The United States and non-U.S. government agencies and self-regulatory organizations, as well as state securities commissions in the United States, are empowered to conduct periodic examinations and initiate administrative proceedings that can result in censure, fines, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders or the suspension or expulsion of a broker-dealer or its directors, officers or employees.
Federal anti-money-laundering laws make it a criminal offense to own or operate a money transmitting business without the appropriate state licenses, which we maintain, and registration with the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN). In addition, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 and the Treasury Department’s implementing regulations require us, as a “financial institution,” to establish and maintain an anti-money-laundering program.
In connection with its administration and enforcement of economic and trade sanctions based on U.S. foreign policy and national security goals, the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC, publishes a list of individuals and companies owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, targeted countries. It also lists individuals, groups and entities, such as terrorists and narcotics traffickers, designated under programs that are not country-specific. Collectively, such individuals and companies are called “Specially Designated Nationals,” or SDNs. Assets of SDNs are blocked, and we are generally prohibited from dealing with them. In addition, OFAC administers a number of comprehensive sanctions and embargoes that target certain countries, governments and geographic regions. We are generally prohibited from engaging in transactions involving any country, region or government that is subject to such comprehensive sanctions.
Employees
As of October 17, 2014, we had a total of 106 employees comprising 59 research personnel, 27 sales professionals, 6 sales traders and 14 operations and support staff. The firm’s institutional sales and trading team of 33 professionals provides national coverage of small- and micro-cap companies. Our compliance, editorial, finance/accounting and IT/support teams help ensure the integrity of our research products and our other business activities. None of our employees is subject to any collective bargaining agreements, and we believe our relationship with our employees is good.
Properties
We occupy five main offices, with a headquarters located in New York City, and satellite offices in Bay Shore, New York, Elmsford, New York, Cranford, New Jersey and Austin, Texas, all of which are leased. Our New York City headquarters is located at 122 East 42nd Street and comprises approximately 31,433 square feet of subleased space.
In Bay Shore, we lease approximately 1,250 square feet at 111 West Main Street, Unit 113, Bay Shore, New York 11706, pursuant to a lease agreement expiring in May 2017. Our Elmsford office is located at 45 Knollwood Road, Suite 500, Elmsford, New York 10523 and consists of approximately 1,440 square feet of leased space pursuant to a lease agreement expiring in May 2015. We lease approximately 1,130 square feet at 109 South Avenue West, Cranford, New Jersey 07016 pursuant to a lease that will expire if we give notification. In Austin, we sublease approximately 1,175 square feet at 515 Congress Avenue, Suite 2520, Austin, Texas 78701, pursuant to a sublease agreement expiring in August 2017. Initially, we expect to run our asset management business out of our Austin office. In the future, we expect the need for additional office space, particularly in connection with our entry into the asset management business.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to any material litigation.

Reorganization Transactions and Corporate Structure
Prior to the date of this prospectus, we operated as a limited liability company, organized in the State of Delaware under the name Sidoti Holding Company, LLC. Prior to the completion of this offering, we will complete a number of transactions in order to have Sidoti & Company, Inc. succeed to the business of Sidoti Holding Company, LLC and become the owner of its consolidated subsidiaries, Sidoti & Company, LLC, Sidoti Capital Management, LLC and Sidoti Micro Cap GP, LLC and to have the members of Sidoti Holding Company, LLC become stockholders of Sidoti & Company, Inc. After the reorganization transactions, Sidoti & Company, LLC, Sidoti Capital Management, LLC and Sidoti Micro Cap GP, LLC will become wholly-owned subsidiaries of Sidoti & Company, Inc. This prospectus assumes the corporate reorganization has taken effect prior to this offering, unless otherwise indicated. The purpose of this reorganization was to allow our company to become a corporation rather than a limited liability company following this offering, and so that our existing investors would own our common stock rather than equity interests in a limited liability company.
In connection with this offering and pursuant to our corporate reorganization, we will effect an exchange of all of the outstanding capital member interests and employee interests of Sidoti Holding Company, LLC for shares of common stock of Sidoti & Company, Inc., subject to the execution by the holders of required documentation. After the exchange, all members of Sidoti Holding Company, LLC will become our stockholders with:
  •      members holding capital member interests, representing      shares of our common stock or     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and
  •      members holding employee interests representing     shares of our common stock or     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
As a result of the exchange, and assuming all holders participate in the exchange, Sidoti Holding Company, LLC will become our wholly-owned subsidiary and will be disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Sidoti Holding Company, LLC will be consolidated with us in our financial statements and, Sidoti & Company, Inc. will succeed to all of the assets and liabilities held by Sidoti Holding Company, LLC.

 MANAGEMENT
Executive Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth certain information about our executive officers, directors and key employees as of October 15, 2014:
 
Name
Age
Position
Peter T. Sidoti
57
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Marie Conway
67
Director and President
Gary Jacobs
57
Director of Trading
Seymour G. Siegel
72
Director nominee
Dr. Michael R. Cunningham
55
Director nominee
John M. Gibbons
66
Director nominee
Board of Directors
Peter T. Sidoti is the founder, chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer of Sidoti & Company, LLC. Mr. Sidoti has over 35 years of experience working on Wall Street. He served as an equity research analyst for Value Line, Inc. from 1979 to 1985, and in the same capacity at Drexel Burnham Lambert, NatWest Markets and Schroders Capital Markets from 1985 to 1990, 1990 to 1997 and 1997 to 1999, respectively. As a leading healthcare analyst during the 1990s, Mr. Sidoti was directly involved in nearly 100 transactions in the nursing home, assisted-living and healthcare REIT sectors, including initial public offerings, secondary offerings and mergers. In March 1999, Mr. Sidoti founded Sidoti & Company, LLC, and since 1999, he has served as Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Sidoti received a Bachelor of Science in accounting and a Masters of Business Administration in finance from New York University.
Marie Conway serves as a member of our board of directors and is the President of Sidoti & Company, LLC. From 1979 to 1989, Ms. Conway was an equity analyst and portfolio manager with Value Line, Inc. As an equity analyst, she covered a wide variety of industry sectors, including forest products, paper, beverage, tobacco, waste management, and industrial services companies. As a portfolio manager, Ms. Conway managed both the Value Line Cash Fund and the Value Line Tax-Exempt Fund with total assets under management of $725 million. She was also the primary writer and editor for the Value Line weekly fixed income review. In 1989, Ms. Conway joined Mutual of America as a portfolio manager. She managed the long-term bond fund, money market fund and fixed income segment of a total return fund with total assets under management of approximately $400 million. In 1991, Ms. Conway joined NatWest Securities where she was a senior equity analyst in the healthcare group of the research department. At NatWest, Ms. Conway covered small- and large-cap medical devices stocks, as well as healthcare services stocks. In 1997, Ms. Conway joined Salomon Brothers as a senior healthcare equity analyst. In 1998, Ms. Conway joined Prudential Securities as a senior healthcare equity analyst. She focused on medical devices and healthcare service stocks while employed at Prudential. Ms. Conway joined Sidoti & Company, LLC in September 2000. She was named president in 2001 and oversees the research department. Ms. Conway graduated from Hunter College with a Bachelor of Arts in history and from New York University with a Masters of Business Administration in finance.
Gary Jacobs is the director of trading of Sidoti & Company, LLC. Mr. Jacobs has 33 years of experience on Wall Street and has worked at Dresdner, NatWest Markets and Drexel Burnham Lambert. He joined Sidoti & Company, LLC in 2004 to lead its trading desk, which commenced operations in April 2004. Mr. Jacobs graduated from Lafayette College with a Bachelor of Arts in engineering, and received a Masters of Business Administration in finance from Emory University.
Seymour G. Siegel is a director nominee for our board of directors and will become a director upon the consummation of this offering. Mr. Siegel is an inactive certified public accountant (“CPA”), and is president of Siegel-Rich, Inc., a business advisory company. Mr. Siegel is a retired principal emeritus of Rothstein Kass, now a part of KPMG, an international firm of accountants and auditors. Mr. Siegel was a founder of Siegel Rich & Co. CPA’s, which eventually merged into what is now known as WeiserMazars LLP, a large regional firm. He was a senior partner with WeiserMazars LLP until he sold his interest and

co-founded a business advisory firm, which later was acquired by Rothstein Kass. He has been a director and officer of numerous businesses and philanthropic and civic organizations. As a professional director, Mr. Siegel has served on the boards of nearly a dozen public companies over the last 25 years and has often served as chairman of the audit committee. He is currently a director and chairman of the audit committees of Air Industries Group, Inc. and Premier Alliance Group, Inc. He was formerly a director of Oak Hall Capital Fund, Prime Motor Inns Limited Partnership, Noise Cancellation Technologies, Hauppauge Digital, Inc. and Emerging Vision, Inc., among others. Mr. Siegel received his Bachelor of Business Administration from the Bernard M. Baruch School of the City College of New York.
Dr. Michael R. Cunningham is a director nominee for our board of directors and will become a director upon the consummation of this offering. Mr. Cunningham is the chancellor and Chief Operating Officer of the National University System and the president of National University. Prior to joining National University, he served as dean of the San Diego State University College of Business Administration. Mr. Cunningham has taught strategy and entrepreneurship courses at San Diego State University, Cal Poly San Luis Obispo and New York University. Before entering higher education, he was the founder, chairman, CEO and president of Cunningham Graphics International from 1989-2000. Mr. Cunningham has also served as chairman, CEO and president of DG3 – Diversified Global Graphics Group, and group president and corporate vice president of Automatic Data Processing. Mr. Cunningham received his Bachelor in Business Administration from the University of Massachusetts, Amherst and a Ph.D. and master’s degrees from New York University.
John M. Gibbons is a director nominee for our board of directors and will become a director upon the consummation of this offering. Mr. Gibbons currently serves as a director and member of the audit committee of Deckers Outdoor Corporation, and he has been with the company since 2000. Mr. Gibbons has also served as a director and member of various board committees of National Technical Systems, Inc. and Assisted Living Corporation. He began his career as an auditor for Price Waterhouse from 1970 to 1976. He became a CPA in California in 1972, although he decided not to renew his CPA license in 1988. Mr. Gibbons worked in multiple management positions with Computer Communications Technology Corp. from 1976 to 1983, Digital Sound Corporation from 1983 to 1986, Vistek, Inc. from 1986 to 1987, Com Systems, Inc. from 1988 to 1993, The Sports Club Company from 1994 to 2000, TMC Communications from 2000 to 2004 and The Learning Network from 2000 to the present. At these companies, he oversaw M&A negotiations, led a $100 million high yield debt offering and a $40 million initial public offering. Mr. Gibbons was the Chairman of the Sonoma County Habitat for Humanity branch from 2004 to 2009, and he has been the board president of the Sonoma Valley Mentoring Alliance since 2010. Mr. Gibbons has a Bachelor in Business Administration from the University of Notre Dame and a Masters of Business Administration in business from the University of Southern California.
Board of Directors
Our board of directors currently consists of two directors, and upon consummation of the offering will consist of five directors.
In accordance with our charter to become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:
  • The Class I director will be Peter T. Sidoti and his term will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015;
  • The Class II directors will be Marie Conway and Seymour G. Siegel and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016; and
  • The Class III directors will be Michael R. Cunningham and John M. Gibbons and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017.

Director Independence
Upon the completion of this offering, we expect that our common stock will be listed on the NYSE MKT. Under NYSE MKT rules, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors. In addition, NYSE MKT rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Under NYSE MKT rules, a director will qualify as an “independent director” only if that person is not an executive officer or employee of the company and, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In order to be considered to be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.
Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will undertake a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director and consider whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. Our board of directors will also review whether the directors that will comprise our audit committee and compensation committee, respectively, at the time of the completion of this offering satisfy the independence standards for those committees established by the applicable SEC rules and NYSE MKT rules. In making this determination, our board of directors will consider the relationships that each of these non-employee directors has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deems relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our common stock held by each non-employee director.
Board Committees
Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have established an audit committee and a compensation committee, which have the composition and responsibilities described below. In addition, prior to completion of this offering, our board of directors intends to establish one additional committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee, which will have the responsibilities described below.
Audit Committee
Our audit committee will be composed of Mssrs. Siegel, Cunningham and Gibbons, each of whom will be a non-employee member of our board of directors. Mr. Siegel will be our audit committee chairman and is our audit committee financial expert, as currently defined under the SEC rules. Our board of directors has determined that each of Mssrs. Siegal, Cunningham and Gibbons, is independent within the meaning of the applicable SEC rules and the listing standards of NYSE MKT.
Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit committee evaluates the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and performance; determines the engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm; reviews and approves the scope of the annual audit and the audit fee; discusses with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly financial statements; approves the retention of the independent registered public accounting firm to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services; monitors the rotation of partners of the independent registered public accounting firm on our engagement team as required by law; reviews our critical accounting policies and estimates; and will annually review the audit committee charter and the committee’s performance. Effective upon the completion of this offering, the audit committee will operate under a written charter adopted by the board that satisfies the applicable standards of NYSE MKT.

Compensation Committee
Our compensation committee will be composed of Mssrs. Siegel, Cunningham and Gibbons, each of whom will be a non-employee member of our board of directors. Dr. Cunningham will be our compensation committee chairman.
Our compensation committee reviews and recommends policies relating to the compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. The compensation committee reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers, evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives, and sets the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee will administer the issuance of stock options and other awards under our incentive compensation plans. The compensation committee will review and evaluate, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members. Effective upon the completion of this offering, the compensation committee will operate under a written charter adopted by the board that satisfies the applicable standards of NYSE MKT.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Our nominating and corporate governance committee will be composed of Mssrs. Siegel, Cunningham and Gibbons, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Mr. Gibbons will be our nominating and corporate governance committee chairman. Our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for making recommendations regarding candidates for directorships and the size and the composition of our board of directors. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for overseeing our corporate governance principles and making recommendations concerning governance matters. Effective upon the completion of this offering, the nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter adopted by the board that satisfies the applicable standards of NYSE MKT.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of our executive officers currently serves or in the past year has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors.

Executive compensation
We refer to our chief executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers discussed below as our “named executive officers.” Our named executive officers for fiscal year 2013 were as follows:
  • Peter T. Sidoti;
  • Marie Conway; and
  • Gary Jacobs.
Summary Compensation Table
The following table presents information regarding compensation earned by or awards to our named executive officers during fiscal year 2013.
 
Name and Principal Position
Year
Salary
($)
Bonus &
Commission
($)
Option
Awards
($)
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
All Other
Compensation(1)
($)
Total
($)
Peter T. Sidoti
Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer
2013
$
839,648
$
839,648
Marie Conway
Director and President
2013
$
300,000
$
719,000
$
1,019,000
Gary Jacobs
Director of Trading
2013
$
250,000
$
550,025
$
800,025
 
(1)
  • Includes equity capital withdrawals; medical, dental and vision plan premiums; term life insurance premium; tax preparation and advice expense reimbursement; employer contribution to 401(k) plan.
Equity-Based Compensation
Pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Sidoti Holding Company, LLC and related award agreements, certain of our executive officers received equity-based compensation in the form of profits interests in Sidoti, which we refer to as employee interests. The employee interests are membership interests in Sidoti Holding Company, LLC and represent the right of the holder to share in distributions from Sidoti to the extent that it has profits.
Ms. Marie Conway was granted an employee interest equivalent to 5.0% of the profits of Sidoti in August 2002. Mr. Lalishwar Ramgopal was granted an employee interest equivalent to 2.0% of the profits of Sidoti in August 2002. Mr. Scott Stember was granted an employee interest equivalent to 1.0% of the profits of Sidoti in August 2002. Mr. David Gold was granted an employee interest equivalent to 0.5% of the profits of Sidoti in August 2002. The employee interests were granted in lieu of any other equity or equity-based compensation. The awards were granted in order to foster a long-term commitment by valued executive officers and to align a large portion of our executives’ compensation with the interests of Sidoti.
As part of the reorganization transactions, all of the outstanding employee interests will be converted to shares of our common stock and will subsequently be terminated. Accordingly, after this offering we will be able to pay performance-based bonuses in the form of stock options pursuant our 2014 Plan.
Employee Benefit and Share Plans
2014 Stock Incentive Plan
Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have adopted, and our stockholders will have approved, our 2014 Stock Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the 2014 Plan. Our 2014 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) to our employees and any parent and subsidiary

corporations’ employees, and for the grant of non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and dividend equivalent rights to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, directors and consultants.
Share Reserve
As of            , 2014, we had reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2014 Plan a total of      shares of common stock. Further, our 2014 Plan provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance thereunder on the first business day of each fiscal year, beginning with our fiscal year following the year of this offering, equal to     percent (     %) of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of such date.
Administration
Our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors will administer our 2014 Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code the committee will consist of two (2) or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. The plan administrator will have the power to determine and interpret the terms and conditions of the awards, including the employees, directors and consultants who will receive awards, the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the vesting schedule and exercisability of the awards, the restrictions on transferability of awards and the form of consideration payable upon exercise. The plan administrator also will have the authority to institute an exchange program whereby the exercise prices of outstanding awards may be reduced or outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for other awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices) or awards of a different type.
Stock Options
Our 2014 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options that qualify under Section 422 of the Code only to our employees and employees of any parent or subsidiary of ours. Non-qualified stock options may be granted to our employees, directors, and consultants and those of any parent or subsidiary of ours. The exercise price of all options granted under our 2014 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten (10) years, except that with respect to any employee who owns more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock or any parent or subsidiary corporation as of the grant date, the term must not exceed five (5) years, and the exercise price must equal at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the fair market value on the grant date.
After the continuous service of an employee, director or consultant terminates, he or she may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested, for the period of time specified in the option agreement. However, an option may not be exercised after the expiration date of its term.
Stock Appreciation Rights
Our 2014 Plan allows for the grant of stock appreciation rights. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the date of grant and the exercise date. The administrator will determine the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay the increased appreciation in cash or with common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the base appreciation amount for the cash or stock to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. After the continuous service of an employee, director or consultant terminates, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right, to the extent vested, only to the extent provided in the stock appreciation rights agreement.
Restricted Stock Awards
Our 2014 Plan allows for the grant of restricted stock. Restricted stock awards are shares of common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the plan administrator. The plan

administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant. The plan administrator may impose whatever conditions on vesting it determines to be appropriate. For example, the plan administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals. Restricted stock that does not vest is subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.
Restricted Stock Units
Our 2014 Plan allows for the grant of restricted stock units. Restricted stock units are awards that will result in payment to a recipient at the end of a specified period only if the vesting criteria established by the administrator are achieved or the award otherwise vests. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting, restrictions and conditions to payment it determines to be appropriate. The administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or on the continuation of service or employment. Payments of earned restricted stock units may be made, in the administrator’s discretion, in cash, with our common stock or other securities, or a combination thereof.
Dividend Equivalent Rights
Our 2014 Plan allows for the grant of dividend equivalent rights. Dividend equivalent rights are awards that entitle the recipients to compensation measured by the dividends we pay with respect to our common stock.
Transferability of Awards
Our 2014 Plan allows for the transfer of awards under the 2014 Plan only (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution and (iii) for awards other than incentive stock options, to the extent authorized by the plan administrator. Only the recipient of an incentive stock option may exercise such award during his or her lifetime.
Certain Adjustments
In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2014 Plan, the plan administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number of shares of or classes of stock that are covered by outstanding awards, the exercise or purchase price of outstanding awards, the numerical stock limits contained in the 2014 Plan, and any other terms that the plan administrator determines require adjustment. In the event of our complete liquidation or dissolution, all outstanding awards will terminate immediately upon the consummation of such transaction.
Corporate Transactions and Changes in Control
Our 2014 Plan provides that in the event of a corporate transaction, as defined in the 2014 Plan, each outstanding award will terminate upon the consummation of the corporate transaction to the extent that such awards are not assumed by the acquiring or succeeding entity. Prior to or upon the consummation of a corporate transaction or a change in control, as defined in the 2014 Plan, an outstanding award may vest, in whole or in part, to the extent provided in the award agreement or as determined by the plan administrator in its discretion. The plan administrator may condition the vesting of an award upon the subsequent termination of the recipient’s service or employment within a specified period of time following the consummation of a corporate transaction or change in control. The plan administrator will not be required to treat all awards similarly in the event of a corporate transaction or change in control.
Plan Amendments and Termination
Our 2014 Plan will automatically terminate 10 years following the date it becomes effective, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2014 Plan provided such action does not impair the rights under any outstanding award unless mutually agreed to in writing by the recipient and us.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
We describe below the transactions and series of similar transactions, since January 1, 2013, in which we were a participant or will be a participant, and in which:
  • the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and
  • any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock (which we refer to as 5% stockholders) or any member of their immediate family had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described where required under the section titled “Executive Compensation.”
Equity-Based Compensation
Pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Sidoti Holding Company, LLC and related award agreements, certain of our executive officers received equity-based compensation in the form of profits interests in Sidoti, which we refer to as employee interests. The employee interests are membership interests in Sidoti Holding Company, LLC and represent the right of the holder to share in distributions from Sidoti to the extent that it has profits. As part of the reorganization transactions described in “Business — Reorganization Transactions and Corporate Structure,” the employee interests will be converted to common stock in Sidoti & Company, Inc.
Ms. Marie Conway was granted an employee interest equivalent to 5.0% of the profits of Sidoti in August 2002. Mr. Lalishwar Ramgopal was granted an employee interest equivalent to 2.0% of the profits of Sidoti in August 2002. Mr. Scott Stember was granted an employee interest equivalent to 1.0% of the profits of Sidoti in August 2002. Mr. David Gold was granted an employee interest equivalent to 0.5% of the profits of Sidoti in August 2002. The employee interests were granted in lieu of any other equity or equity-based compensation. The awards were granted in order to foster a long-term commitment by valued executive officers and to align a large portion of our executives’ compensation with the interests of Sidoti.
As part of the reorganization transactions, all of the outstanding employee interests will be converted to shares of our common stock and will subsequently be terminated. Accordingly, after this offering we will be able to pay performance-based bonuses in the form of stock options pursuant our 2014 Plan.
Director and Officer Indemnification and Insurance
Effective upon the closing of the offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with certain of our directors and executive officers, and we will have purchased directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. The indemnification agreements and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See “Description of Capital Stock — Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”
Policies and Procedures Regarding Related Party Transactions
Our board of directors reviews related party transactions for potential conflict of interest issues. Our board of directors intends to adopt a written related person transaction policy to be effective upon or prior to the completion of this offering to set forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness or employment by us or a related person.
Director Independence
For a discussion of the independence of our directors, please see “Management — Director Independence” above.

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our securities on a pro forma, as converted into common stock basis, as of June 30, 2014 and as adjusted to reflect the shares of common stock to be issued and sold in this offering by:
  • each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;
  • each of our named executive officers;
  • each of our directors; and
  • all current executive officers and directors as a group.
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with SEC rules. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, the number of shares of common stock deemed outstanding includes shares issuable upon exercise of options held by the respective person or group that may be exercised or converted within 60 days after the date of this prospectus.
Applicable percentage ownership is based on      shares of common stock outstanding at     , assuming the issuance of (i)      shares of common stock to existing owners of capital member interests and employee interests in our predecessor entity in connection with our reorganization from an LLC into a Delaware corporation in connection with this offering, and (ii)      shares that will be sold by us in the offering.
Unless otherwise indicated and subject to applicable community property laws, to our knowledge, each stockholder named in the following table possesses sole voting and investment power over the shares listed. Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each person listed on the table is c/o Sidoti & Company, Inc., 122 East 42nd Street, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10168.
 
Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering
Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
Shares
(#)
Percentage
(%)
Shares
(#)
Percentage
(%)
5% Stockholders:
Peter T. Sidoti
Sidoti Family Trust
Marie Conway
Directors and Named Executive Officers:
Peter T. Sidoti
Marie Conway
Gary Jacobs
Seymour G. Siegel (Director nominee)
Dr. Michael R. Cunningham (Director nominee)
John M. Gibbons (Director nominee)
All current directors and executive officers as a group
(6 persons)

Description of capital stock
General
The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock and of certain provisions of our charter, as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. For more detailed information, please see our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as in effect upon the consummation of this offering will provide for one class of common stock. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.
Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of:
  •      shares of common stock; and
  •      shares that are designated as preferred stock.
Immediately following the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding      shares of common stock, held by      stockholders of record and no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding.
Common Stock
Voting Rights
Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote with respect to each matter presented to our stockholders on which the holders of common stock are entitled to vote. Subject to any rights that may be applicable to any then outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of our common stock vote as a single class on all matters relating to the election and removal of directors and as provided by law. Holders of our common stock will not have cumulative voting rights. Except in respect of matters relating to the election and removal of directors and as otherwise provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or required by law, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by holders of a majority of the shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter. In the case of election of directors, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a plurality of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares of common stock.
Dividends
Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to share equally, identically and ratably in any dividends that our board of directors may determine to issue from time to time.
Liquidation Rights
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, holders of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in our assets that are legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of our debts and other liabilities. If we have any preferred stock outstanding at such time, holders of the preferred stock may be entitled to distribution or liquidation preferences. In either such case, we must pay the applicable distribution to the holders of our preferred stock before we may pay distributions to the holders of our shares of common stock.
Other Rights
Our stockholders will have no preemptive, conversion or other rights to subscribe for additional shares. All outstanding shares are, and all shares offered by this prospectus will be, when sold, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock
Though we currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock, upon the closing of this offering and the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to designate and issue up to      shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors may also designate the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of each such series of preferred stock, any or all of which may be greater than or senior to those granted to the holders of common stock. Though the actual effect of any such issuance on the rights of the holders of common stock will not be known until our board of directors determines the specific rights of the holders of preferred stock, the potential effects of such an issuance include:
  • diluting the voting power of the holders of common stock;
  • reducing the likelihood that holders of common stock will receive dividend payments;
  • reducing the likelihood that holders of common stock will receive payments in the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up; and
  • delaying, deterring or preventing a change-in-control or other corporate takeover.
Registration Rights
Prior to the consummation of the offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, his wife, the Sidoti Family Trust dated March 1, 1999 and Mr. Jacobs. The registration rights agreement will provide those parties certain registration rights with respect to its shares of our common stock and also will provide them with certain governance rights, depending on the size of its holdings of our common stock.
Under the registration rights provisions of the registration rights agreement:
  • after 180 days following the completion of the offering, each of these signatories will have the right to cause us to conduct up to five demand registrations, subject to certain customary restrictions;
  • once we are eligible to do so, the signatories have the right to cause us to file and have declared effective a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with respect to all of their shares of our common stock; and
  • they have the right to participate as selling stockholders in certain registered offerings by us.
The registration rights agreement will also contain customary provisions relating to cooperation with the registration process, black-out periods and customary securities law indemnity provisions in favor of the selling stockholders. With certain customary exceptions, we will be required to bear all registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, associated with any registration of shares pursuant to the agreement. Registration rights may be transferred by the signatories, subject to certain restrictions.
The registration rights agreement will terminate on             , 2017, which is three years after the completion of this offering.
Anti-Takeover Provisions
Certificate of Incorporation
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation

will also provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by a consent in writing, and that only our board of directors, chairman of the board, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of the chief executive officer) may call a special meeting of stockholders.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require a 66​23% stockholder vote for the removal of a director without cause or the rescission, alteration, amendment or repeal of the certificate of incorporation by stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also require an 80% stockholder vote to amend its provisions relating to the election and classification of directors. The combination of the classification of our board of directors, the lack of cumulative voting and the supermajority stockholder voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.
These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control or management. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our stock and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
We have elected to be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“Section 203”), and we are prohibited from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:
  • before such date, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
  • upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting shares outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting shares outstanding (but not the outstanding voting shares owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
  • on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66​23% of the outstanding voting shares that are not owned by the interested stockholder.
In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:
  • any merger or consolidation involving the company and the interested stockholder;
  • any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the company involving the interested stockholder;
  • subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the company of any shares of the company to the interested stockholder;

  • any transaction involving the company that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the shares or any class or series of shares of the company beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or
  • the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the company.
In general, by reference to Section 203, an “interested stockholder” is an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status owned, 15% or more of the outstanding voting shares of the company.
Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters
We will have adopted provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering that limit or eliminate the liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties, except for a breach of the duty of loyalty to the company or its stockholders, for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, or for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. Accordingly, our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except with respect to of the following:
  • any breach of their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
  • acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
  • unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or
  • any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. If Delaware law is amended to authorize the further elimination or limiting of director liability, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law as so amended.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, also will provide that we shall indemnify our directors and executive officers and shall indemnify our other officers and employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. We believe that indemnification under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation covers at least negligence and gross negligence on the part of indemnified parties. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in such capacity, regardless of whether our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would permit indemnification.
We intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with certain of our directors and executive officers that are, in some cases, broader than the specific indemnification provisions provided by Delaware law and our charter documents and may provide additional procedural protection. These agreements will require us, among other things, to:
  • indemnify officers and directors against certain liabilities that may arise because of their status as officers and directors;
  • advance expenses, as incurred, to officers and directors in connection with a legal proceeding subject to limited exceptions; and
  • cover officers and directors under any general or directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy maintained by us.

We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the opinion of the SEC is that such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
In addition, we will maintain standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided to our directors and officers against losses arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and to us with respect to payments which may be made by us to such directors and officers pursuant to the above indemnification provisions or otherwise as a matter of law. We also make available standard life insurance and accidental death and disability insurance policies to our employees.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.
Exchange Listing
We will apply to list our common stock on the NYSE MKT under the symbol “SDTI.”

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock and there can be no assurance that a market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale by our existing stockholders shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
Based on      shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, upon completion of this offering, shares of common stock will be outstanding, reflecting      shares of common stock sold in this offering and capital member interests and employee interests in Sidoti Holding Company, LLC that will be automatically converted into      shares of common stock in connection with the reorganization of the Company. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”), generally may be sold in the public market only in compliance with certain limitations contained in Rule 144. The remaining      shares of common stock will be deemed restricted securities as that term is defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act (“Rule 701”), which are summarized below. In addition, substantially all of these restricted securities will be subject to the lock-up agreements described below.
Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
 
Date
Number of Shares
On the date of this prospectus
At various times beginning more than 180 days (subject to extension) after the date of this prospectus
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, a person who is one of our affiliates and has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period, beginning on the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
  • one percent of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately      shares immediately after the completion of this offering; or
  • the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NYSE MKT during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to a certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
In general, under Rule 144, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell the shares beginning on the 181st day after the date of this prospectus without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144 and will be subject only to the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

Rule 701
Any of our employees, officers, directors or consultants who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell them in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares. However, substantially all of the shares issued under Rule 701 are subject to the lock-up agreements described below and will become eligible for sale only when the lock-up period expires.
Lock-Up Agreements
We and all of our directors and officers, as well as the other holders of substantially all shares of our common stock (including securities exercisable or convertible into our common stock) outstanding immediately prior to this offering, have agreed or will agree that, without the prior written consent of WR Hambrecht + Co, LLC (“WR Hambrecht + Co”) on behalf of the underwriters, during the period from the date of this prospectus and ending on the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus (as such period may be extended under certain circumstances), we and they will not, among other things:
  • offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, options or warrants to purchase share of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock; or
  • in our case, file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or
  • in the case of our directors, officers and other holders of our securities, make any demand for exercise of any rights with respect to the registration of any securities.
The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to:
  • the sale of shares of common stock pursuant to the underwriting agreement; or
  • transactions relating to shares of common stock acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, or the exercise of any stock option to purchase shares of common stock pursuant to any benefit plan of the company; or
  • transfers of shares of common stock or any security directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock as a bona fide gift or in connection with estate planning, including, but not limited to, dispositions to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned and dispositions from any grantor retained annuity trust established for the direct benefit of the undersigned or a member of the immediate family of the undersigned, or by will or intestacy; or
  • any transfer pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or in connection with a divorce; or
  • shares of common stock as collateral for any loan, provided that the lender agrees in writing to be bound by the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement; or
  • dispositions of securities to a bona fide third party pursuant to a tender offer or any other transaction, including, without limitation, a merger, consolidation or other business combination involving a change in control of the company, provided that the per share consideration for the securities transferred will be greater than the public offering price per share in this offering; or

  • distributions of shares of common stock or any security directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock to limited partners, members, stockholders or affiliates of a locked up stockholder, or to any partnership, corporation or limited liability company controlled by a locked up stockholder or by a member of the immediate family of a locked up stockholder; or
  • the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b 5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the lock-up period.
Moreover, in the case of transfer pursuant to bullets three and seven above, any transferee or distribution recipient must agree to be bound by the foregoing restrictions on transfer.
See “Underwriting” below for additional discussion.
Registration Rights
Prior to the consummation of the offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, his wife, the Sidoti Family Trust dated March 1, 1999 and Mr. Jacobs. The registration rights agreement will provide those parties certain registration rights with respect to its shares of our common stock and also will provide them with certain governance rights, depending on the size of its holdings of our common stock.
Under the registration rights provisions of the registration rights agreement:
  • after 180 days following the completion of the offering, each of these signatories will have the right to cause us to conduct up to five demand registrations, subject to certain customary restrictions;
  • once we are eligible to do so, the signatories have the right to cause us to file and have declared effective a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with respect to all of their shares of our common stock; and
  • they have the right to participate in certain registered offerings by us.
The registration rights agreement will also contain customary provisions relating to cooperation with the registration process, black-out periods and customary securities law indemnity provisions in favor of the selling stockholders. With certain customary exceptions, we will be required to bear all registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, associated with any registration of shares pursuant to the agreement. Registration rights may be transferred by the signatories, subject to certain restrictions.
The registration rights agreement will terminate on            , 2017, which is three years after the completion of this offering.
Registration Statements
We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our stock plans and shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options by employees. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering. However, the shares registered on Form S-8 will be subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to our affiliates and will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock-up agreements to which they are subject.

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) with respect to the ownership and disposition of our common stock, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax considerations related thereto. This summary is based on current provisions of the Code, final, temporary or proposed U.S Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial opinions, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. We have not sought any ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.
This summary is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as capital assets (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code).
This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances, nor does it address any aspects of U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws or tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction. This discussion also does not address tax considerations applicable to a non-U.S. holder subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including without limitation:
  • banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;
  • partnerships or other pass-through entities;
  • tax-exempt organizations;
  • tax-qualified retirement plans;
  • dealers in securities or currencies;
  • traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;
  • U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;
  • controlled foreign corporations;
  • passive foreign investment companies;
  • persons that own, or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock; and
  • persons that will hold common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle” or “conversion transaction” for tax purposes.
Accordingly, we urge prospective investors to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of acquiring, holding and disposing of our common stock.
If a partnership (or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership (or member in such other entity) will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Any partner in a collaboration holding our common stock should consult its own tax advisors.
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder
In general, a “non-U.S. holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a U.S. person. A “U.S. person” is any of the following:
  • an individual citizen or resident of the United States;
  • a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States any state thereof or the District of Columbia (or entity treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes);
  • an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or
  • a trust if (a) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
Distributions on Our Common Stock
As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we currently do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If, however, we make cash or other property distributions on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current earnings and profits for that taxable year or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock and will be treated as described under the section titled “— Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock” below.
Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) certifying, under penalties of perjury, such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically.
If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and dividends paid on our common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States), the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from the aforementioned U.S. federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form).
Such effectively connected dividends generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
A non-U.S. holder that claims exemption from withholding or the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty generally will be required to satisfy applicable certification and other requirements prior to the distribution date. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide us or our paying agent with the required certification may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty or applicability of other exemptions from withholding.

A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.
Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock
Except as discussed below, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:
  • the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the non-U.S. holder in the United States and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder maintained in the United States;
  • the non-U.S. holder is an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other requirements are met; or
  • we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation, or a USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our common stock and our common stock has ceased to be traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or other disposition occurs. The determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our foreign real property interests.
We believe we currently are not, and we do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates generally in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) but may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to, and the tax withheld with respect to, each non-U.S. holder. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Backup withholding generally will not apply to distributions to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient.
Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8ECI (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a U.S. person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act
The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act may impose a 30% withholding tax on any dividends paid after June 30, 2014 and the proceeds of a sale of our common stock paid after December 31, 2016 to (i) a “foreign financial institution,” as specially defined under such rules, unless the foreign financial institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to, among other things, undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements or (ii) a foreign non-financial entity unless the entity certifies that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner and such entity meets certain other specified requirements. Foreign financial institutions and non-financial foreign entities located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act may be subject to different rules. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding this legislation.

UNDERWRITING
We are offering the shares of our common stock described in this prospectus through the underwriters named below. WR Hambrecht + Co is the representative of the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions contained in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters named below, each of the underwriters has severally agreed to use its best efforts to procure potential purchasers for the shares of common stock offered hereby, as listed next to its name in the following table. This offering is being undertaken on a best efforts only basis. The underwriters are not required to take or pay for any specific number or dollar amount of our common stock.
 
Underwriters
Number of Shares
WR Hambrecht + Co, LLC
Sidoti & Company, LLC
           
Total
The shares are being offered on a best efforts basis, subject to a minimum requirement of $     in offering proceeds. There can be no assurance that we will sell any or all of the shares to be sold pursuant to this prospectus.
Investor funds will be deposited into an escrow account for the benefit of investors set up with an escrow agent. The offering will not be completed unless we sell the minimum amount of shares pursuant to this prospectus. All investor funds received prior to the closing will be deposited into escrow with the escrow agent until closing. The escrow agent will deposit all funds it receives in a non-interest bearing account in accordance with Rule 15c2-4 under the Exchange Act. The escrow agent will not accept any investor funds until the date of this prospectus. On the closing date, the escrow agent will notify the underwriters whether at least $     has been received, which is the amount necessary to purchase the minimum amount of shares to be sold in this offering. If, on the closing date, investor funds are not received in respect of at least the minimum amount of shares to be sold in this offering, then all investor funds that were deposited into the escrow account will be returned promptly to investors, and the offering will terminate.
We have been advised by the representative that the underwriters do not make markets in securities and will not make a market in our common stock after the offering.
In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.
Commissions, Discounts and Expenses
Shares sold by the Company to the public will be offered at the initial offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The underwriters may share commissions with one or more dealers or sub-dealers who assists in the sale of shares.
The following table shows the public offering price and underwriting discounts assuming the minimum amount is raised.
 
Per Share
Assuming Minimum Proceeds Raised
Public Offering Price
$
    
$
    
Total Underwriting Discount and Commissions(1)
$
    
$
    
 
(1)
  • Excludes a structuring fee of $          payable, upon the consummation of the offering, to CSCA Capital Advisors, LLC.
Certain expenses of the offering that are payable by us to the underwriters are estimated to be up to $    (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and the structuring fee).
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

No Sales of Similar Securities
We, our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders, entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under these agreements, subject to certain exceptions, we and each of these persons agree not to, without the prior written approval of the representative, offer, sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, hedge, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to this offering. At any time, the representative may, in its sole discretion, release some or all of the securities from these lock-up agreements.
The NYSE MKT Listing
We intend to apply to have our common stock listed on the NYSE MKT under the symbol “SDTI.”
Price Stabilization; Short Positions
Given that this is a best efforts offering, the underwriters will not engage in traditional stabilizing transactions, other than passive market making.
Determination of Offering Price
Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation between us and the representative of the underwriters. The principal factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will include:
  • the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representative;
  • our history and prospects and the history of and prospects for the industry in which we compete;
  • our past and present financial performance;
  • our prospects for future earnings and the present state of our development;
  • the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;
  • the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and
  • other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.
Additional Information
The underwriters and their affiliates may from time to time in the future engage in transactions with us and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business.
Conflicts of Interest
Sidoti & Company, Inc. controls Sidoti & Company, LLC, a participating underwriter in this offering. Therefore, Sidoti & Company, LLC is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121(f)(5)(B). In addition, Sidoti & Company, Inc. and other affiliates of Sidoti & Company, LLC will be deemed to receive more than 5% of net offering proceeds and will have a “conflict of interest” pursuant to FINRA Rule 5121(f)(5)(C)(ii). This offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of FINRA Rule 5121. Since Sidoti & Company, LLC is not primarily responsible for managing this offering, a qualified independent underwriter is not required. Sidoti & Company, LLC will not confirm sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written approval of the customer.
Selling Restrictions
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to

the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
(a)
  • to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
(b)
  • to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
(c)
  • to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
(d)
  • in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:
(a)
  • it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act (“FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer; and
(b)
  • it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of

the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA (“Section 275”) or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.
The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of our common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Morrison & Foerster LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Rimon P.C., San Francisco, California.
EXPERTS
KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the financial statements of Sidoti & Company, LLC as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013, as set forth in their report. We have included our financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on KPMG LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.
As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above.


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Sidoti & Company, LLC:
We have audited the accompanying statements of financial condition of Sidoti & Company, LLC (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related statements of operations, changes in member’s equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Sidoti & Company, LLC as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
(signed) KPMG LLP
Roseland, New Jersey
October 22, 2014

Sidoti & Company, Inc.
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
At December 31,
2012
2013
Assets:
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$
7,182,818
$
7,362,636
Receivable from clearing brokers
1,984,727
2,015,739
Investment banking fees receivable
79,497
418,887
Research fees receivable
362,900
398,391
Prepaid expenses and other assets
309,694
285,841
Total Current Assets
$
9,919,636
$
10,481,494
Non-Current Assets
Property and equipment, net
155,166
121,618
Security deposits
137,365
137,365
Total Non-Current Assets
$
292,531
$
258,983
Total Assets
$
10,212,167
$
10,740,477
Liabilities:
Current Liabilities
Bonuses payable
$
2,276,000
$
3,150,000
Commissions payable
436,405
541,336
Payables to clearing brokers
11,160
1,692
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
1,295,326
829,449
Total Current Liabilities
$
4,018,891
$
4,522,477
Member’s Equity:
Total Member’s Equity
6,193,276
6,218,000
Total Liabilities and Member’s Equity
$
10,212,167
$
10,740,477

SIDOTI & COMPANY, LLC
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Years Ended December 31,
2012
2013
Revenues
Commissions
$
19,216,613
$
19,467,968
Research income
8,568,574
8,070,258
Investment banking income
730,518
1,654,058
Seminar and conference fee income
947,242
882,960
Other income
296,774
211,464
Total revenues
29,759,721
30,286,708
Expenses
Employee compensation and benefits
21,596,246
22,578,681
Floor brokerage, exchange and clearance fees
1,660,173
1,467,156
Occupancy
1,675,623
1,455,454
Seminar and conferences
1,107,823
1,034,623
Travel and entertainment
1,110,280
1,179,410
Quotes and research
521,985
484,684
Communications and data processing
135,411
184,010
Other expenses
1,065,507
1,024,445
Total expenses
28,873,048
29,408,463
Income before local income taxes
886,673
878,245
Local income taxes
57,864
52,563
Net income
$
828,809
$
825,682

SIDOTI & COMPANY, LLC
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBER’S EQUITY
 
Years Ended December 31,
2012
2013
Total Member’s Equity
Total Member’s Equity
Member’s equity, beginning of period
$
5,929,071
$
6,193,276
Member’s distribution
(564,604
)
(800,958
)
Net income
828,809
825,682
Member’s equity, end of period
$
6,193,276
$
6,218,000

SIDOTI & COMPANY, LLC
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
Year Ended December 31,
2012
2013
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income
$
828,809
$
825,682
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
155,045
134,665
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Receivable from clearing brokers
(1,510,610
)
(31,012
)
Investment banking fees receivable
45,379
(339,390
)
Research fees receivable
(64,461
)
(35,491
)
Prepaid expenses and other assets
139,763
23,853
Bonuses payable
(438,000
)
874,000
Commissions payable
(332,546
)
104,931
Payables to clearing brokers
(2,687
)
(9,468
)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
374,044
(465,877
)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
(805,264
)
1,081,893
Net cash used in investing activities,
Purchases of property and equipment
(31,577
)
(101,117
)
Net cash used in financing activities,
Member’s distribution
(564,604
)
(800,958
)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
(1,401,445
)
179,818
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
8,584,263
7,182,818
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
$
7,182,818
$
7,362,636
Cash paid during the period for taxes
$
48,079
$
62,368

SIDOTI & COMPANY, LLC
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012
1.
  • Nature of business and summary of significant accounting policies
Nature of Business
Sidoti & Company, LLC (the “Company”) is a Delaware limited liability company formed on March 1, 1999. The Company’s principal business activity is performing financial research and analysis, acting as a broker-dealer of securities and engaging in investment and financing activities. The Company is a registered broker-dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Agency (“FINRA”). In addition, the Company is a member under the Ontario Securities Commission. The broker-dealer operates as an introducing broker and does not hold funds or securities for, or owe money or securities to customers, and does not carry accounts for customers. All customer transactions are cleared through another broker-dealer on a fully-disclosed basis. The Company is wholly-owned by Sidoti Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holding”) formed on March 1, 1999.
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the SEC.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers investments in money market accounts to be cash equivalents.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company provides for depreciation and amortization using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives as follows:
 
Asset
Estimated
Useful Life
Office equipment and computer software costs
3 – 5 years
Furniture and fixtures
7 years
Leasehold improvements
Lease term
Revenue and Expense Recognition from Securities Transactions
Securities transactions and the related revenues and expenses are recorded on the trade-date basis.
Revenue Recognition from Research Income
The Company records income from research services at the time there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the services have been rendered, the revenue is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. The Company currently generates revenues from research activities through three types of arrangements. First, a client may issue a cash payment directly to the Company for access to research. Second, the Company has entered into arrangements in which institutional clients execute trades with a limited number of third party brokers and instructs those brokers to issue a cash payment to the Company. In these arrangements, the amount of the fee is determined by the client on a case by case basis, agreed to by the Company and an invoice is sent to the payor. For the first and second types of arrangements, revenue is recognized and an invoice is sent once an arrangement exists, access to research has been provided, a specific amount is fixed or determined, and collectability is reasonably assured. None of these arrangements obligate clients to a fixed amount of fees for research, either through trading commissions or direct or indirect cash payments, nor do they obligate the Company to provide a fixed quantity of research

or execute a fixed number of trades. Furthermore, the Company is not obligated under any arrangement to make commission payments to third parties on behalf of clients. The third source is the revenue from alpha capture arrangements in which the Company participates. Revenue from these transactions are determined by the alpha capture sponsor and recognized upon receipt.
Revenue Recognition from Investment Banking
Investment banking revenues include fees arising from securities offerings in which the Company acts as an underwriter or agent. These revenues are recorded in accordance with the terms of the investment banking agreements. Investment banking revenues are recognized when the offering is deemed complete and is presented net of estimated related expenses. On final settlement, typically 90 days from the trade date of the transaction, the Company adjusts these amounts to reflect the actual transaction-related expenses and resulting investment banking fee.
Revenue Recognition from Seminar and Conference Income
Seminar and conference income is recognized when earned. Advances received which are related to seminar and conference income are deferred until earned.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Receivable from Clearing Broker
The Company clears customer transactions through another broker-dealer on a fully disclosed basis. At December 31, 2013, and 2012, the receivable from clearing brokers consisted solely of commissions related to securities transactions.
Investment Banking Fees Receivable
The Company carries its investment banking fees receivable at cost less an allowance for doubtful accounts. On a periodic basis, the Company evaluates its investment banking fees receivable and establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts, based on a history of past write-offs and collections and current credit conditions. At December 31, investment banking fees receivable are from four syndicate managers for 2013 and one syndicate manager for 2012. No allowance for doubtful accounts was required during the periods noted on the financial statements.
Research Fees Receivable
Research fees receivable is primarily composed of receivables from the Company’s research transactions.
Income Taxes
The Company is a limited liability company and, therefore, does not record a provision for federal and state income taxes. Accordingly, Holding reports the Company’s income or loss on its income tax returns. Holding is subject to New York City unincorporated business tax (“UBT”) and the Company reimburses Holding for taxes incurred and attributable to the Company’s income, which is reported in Holding’s tax return. The Company’s UBT is calculated using currently enacted laws and rates and is reflected on the statements of operations of the Company, in accordance with GAAP. GAAP requires the current and deferred tax expense (benefit) for a group that files a consolidated tax return to be allocated among the members of the group when those members issue separate financial statements. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, Holding has UBT expense of approximately $53,000 and $58,000, respectively, which is included in the statements of operations.

The Company follows an asset and liability approach to financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income tax asset and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on the enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce the deferred income tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
The determination of the Company provision for income taxes requires significant judgment, the use of estimates, and the interpretation and application of complex tax laws. Significant judgment is required in assessing the timing and amounts of deductible and taxable items and the probability of sustaining uncertain tax positions. The benefits of uncertain tax positions are recorded in Holding’s financial statements only after determining a more-likely-than-not probability that the uncertain tax positions will withstand challenge, if any, from tax authorities. When facts and circumstances change, the Company reassesses these probabilities and records any changes in the consolidated financial statements as appropriate. Accrued interest and penalties related to income tax matters are classified as a component of income tax expense.
In accordance with GAAP, the Company is required to determine whether a tax position of Holding is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefit to be recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. De-recognition of a tax benefit previously recognized could result in Holding recording a tax liability that would reduce net assets. This policy also provides guidance on thresholds, measurement, de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition that is intended to provide better financial statement comparability among different entities. Management’s conclusions regarding this policy may be subject to review and adjustment at a later date based on factors including, but not limited to, on-going analyses of and changes to tax laws, regulations and interpretations thereof.
Holding files its income tax returns in the U.S. federal and various state and local jurisdictions. Generally, Holding is no longer subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities for years before 2009. Any potential examinations may include questioning the timing and amount of deductions, the nexus of income among various tax jurisdictions and compliance with U.S. federal, state and local tax laws. Holding’s management does not expect that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will materially change over the next twelve months.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.
2.
  • Net capital requirement
The Company, as a member of FINRA, is subject to the SEC Uniform Net Capital Rule 15c3-1. This Rule requires the maintenance of minimum net capital and requires that the ratio of aggregate indebtedness to net capital, both as defined, shall not exceed 15 to 1 and that equity capital may not be withdrawn or cash distributions paid if the resulting net capital ratio would exceed 10 to 1. The Company’s net capital was approximately $4,856,000 and $5,149,000, which was approximately $4,554,000 and $4,881,000, in excess of its minimum requirement of approximately $302,000 and $268,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
3.
  • Commitments
Operating Leases
The Company is obligated under various operating lease agreements for their office locations and database management systems, which expire through August 2017. The office leases contain escalation clauses based on increased costs incurred by the landlord. Rent expense and data expenses under these agreements for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $1,204,000 and $1,376,000, respectively.

The approximate future minimum annual rental commitments under the terms of the leases, as of December 31, 2013, are approximately as follows:
 
Year ending December 31,
2014
1,097,000
2015
1,117,000
2016
1,127,000
2017
303,000
$
3,644,000
Short-term and long-term borrowings
In February 2013, the Company entered into a line of credit financing agreement with its bank which expired in April 2014. The Company amended the agreement with the bank in March 2014 to extend the expiration date until May 2015. The financing provided the Company with a secured revolving credit loan in the aggregate principal of $2,000,000. The line of credit is secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and a guarantee from the managing member. The loan bears interest at a minimum of 4%. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had no borrowings under this financing agreement, respectively.
4.
  • Off-balance-sheet risk and concentrations of credit risk
Pursuant to its clearing agreements, the Company introduces all of its securities transactions to its clearing brokers on a fully-disclosed basis. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the receivables from the clearing brokers’ represents commissions receivable earned as an introducing broker for the transactions of its customers. Under certain conditions, as defined in the clearing agreements, the Company has agreed to indemnify the clearing brokers for losses, if any, which the clearing brokers may sustain from carrying securities transactions introduced by the Company and must maintain, at all times, a clearing deposit of not less than $165,000 though the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. In accordance with industry practice and regulatory requirements, the Company and the clearing brokers monitor collateral in the securities transactions introduced by the Company.
In the normal course of business, the Company’s customer activities involve the execution, settlement, and financing of various customer securities transactions. These activities may expose the Company to off-balance-sheet risk in the event the customer or other broker is unable to fulfill its contracted obligations and the Company has to purchase or sell the financial instrument underlying the contract at a loss. All unsettled trades at December 31, 2013 had settled with no resulting liability to the Company. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company did not have a loss due to counterparty failure, and has no obligation outstanding under the indemnification as of December 31, 2013.
The Company maintains its cash balances in financial institutions. These balances are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $250,000. These balances may, at times, exceed federally insured limits.
5.
  • Property and equipment
Details of property and equipment at December 31, 2013 and 2012 and are as follows:
 
2013
2012
Office equipment
$
1,296,229
$
1,229,018
Furniture and fixtures
113,219
106,253
Computer software
339,967
317,389
Leasehold improvements
358,004
353,642
2,107,419
2,006,302
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
1,985,801
1,851,136
$
121,618
$
155,166

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, depreciation and amortization expense were approximately $135,000 and $155,000, respectively.
6.
  • Exemption from Rule 15c3-3
Since all customer transactions are cleared through another broker-dealer on a fully-disclosed basis, the Company is exempt from the SEC Rule 15c3-3 pursuant to the exemptive provisions of sub-paragraph (k)(2)(ii) and, therefore, is not required to maintain a “Special Reserve Bank Account for the Exclusive Benefit of Customers.
7.
  • Retirement plan
The Company has a retirement plan (“the Plan”) under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, which covers all eligible employees. The Plan provides for voluntary deductions of up to 60% of the employee’s salary, subject to Internal Revenue Code limitations. In addition, the Company can elect to make discretionary contributions to the Plan. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 the Company elected not to make a contribution.
8.
  • Recent regulatory developments
In July 2013, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) adopted amendments to its broker-dealer reports rules, which now require, among other things, that audits of all SEC-registered broker-dealers be conducted under Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) standards for fiscal years ending on or after June 1, 2014, effectively replacing the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants with the PCAOB as the auditing standard-setter for auditors of broker-dealers, and replacing Generally Accepted Auditing Standards with PCAOB standards for broker-dealers that are subject to audit. Broker-dealers will be required to file either compliance reports or exemption reports, as applicable, and file reports of independent public accountants covering compliance reports or exemption reports (prepared in accordance with the PCAOB standards). Additionally, effective December 31, 2013, if a broker-dealer is a SIPC member firm, broker-dealer audited financial statements will also be required to be submitted to SIPC, and broker-dealers will be required to file a new quarterly Form Custody.
In addition, SEC adopted amendments to various financial responsibility rules. For a broker-dealer such as the Company, these amendments were mostly technical in nature and effectively ratified various interpretive and no-action positions taken by SEC staff over many years or which conformed to existing practices or self-regulatory organization rules.
Management has evaluated the implications of the amendments to the broker-dealer reports and the financial responsibility rules and does not expect that the adoption of the amendments will have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

SIDOTI & COMPANY, LLC
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
December 31, 2013
June 30, 2014
(Unaudited)
Assets:
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$
7,362,636
$
4,892,820
Receivable from clearing brokers
2,015,739
1,762,679
Investment banking fees receivable
418,887
210,917
Research fees receivable
398,391
565,939
Prepaid expenses and other assets
285,841
480,631
Total Current Assets
$
10,481,494
$
7,912,986
Non-Current Assets
Property and equipment, net
121,618
96,644
Security deposits
137,365
137,365
Total Non-Current Assets
$
258,983
$
234,009
Total Assets
$
10,740,477
$
8,146,995
Liabilities:
Current Liabilities
Bonuses payable
$
3,150,000
$
529,000
Commissions payable
541,336
360,926
Payables to clearing brokers
1,692
4,035
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
829,449
1,303,596
Total Current Liabilities
$
4,522,477
$
2,197,557
Member’s Equity:
Total Member’s Equity
6,218,000
5,949,438
Total liabilities and member’s equity
$
10,740,477
$
8,146,995

SIDOTI & COMPANY, LLC
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
For the Six Months
Ended June 30, 2013
For the Six Months
Ended June 30, 2014
(Unaudited)
(Unaudited)
Revenues
Commissions
$
9,652,084
$
9,258,689
Research income
3,606,980
3,528,870
Investment banking income
1,175,599
551,977
Seminar and conference fee income
882,960
640,077
Other income
87,969
83,175
Total revenues
15,405,592
14,062,788
Expenses
Employee compensation and benefits
10,987,438
9,116,927
Floor brokerage, exchange and clearance fees
710,050
788,915
Occupancy
753,104
717,781
Seminar and conferences
1,033,267
1,114,626
Travel and entertainment
611,295
630,215
Quotes and research
252,996
253,696
Communications and data processing
75,307
74,963
Other expenses
488,745
1,029,521
Total expenses
14,912,202
13,726,644
Income before local income taxes
493,390
336,144
Local income taxes
29,617
21,078
Net income
$
463,773
$
315,066

SIDOTI & COMPANY, LLC
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBER’S EQUITY
 
For the Six Months
Ended June 30, 2013
For the Six Months
Ended June 30, 2014
Total Member’s
Equity
Total Member’s
Equity
(Unaudited)
(Unaudited)
Member’s equity, beginning of period
$
6,193,276
$
6,218,000
Member’s distribution
(404,802
)
(583,628
)
Net income
463,773
315,066
Member’s equity, end of period
$
6,252,247
$
5,949,438

SIDOTI & COMPANY, LLC
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
For the Six Months
Ended June 30, 2013
For the Six Months
Ended June 30, 2014
(Unaudited)
(Unaudited)
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income
$
463,773
$
315,066
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
70,263
34,943
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Receivable from clearing brokers
19,709
253,060
Investment banking fees receivable
(217,600
)
207,970
Research fees receivable
(20,572
)
(167,548
)
Prepaid expenses and other assets
47,430
(194,790
)
Bonuses payable
224,000
(2,621,000
)
Commissions payable
43,174
(180,410
)
Payables to clearing brokers
(9,810
)
2,343
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
(435,470
)
474,147
Net cash provided by(used in) operating activities
184,897
(1,876,219
)
Net cash used in investing activities,
Purchases of property and equipment
(70,073
)
(9,969
)
Net cash used in financing activities,
Member’s distribution
(404,802
)
(583,628
)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
(289,978
)
(2,469,816
)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginnning of period
7,182,818
7,362,636
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
$
6,892,840
$
4,892,820
Cash paid during the period for taxes
$
39,422
$
21,078

SIDOTI & COMPANY, LLC
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SIX MONTHS JUNE 30, 2014 (UNAUDITED) AND YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013
1.
  • Nature of business and summary of significant accounting policies
Nature of Business
Sidoti & Company, LLC (the “Company”) is a Delaware limited liability company formed on March 1, 1999. The Company’s principal business activity is performing financial research and analysis, acting as a broker-dealer of securities and engaging in investment and financing activities. The Company is a registered broker-dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Agency (“FINRA”). In addition, the Company is a member under the Ontario Securities Commission. The broker-dealer operates as an introducing broker and does not hold funds or securities for, or owe money or securities to customers, and does not carry accounts for customers. All customer transactions are cleared through another broker-dealer on a fully-disclosed basis. The Company is a wholly-owned by Sidoti Holding Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holding”) formed on March 1, 1999.
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the SEC.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers investments in money market accounts to be cash equivalents.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company provides for depreciation and amortization using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives as follows:
 
Asset
Estimated
Useful Life
Office equipment and computer software costs
3 – 5 years
Furniture and fixtures
7 years
Leasehold improvements
Lease term
Revenue and Expense Recognition from Securities Transactions
Securities transactions and the related revenues and expenses are recorded on the trade-date basis.
Revenue Recognition from Research Income
The Company records income from research services at the time there is persuasive evidence or an arrangement, the services have been rendered, the revenue is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. The Company currently generates revenues from research activities through three types of arrangements. First, a client may issue a cash payment directly to the Company for access to research. Second, the Company has entered into arrangements in which institutional clients execute trades with a limited number of third-party brokers and instructs those brokers to issue a cash payment to the Company. In these arrangements, the amount of the fee is determined by the client on a case by case basis, agreed to by the Company and an invoice is sent to the payor. For the first and second types of arrangements, revenue is recognized and an invoice is sent once an arrangement exists, access to research has been provided, a specific amount is fixed or determined, and collectability is reasonably assured. None of these arrangements obligate clients to a fixed amount of fees for research, either through trading commissions or direct or indirect cash payments, nor do they obligate the Company to provide a fixed quantity of research

or execute a fixed number of trades. Furthermore, the Company is not obligated under any arrangement to make commission payments to third parties on behalf of clients. The third source is the revenue from alpha capture arrangements in which the Company participates. Revenue from these transactions are determined by the alpha capture sponsor and recognized upon receipt.
Revenue Recognition from Investment Banking
Investment banking revenues include fees arising from securities offerings in which the Company acts as an underwriter or agent. These revenues are recorded in accordance with the terms of the investment banking agreements. Investment banking revenues are recognized when the offering is deemed complete and is presented net of estimated related expenses. On final settlement, typically 90 days from the trade date of the transaction, the Company adjusts these amounts to reflect the actual transaction-related expenses and resulting investment banking fee.
Revenue Recognition from Seminar and Conference Income
Seminar and conference income is recognized when earned. Advances received which are related to seminar and conference income are deferred until earned.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Receivable from Clearing Broker
The Company clears customer transactions through another broker-dealer on a fully-disclosed basis. At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the receivable from clearing brokers consisted solely of commissions related to securities transactions.
Investment Banking Fees Receivable
The Company carries its investment banking fees receivable at cost less an allowance for doubtful accounts. On a periodic basis, the Company evaluates its investment banking fees receivable and establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts, based on a history of past write-offs and collections and current credit conditions. At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 investment banking fees receivable are from three syndicate managers and four syndicate managers, respectively. No allowance for doubtful accounts was required during the periods noted on the financial statements.
Research Fees Receivable
Research fees receivable is primarily composed of receivables from the Company’s research transactions.
Income Taxes
The Company is a limited liability company and, therefore, does not record a provision for federal and state income taxes. Accordingly, Holding reports the Company’s income or loss on its income tax returns. Holding is subject to New York City unincorporated business tax (“UBT”) and the Company reimburses Holding for taxes incurred and attributable to the Company’s income, which is reported in Holding’s tax return. The Company’s UBT is calculated using currently enacted laws and rates and is reflected on the statements of operations of the Company, in accordance with GAAP. GAAP requires the current and deferred tax expense (benefit) for a group that files a consolidated tax return to be allocated among the members of the group when those members issue separate financial statements. At June 30, 2014, and December 31, 2013, Holding has UBT expense of approximately $21,000 and $53,000, respectively, which is included in the statements of operations.

The Company follows an asset and liability approach to financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income tax asset and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on the enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce the deferred income tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
The determination of the Company provision for income taxes requires significant judgment, the use of estimates, and the interpretation and application of complex tax laws. Significant judgment is required in assessing the timing and amounts of deductible and taxable items and the probability of sustaining uncertain tax positions. The benefits of uncertain tax positions are recorded in Holding’s financial statements only after determining a more-likely-than-not probability that the uncertain tax positions will withstand challenge, if any, from tax authorities. When facts and circumstances change, the Company reassesses these probabilities and records any changes in the consolidated financial statements as appropriate. Accrued interest and penalties related to income tax matters are classified as a component of income tax expense.
In accordance with GAAP, the Company is required to determine whether a tax position of Holding is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefit to be recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. De-recognition of a tax benefit previously recognized could result in Holding recording a tax liability that would reduce net assets. This policy also provides guidance on thresholds, measurement, de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition that is intended to provide better financial statement comparability among different entities. Management’s conclusions regarding this policy may be subject to review and adjustment at a later date based on factors including, but not limited to, on-going analyses of and changes to tax laws, regulations and interpretations thereof.
Holding files its income tax returns in the U.S. federal and various state and local jurisdictions. Generally, Holding is no longer subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities for years before 2009. Any potential examinations may include questioning the timing and amount of deductions, the nexus of income among various tax jurisdictions and compliance with U.S. federal, state and local tax laws. Holding’s management does not expect that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will materially change over the next twelve months.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.
2.
  • Net capital requirement
The Company, as a member of FINRA, is subject to the SEC Uniform Net Capital Rule 15c3-1. This Rule requires the maintenance of minimum net capital and requires that the ratio of aggregate indebtedness to net capital, both as defined, shall not exceed 15 to 1 and that equity capital may not be withdrawn or cash distributions paid if the resulting net capital ratio would exceed 10 to 1. The Company’s net capital was approximately $4,457,000 and $4,856,000 which was approximately $4,311,000 and $4,554,000 in excess of its minimum requirement of approximately $146,000 and $302,000 at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.
3.
  • Commitments
Operating Leases
The Company is obligated under various operating lease agreements for their office locations and database management systems, which expire through August 2017. The office leases contain escalation clauses based on increased costs incurred by the landlord. Rent expense and data expenses under these agreements for the six months June 30, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 was approximately $635,000 and $678,000, respectively.

The future minimum annual rental commitments under the terms of the leases, as of June 30, 2014, are as follows:
 
Six months ending 2014
600,139
Year ending 2015
1,117,264
Year ending 2016
1,126,692
Year ending 2017
302,714
$
3,146,809
Short-term and long-term borrowings
In February 2013, the Company entered into a line of credit financing agreement with its bank which expired in April 2014. The Company amended the agreement with the bank in March 2014 to extend the expiration date until May 2015. The financing provided the Company with a secured revolving credit loan in the aggregate principal of $2,000,000. The line of credit is secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and a guarantee from the managing member. The loan bears interest at a minimum of 4%. As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had no borrowings under this financing agreement, respectively.
4.
  • Off-balance-sheet risk and concentrations of credit risk
Pursuant to its clearing agreements, the Company introduces all of its securities transactions to its clearing brokers on a fully-disclosed basis. At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the receivables from the clearing brokers’ represents commissions receivable earned as an introducing broker for the transactions of its customers. Under certain conditions, as defined in the clearing agreements, the Company has agreed to indemnify the clearing brokers for losses, if any, which the clearing brokers may sustain from carrying securities transactions introduced by the Company and must maintain, at all times, a clearing deposit of not less than $165,000 though the six month ended June 30, 2014, and the year ended December 31, 2013. In accordance with industry practice and regulatory requirements, the Company and the clearing brokers monitor collateral in the securities transactions introduced by the Company.
In the normal course of business, the Company’s customer activities involve the execution, settlement, and financing of various customer securities transactions. These activities may expose the Company to off-balance-sheet risk in the event the customer or other broker is unable to fulfill its contracted obligations and the Company has to purchase or sell the financial instrument underlying the contract at a loss. All unsettled trades at June 30, 2014, and December 31, 2013 had settled with no resulting liability to the Company. During the six months ended June 30, 2014, and the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company did not have a loss due to counterparty failure, and has no obligation outstanding under the indemnification as of June 30, 2014.
The Company maintains its cash balances in financial institutions. These balances are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $250,000. These balances may, at times, exceed federally insured limits.
5.
  • Property and equipment
Details of property and equipment at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 are as follows:
 
December 31, 2013
June 30, 2014
Office equipment
$
1,296,229
$
1,303,780
Furniture and fixtures
113,219
113,219
Computer software
339,967
342,386
Leasehold improvements
358,004
358,004
2,107,419
2,117,389
Less accumulated depreciation
1,985,801
2,020,745
$
121,618
$
96,644

For the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, depreciation and amortization expense were approximately $35,000 and $70,000, respectively.
6.
  • Exemption from Rule 15c3-3
Since all customer transactions are cleared through another broker-dealer on a fully-disclosed basis, the Company is exempt from the SEC Rule 15c3-3 pursuant to the exemptive provisions of sub-paragraph (k)(2)(ii) and, therefore, is not required to maintain a “Special Reserve Bank Account for the Exclusive Benefit of Customers.
7.
  • Retirement plan
The Company has a retirement plan (“the Plan”) under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, which covers all eligible employees. The Plan provides for voluntary deductions of up to 60% of the employee’s salary, subject to Internal Revenue Code limitations. In addition, the Company can elect to make discretionary contributions to the Plan. For the six months ended June 30, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013 the Company elected not to make a contribution.
8.
  • Recent regulatory developments
In July 2013, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) adopted amendments to its broker-dealer reports rules, which now require, among other things, that audits of all SEC-registered broker-dealers be conducted under Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) standards for fiscal years ending on or after June 1, 2014, effectively replacing the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants with the PCAOB as the auditing standard-setter for auditors of broker-dealers, and replacing Generally Accepted Auditing Standards with PCAOB standards for broker-dealers that are subject to audit. Broker-dealers will be required to file either compliance reports or exemption reports, as applicable, and file reports of independent public accountants covering compliance reports or exemption reports (prepared in accordance with the PCAOB standards). Additionally, effective December 31, 2013, if a broker-dealer is a SIPC member firm, broker-dealer audited financial statements will also be required to be submitted to SIPC, and broker-dealers will be required to file a new quarterly Form Custody.
In addition, SEC adopted amendments to various financial responsibility rules. For a broker-dealer such as the Company, these amendments were mostly technical in nature and effectively ratified various interpretive and no-action positions taken by SEC staff over many years or which conformed to existing practices or self-regulatory organization rules.
Management has evaluated the implications of the amendments to the broker-dealer reports and the financial responsibility rules and does not expect that the adoption of the amendments will have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 
 
E
     Shares
Sidoti & Company, Inc.
Common Stock
 
[MISSING IMAGE: lg_sidoticompany.jpg]
 
 
[MISSING IMAGE: t1401980_logo2.jpg]
Sidoti & Company, Inc.
 
Through and including             , 2014 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
 
 

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NYSE MKT listing fee.
 
Amount to be paid
SEC Registration Fee
$
4,067
FINRA Filing Fee
$
5,750
NYSE MKT Listing Fee
*
Legal Fees and Expenses
*
Accounting Fees and Expenses
*
Printing and Engraving Expenses
*
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses
*
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees
*
Miscellaneous Expenses
    *
Total
$
*
 
*    To be listed in amendment.
Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, provides that a corporation may, in its original certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto, eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director for violations of the director’s fiduciary duty, except (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, which provides for liability of directors for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful share purchases or redemptions or (4) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon completion of this offering will provide for this elimination or limitation of liability.
Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify any person, including an officer or director, who is, or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed legal action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of such corporation, by reason of the fact that such person was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as an officer, director, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such officer, director, employee or agent acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the corporation’s best interest and, for criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any officer or director in an action by or in the right of the corporation under the same conditions, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses that such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred.
Our bylaws and amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect prior to the completion of this offering will provide for the indemnification of directors to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law.

Our bylaws to be in effect prior to the completion of this offering will provide for the indemnification of officers and directors acting on our behalf if this person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in and not opposed to our best interest, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the indemnified party had no reason to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
In addition, effective upon the completion of this offering, we will have entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors, a form of which will be filed as Exhibit 10.4 hereto. Such agreements may require us, among other things, to advance expenses and otherwise indemnify our executive officers and directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as executive officers or directors, to the fullest extent permitted by law. We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors and executive officers in the future.
The underwriting agreement (to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto) provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act.
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will have purchased and intend to maintain insurance on behalf of us and any person who is or was a director or officer against any loss arising from any claim asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in that capacity, subject to certain exclusions and limits of the amount of coverage.
Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.
Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a)    Exhibits
 
Exhibit Number
Description of Exhibit
1.1*
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1.1*
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon completion of this offering.
3.3*
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
4.1*
Form of common stock certificate.
5.1*
Opinion of Morrison & Foerster LLP.
10.1**
Sublease Agreement dated June 5, 2014 by and between Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and Sidoti & Company, LLC.
10.2**
Fully Disclosed Clearing Agreement dated May 30, 2012 between Sidoti & Company, LLC and ConvergEx Execution Solutions LLC.
10.3**
License Agreement dated March 16, 2012 between Sidoti & Company, LLC and FlexTrade Technologies, LLC.
10.4*
Form of Indemnification Agreement.
10.5**
Loan and Security Agreement dated February 28, 2013 between Sidoti & Company, LLC and TD Bank, N.A.
21.1**
Subsidiary List.
23.1**
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*
Consent of Morrision & Foerster LLP (included in exhibit 5.1).
23.3**
Consent of Seymour G. Siegel to being named as a director nominee.
23.4**
Consent of Dr. Michael R. Cunningham to being named as a director nominee.
23.5**
Consent of John M. Gibbons to being named as a director nominee.
24.1**
Power of Attorney (included on the signature page hereto).

 
*    To be filed by amendment.
**    Filed herewith.
(b)    Financial Statement Schedules
Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
Item 17.    Undertakings
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted as to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1)
  • For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus as filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2)
  • For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3)
  • For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:
The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this Registration Statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(i)
  • Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii)
  • Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii)
  • The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv)
  • Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, we have duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in New York, New York, on the 22 day of October, 2014.
 
SIDOTI & COMPANY, INC.
/s/ Peter T. Sidoti
Name: Peter T. Sidoti
Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Peter T. Sidoti and Marie Conway, and each of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, from such person and in each person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to the Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and to sign and file any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done as fully to all said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
Signature
Title
Date
/s/ Peter T. Sidoti
 
Peter Sidoti
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
October 22, 2014
/s/ Marie Conway
 
Marie Conway
Director and President
October 22, 2014

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
Exhibit Number
Description of Exhibit
1.1*
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1.1*
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon completion of this offering.
3.3*
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
4.1*
Form of common stock certificate.
5.1*
Opinion of Morrison & Foerster LLP.
10.1**
Sublease Agreement dated June 5, 2014 by and between Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and Sidoti & Company, LLC.
10.2**
Fully Disclosed Clearing Agreement dated May 30, 2012 between Sidoti & Company, LLC and ConvergEx Execution Solutions LLC.
10.3**
License Agreement dated March 16, 2012 between Sidoti & Company, LLC and FlexTrade Technologies, LLC.
10.4*
Form of Indemnification Agreement.
10.5**
Loan and Security Agreement dated February 28, 2013 between Sidoti & Company, LLC and TD Bank, N.A.
21.1**
Subsidiary List.
23.1**
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*
Consent of Morrison & Foerster (included in exhibit 5.1).
23.3**
Consent of Seymour G. Siegel to being named as a director nominee.
23.4**
Consent of Dr. Michael R. Cunningham to being named as a director nominee.
23.5**
Consent of John M. Gibbons to being named as a director nominee.
24.1**
Power of Attorney (included on the signature page hereto).
 
*    To be filed by amendment.
**    Filed herewith.


 

Exhibit 10.1

 

SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS SUBLEASE AGREEMENT (this “Sublease”) is entered into as of June 5, 2014 by and between FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION (“Freddie Mac” as “Sublandlord”), 8200 Jones Branch Drive, McLean, Virginia 22101, and SIDOTI & COMPANY LLC (“Subtenant”), 317 Madison Ave, New York, New York 10017.

 

WHEREAS, Freddie Mac occupies space commonly known as the entire rentable portion of the Fourth (4th) floor, consisting of approximately 31,433 square feet of rentable space(the “Premises”), in a building commonly known as 122 East 42nd Street, having a street address of 122 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10168 (the “Building”)pursuant to an Agreement of Lease dated November 29, 2006 between Freddie Mac and 122 East 42nd Street, LLC (“Landlord”) (the “Master Lease”), and

 

WHEREAS, Subtenant desires to sublease from Freddie Mac the entire Premises, as outlined in Exhibit 1 attached hereto (the “Subleased Premises”),

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements herein, Freddie Mac and Subtenant agree as follows:

 

1.           Subleased Premises.   Freddie Mac hereby subleases the Subleased Premises to Subtenant, and Subtenant hereby subleases the Subleased Premises from Freddie Mac, for executive and administrative offices, including a trading, wire and computer room, during the Term (as defined below), upon the terms and conditions set forth herein. Freddie Mac has equipped the Subleased Premises with certain furniture and other items listed on Exhibit 3 (“Transferred Furniture”), which Subtenant desires to use during the Term. Subtenant will acquire title to such Transferred Furniture from Freddie Mac “AS IS” for the sum of One Dollar ($1.00) on March 30, 2017, when Freddie Mac will deliver title, clear of all liens and encumbrances, for the Transferred Furniture to Subtenant memorialized in a Bill of Sale, as in the form of Exhibit 5. Subtenant will not, and will not permit any other person or entity to, directly or indirectly create, incur, assume or permit to exist any lien or encumbrance on the Transferred Furniture. Provided that the Master Lease or this Sublease are not terminated prior to March 30, 2017 due to Freddie Mac’s default thereunder, Subtenant will be responsible for removing all such items at the end of the Term in accordance with the requirements of the Master Lease.Subtenant acknowledges that the items listed in Exhibit 4 are not included in the definition of Transferred Furniture and will not be available for Subtenant’s use hereunder.

 

2.           Master Lease

 

(a)     Subtenant represents that it is fully familiar with Master Lease. This Sublease is subject and subordinate in all respects to the Master Lease, except to the extent otherwise herein specified, and all mortgages, lease and other documents to which the Master Lease is or may hereafter become subject and subordinate. Subtenant agrees to comply with, and acknowledges

 

 
 

  

that its rights hereunder are subject to, the terms and conditions of the Master Lease as they apply to Subtenant’s use and enjoyment of the Subleased Premises and the Building. Without limiting the foregoing, Subtenant will comply with any rules and regulations that apply to the Subleased Premises or the Building. Subtenant will not do or cause to be done or suffer or permit any act to be done that would or might cause Freddie Mac to be in default under the Master Lease or liable for any damage, claim or penalty. Without limiting the foregoing, Subtenant acknowledges that under the Master Lease certain fixtures and improvements that may be installed by the Subtenant may belong to Landlord or, at Landlord’s election, must be removed by Subtenant in accordance with the provisions of the Master Lease. Freddie Macrepresents that Freddie Mac has not received any notice, and has no actual knowledge, of any default by Freddie Mac under the Master Lease. Freddie Mac will request Landlord to deliver an Estoppel Certificate to Subtenant in the form and substance of Exhibit 6 concurrently with its approval of this Sublease.

 

(b)     Subtenant acknowledges that its rights related to the Subleased Premises arise out of this Sublease only, and that it has no rights under the Master Lease that are not expressly granted to Subtenant herein. Freddie Mac does not agreeto do or perform any obligations undertaken or assumed by Landlordunder the Master Lease. Without limiting the foregoing, Freddie Mac will not be liable for any early termination of or default under the Master Lease that is not due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Freddie Mac or to Freddie Mac’s breach of the Master Lease not caused by Subtenant or any third party (including Landlord or another subtenant). Freddie Mac will have no obligation to inspect, maintain, secure or repair the Subleased Premises and will not be liable to Subtenant or its employees, agents or any third parties for any loss, injury or damage to persons or property caused by any conditions or activities in, on or about the Premises or the Building, including but not limited to, the Subleased Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Freddie Mac will have all rights with respect to the Subleased Premises (including the right to enter and inspect) that Landlord has with respect to the Premises under the Master Lease.

 

(c)     Freddie Mac will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the Master Lease in full force and effect during the Term (subject to Subtenant’s compliance with its obligations hereunder and under the Master Lease) and, upon notice from Subtenant that Landlord has failed to comply with one or more of its obligations under the Master Lease, will usecommercially reasonable good faithefforts to procure Landlord’s cure of any Landlord default (but will not be obligated to bring a lawsuit)and, if Freddie Mac is unable to procure Landlord’s cure within five (5) business days, Freddie Mac will cooperate (without being obligated to incur expenses) in any reasonable efforts (including seeking judicial relief if appropriate) of Subtenant to enforce Landlord’s obligations under the Master Lease.

 

3.           Condition of Building and Subleased Premises.   Subtenant acknowledges that it has inspected the Subleased Premises and that the Subleased Premises are in good condition. Subtenant agrees to accept the Subleased Premises in their “AS IS” condition as of the

 

 
 

  

Commencement Date (as defined in Section 5(a) of this Sublease). Subtenant will not make or allow to be made any alterations, additions or improvements to the Subleased Premises without first obtaining the written consent of both Freddie Mac and Landlord. Prior to Subtenant’s occupancy of the Subleased Premises, Freddie Mac and Subtenant will conduct a joint review of the electrical equipment listed on Exhibit 3 to confirm that such electrical equipment is in working condition and, if it is not in working condition on the day of such joint review, within thirty days after such joint review Freddie Mac, at its option and expense, will either (i) repair such electrical equipment so that it is in working condition; or (ii) remove such electrical equipment from the Subleased Premises, and if Freddie Mac elects to remove any electrical equipment, such electrical equipment will no longer be considered part of the Transferred Furniture and title to such electrical equipment will not be transferred to Subtenant. Except as expressly provided in the immediately previous sentence, Subtenant acknowledges that Freddie Mac is making no representations or warranties, and will have no liability, whatsoever with respect to the condition of the Subleased Premises, the Building or any property, equipment, security, improvements or other services therein or related thereto including, without limitation, all non-electrical equipment listed on Exhibit 3.

 

4.           Rent

 

(a)    Commencing on November 1, 2014 (the “Rent Commencement Date”), Subtenant will pay to Freddie Mac, as annual rent for the Subleased Premises (the “Base Rent”), the sum of thirty-three dollars and zero cents ($33.00) per rentable square foot of the Subleased Premises. On September 1, 2015 and again on September 1, 2016, Base Rent will increase by two percent (2%). Base Rent for the Term is set forth on the Base Rent Schedule attached hereto as Exhibit 2 and made a part hereof. Base Rent will be payable in monthly installments, in advance, beginning on the Rent Commencement Date and continuing on the first day of each successive month during the Term. If the Term begins on a date other than the first day of a month or ends on a date other than the last day of a month, the foregoing monthly installment will be pro ratedfor the month based on the number of days of the month that fall during the Term.

 

(b)    Subtenant also will pay to Freddie Mac as “Additional Rent” the amount of any increases in Taxes (as defined in the Master Lease) payable by Freddie Mac under the Master Lease, above Taxes paid by Freddie Mac for 2014/2015, as and when charged to Freddie Mac by Landlord (on both an estimated and actual basis). Subtenant also will pay to Freddie Mac as Additional Rent $3.25 per square foot per month for electricity. In addition to the foregoing, Subtenant will reimburse Freddie Mac, as Additional Rent, for any and all amounts that are payable by Freddie Mac pursuant or related to the Master Lease as a result of Subtenant’s use or occupancy of the Subleased Premises, including without limitation charges for electricity (as measured by submeter) in excess of $3.25 per square foot provided to Subtenant. All Additional Rent will be due within thirty (30) days after receipt by Subtenant of any invoice reasonably documenting such costs. The Base Rent and Additional Rent are together referred to herein as the “Rent.”

 

 
 

 

(c)     All Rent will be paid by Subtenant with no notice (except as expressly provided herein), deduction or offset whatsoever. If Subtenant fails to make any payment of Rent when due, Subtenant will pay interest on any such delinquent amount, calculated at the rate of fifteen percent (15%) per annum or, if lower, the highest rate permitted by law, from and after the due date of said payment until paid in full, without regard to whether Freddie Mac has incurred or paid any late charges or penalties under the Master Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Freddie Mac agrees that no more than once in any twelve calendar month period Subtenant will have a grace period of three business days to cure a failure to make payment of Rent when due before interest charges under this Section 4(c) accrue.

 

5.           Term

 

(a)    The term of this Sublease (the “Term”) will commence upon the date this Sublease is fully executed and unconditionally deliverable by the parties hereto, and approved by Landlord, (the “Commencement Date”) and will terminate on March 30, 2017 (the “Termination Date”). Commencing August 1, 2014, Subtenant may have escorted access to the Premises, on 48 hour notice to Freddie Mac, for the express purpose of enabling Subtenant’s IT related vendors to prepare estimates. Subtenant will use reasonable efforts to limit such visits in order to minimize any disruption to Freddie Mac’s operations. Commencing no later than September 1, 2014 and continuing thereafter until the Rent Commencement Date (November 1, 2014), Subtenant shall have full access to the Premises to conduct business, subject only to all the terms and conditions of this Sublease and the Master Lease, other than payment of Base Rent. Should Subtenant not have full access to the Subleased Premises to conduct business on September 1, 2014, Freddie Mac shall pay to Subtenant, as minimum damages and not as a penalty, $ 3,170.00 per day (said sum being Base Rent plus 10%.) until Subtenant has full access to conduct business. Should full access still not be given to Subtenant by December 1, 2014, this Sublease shall terminate without further obligation of one party to the otherand the Transferred Furniture shall remain the property and obligation of Freddie Mac..

 

(b)    Subtenant will have no option to extend the Term from the Termination Date set forth in Section 6(a).

 

(c)    The Term will automatically terminate in the event the Master Lease terminates for any reason. Should the Term terminate before March 30, 2017 due to Freddie Mac’s failure to pay rent to Landlord when due under the Master Lease, and provided that Subtenant is in compliance with its payment and other obligations hereunder, Freddie Mac shall reimburse Subtenant for any reasonable expenses incurred by Subtenant, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, which Subtenant would not have incurred but for Freddie Mac’s failure to pay rent to Landlord when due. Additionally, title to the Transferred Furniture (Exhibit 3) will NOT pass to Subtenant and obligation to vacate the Premises pursuant terms of Master Lease remain the full responsibility of Freddie Mac at its own expense.

 

 
 

 

6.           Holding Over.   Subtenant will have no right to occupy the Subleased Premises or any portion thereof after the expiration or termination of this Sublease or of Subtenant’s right to possession. For each and every month or partial month that Subtenant remains in occupancy of all or any portion of the Subleased Premises after the expiration or termination of this Sublease or Subtenant’s right to possession, Subtenant will pay, as minimum damages and not as a penalty, monthly rent at a rate equal to the entire amount of Base Rent and Additional Rent payable by Freddie Mac to Landlord for the Subleased Premises during such period plus an additional ten percent (10%). The acceptance by Freddie Mac of any lesser sum will be construed as payment on account and not in satisfaction of the foregoing obligation. In addition to the foregoing, Freddie Mac may exercise any and all remedies available to it at law or in equity to recover possession of the Subleased Premises, and to recover damages, including any additional amounts that may be payable by Freddie Mac to Landlord by reason of such holdover.

 

7.           Entry.   Freddie Mac will have the same rights to enter into the Subleased Premises as are provided to Landlord to enter the Premises in the Master Lease. For all non-emergency entries, 24 hours prior notice is required as Subtenant will have custody of extensive Personal Identification Information (PII) in the Subleased Premises which requires strict security mandated by the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as well as Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA). Each visitor must present two forms of Government-issued photographic identification and be escorted by Subtenant agents for the duration of their visit.

 

8.           Indemnity; Insurance.   Subtenant will indemnify Freddie Mac and hold it harmless from and against any and all third party claims and related liability, losses, costs and expenses (collectively “Costs”), including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising out of or related to Subtenant’s use or occupancy of the Subleased Premises and/or the Building or any breach of Subtenant’s obligations under this Sublease. Subtenant will carry reasonable liability and other insurance, but in no event less than the types and minimum amounts described in the Master Lease, insuring Freddie Mac and Subtenant against any and all claims related to this Sublease or Subtenant’s use or occupancy of the Subleased Premises and/or the Building. Subtenant will ensure that all of its Commercial General Liability policies and other material damage insurance will be endorsed with a clause providing that any release from liability of or waiver of claim for recovery from Freddie Mac or Landlord will not affect the validity of such policy or any insured’s right to recover thereunder. Subtenant hereby waives claims against Freddie Mac and Landlord for any loss or damage to any property, provided that their negligence was not the proximate cause of damage, and only to the extent that damages do not exceed policy maintained (or required hereunder to be maintained) by Subtenant with respect to Subtenant or the Subleased Premises.

 

9.           Security Deposit.   Concurrently with the execution of this Sublease, Subtenant shall deliver a Letter of Credit to Freddie Mac in an amount equal to six (6) monthly installments of Base Rent (the sum of $518,644.50), as Security Deposit (the “Security Deposit”) which will be held by Freddie Mac during the Term to guarantee the faithful performance of Subtenant’s

 

 
 

  

obligations hereunder. The Security Deposit may be, at the election of Subtenant (which election may change from time to time during the term of this Sublease), either in the form of an irrevocable letter of credit for the benefit of Freddie Mac from an issuer and in a form reasonably satisfactory to Freddie Mac or in cash. The Security Deposit or any portion thereof may be applied by Freddie Mac in its discretion to cure any Subtenant default that may occur, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that Freddie Mac may have on account thereof, and upon demand Subtenant will pay Freddie Mac the amount so applied, which will be added to the Security Deposit so the same may be restored to its original amount. During all times during which the Security Deposit is in the form of cash, the Security Deposit shall be maintained by Freddie Mac in a segregated interest bearing deposit account at a financial institution reasonably acceptable to Subtenant and all interest which accrues on the Security Deposit shall be added to and become part of the Security Deposit and shall be applied in the manner set forth herein. Freddie Mac may not commingle the Security Deposit with its other funds. Upon expiration or termination of the Term, Freddie Mac will return the letter of credit or remainder of Security Deposit to Subtenant, provided Subtenant has performed all of its obligations under this Sublease and is not in default thereunder.

 

10.         Default.   The occurrence of one or more of the following events (each an “Event of Default”) will constitute a default by Subtenant and a breach of this Sublease: (a) the filing of a petition by Subtenant for adjudication as bankrupt, the involuntarily adjudication of Subtenant as bankrupt or the voluntary reorganization of Subtenant pursuant to the United States Bankruptcy Code; (b) the appointment of a receiver for Subtenant; (c) the making by Subtenant of any assignment for the benefit of creditors; (d) Subtenant’s failure to pay Rent after same becomes due; provided that Subtenant will be entitled to a cure period of three (3) business days after written notice before such failure to pay will constitute an Event of Default unless Subtenant has failed to pay Rent when due more than twice during the prior twelve month period, in which event such cure period will not apply; (d) Subtenant’s failure to maintain the required insurance coverage; (e) Subtenant’s failure to cure forthwith, immediately after receipt of notice from Landlord or Freddie Mac, any hazardous condition that Subtenant has created in violation of law or the Master Lease; (f) a default in the performance of any of Subtenant’s other obligations under this Sublease which is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice (provided that if such default is not susceptible to cure within 30 days, such 30 day period may be extended if Subtenant has commenced curing such default within such 30 day period and diligently pursues such cure to completion not more than 90 days from the date notice was received by Subtenant and in any event within the cure period provided to Freddie Mac under the Master Lease), unless Subtenant has committed a similar default more than once during the prior twelve month period, in which event such cure period will not apply; and (g) any other act or omission by Subtenant that constitutes a default under the terms of the Master Lease.

 

11.         Remedies for Default by Subtenant.   Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Freddie Mac will have (a) the right to terminate this Sublease and/or Subtenant’s right to possession of

 

 
 

  

the Subleased Premises at any time and to reenter the Subleased Premises, (b) the right to recover from Subtenant all costs reasonably incurred in exercising its rights and remedies under this Sublease, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, (c) all of the rights that Landlord would have if Freddie Mac committed a default under the Master Lease, and (d) all other rights and remedies available at law and in equity.

 

12.         Surrender.   Upon the expiration of this Sublease, Subtenant will surrender possession of the Subleased Premises to Freddie Mac in substantially the same condition as existed on the Commencement Date (but as modified to include the Tenant Improvements), reasonable wear and tear excepted, with the exception of the Transferred Furniture which shall be removed in its entirety and all resulting damage repaired at the end of the Term. Subtenant also will comply with any requirements of the Master Lease regarding the condition of the Subleased Premises. Subtenant will secure the perimeter of the Subleased Premises at the end of the Term in a professional manner by lock and key or other locking device or system. Landlord should be able to freely and without difficulty access the space.

 

13.         Miscellaneous

 

(a)    Whenever the Master Lease requires Landlord’s consent to any particular action or matter, Subtenant will first obtain Freddie Mac’s consent to the action or matter (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) and, if Freddie Mac consents, then Freddie Mac shall immediately (within 5 business days) seek and pursue, with reasonable diligence Landlord’s consent until decision. Subtenant acknowledges that Freddie Mac has no control over Landlord and will not be responsible for Landlord’s decisions.

 

(b)    This Sublease will be construed, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder determined, in accordance with the laws of the State and City of New York.

 

(c)     This Sublease constitutes the only agreement between Freddie Mac and Subtenant relating to the subject matter hereof, and no representations, promises, understandings or agreements, oral or otherwise, not herein contained will be of any force or effect. The provisions of the exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by this reference.

 

(d)     No modification or waiver of any provision of this Sublease will be valid unless it is in writing and signed by the party against whom it is sought to be enforced. No waiver by Freddie Mac at any time of any provision of this Sublease will be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Sublease at that time or a waiver of that or any other provision of this Sublease at any other time. No course of dealing between Freddie Mac and Subtenant or any delay on the part of Freddie Mac in exercising any rights will operate as a waiver of such rights nor will any waiver of a prior default operate as a waiver of any subsequent default.

 

(e)     This Sublease, and the rights and obligations of the parties created hereunder, will not be assignable, delegable or further subleased by Subtenant without the prior written consent of

 

 
 

  

Freddie Mac, whose consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. If Subtenant desires to assign this Sublease or sublet all or any portion of the Subleased Premises, Subtenant shall submit a statement to Freddie Mac (an “A/S Statement”) containing the following information: (a) the name and address of the proposed subtenant or assignee, (b) with respect to an assignment of this Sublease, a term sheet executed by Subtenant and the terms and conditions of the proposed assignment, including, without limitation, the consideration payable for such assignment, any additional consideration payable for leasehold improvements or Subtenant’s property and the cost of any work to prepare the Subleased Premises for occupancy by such assignee and the date Subtenant desires the assignment to be effective, and (c) with respect to a sublet of all or a part of the Subleased Premises, a term sheet executed by Subtenant and the proposed subtenant containing a description of the portion of the Subleased Premises to be sublet, and the terms and conditions of the proposed subletting, including, without limitation, the consideration per rentable square foot payable for such subletting (the “Sublease Rent”), any additional consideration payable for leasehold improvements and Subtenant’s property and the cost of any work to prepare the sublet space for occupancy by such subtenant and the date Subtenant desires the subletting to be effective. Such notice shall be deemed an irrevocable offer from Subtenant to Freddie Mac of the right, at Freddie Mac’s option, (1) to terminate this Sublease with respect to such space as Subtenant proposes to sublease (the “Partial Space”), upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, or (2) if the proposed transaction is an assignment of this Sublease or a subletting of 50% or more of the rentable square footage of the Subleased Premises, to terminate this Sublease with respect to the entire Subleased Premises. Such option may be exercised by notice from Freddie Mac to Subtenant within 30 days after delivery of Subtenant’s A/S Statement along with the applicable documentation and information stated above. If Freddie Mac exercises its option to terminate all or a portion of this Sublease, (a) this Sublease shall end and expire with respect to all or a portion of the Subleased Premises, as the case may be, on the date that such assignment or sublease was to commence, provided that such date is in no event less than 60 days after the date of the above notice unless Freddie Mac agrees to an earlier date, (b) Rent shall be apportioned, paid or refunded as of such date, (c) Subtenant, upon Freddie Mac’s request, shall enter into an amendment of this Sublease ratifying and confirming such total or partial termination, and setting forth any appropriate modifications to the terms and provisions hereof, (d) Freddie Mac shall be free to lease the Subleased Premises (or any part thereof) to Subtenant’s prospective assignee or subtenant, and (e) the Transferred Furniture shall remain the property and obligation of Freddie Mac. Subtenant will be responsible for any demolition and/or construction of demising walls to establish a new perimeter to the Partial Space. Subtenant acknowledges that any further assignment or sublease is subject to the terms and conditions of the Master Lease, including Landlord’s approval rights and provisions concerning sharing of income from the Sublease. Subject to the foregoing, this Sublease will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective beneficiaries, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

 
 

 

(f)     The parties’ representations, warranties and obligations under Sections 2, 3, 4 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13(i) and (l) of this Sublease will survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.

 

(g)    The provisions of this Sublease are severable. If any such provision is for any reason declared invalid, illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, (i) such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of this Sublease, and (ii) the court will substitute for such provision an enforceable provision that preserves the original intentions of the parties to the maximum extent possible in accordance with applicable law.

 

(h)    Each party represents to the other that it has all necessary power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Sublease. The individuals executing this Sublease on behalf of each party represent that they have authority to do so.

 

(i)     All notices required or permitted to be sent under this Sublease will be sent to the parties at the addresses set forth in this subsection, or to such other addresses and to such other individuals of which either party may notify the other in a notice that complies with the provisions of this subsection. All notices will be deemed given (i) when delivered by hand, (ii) one (1) day after receipted delivery to a reputable overnight carrier, or (iii) five (5) days after placement in first-class mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested.

 

Notices to Freddie Mac will be sent to: Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, 8250 Jones Branch Drive, Mail Stop A3D, McLean, VA 22102, Attn: Vice President, Corporate Services, Phone: 703-918-5310, Fax: 703-918-5324, Email: steven_cole@freddiemac.com. A copy of any notice to Freddie Mac related to any default or alleged default by either party under the Sublease will be sent to: Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, 8200 Jones Branch Drive, Mail Stop 204, McLean, VA 22102, Attn: Vice President and Deputy General Counsel - General Corporate, Phone: 703-903-2600, Fax: 703-903-2252, email: judy_gayer@freddiemac.com.

 

Notices to Subtenant will be sent to Sidoti & Company LLC,122 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10168, Attn CFO, Andrea Martens Phone: (212) 453-7026 Fax: (646) 224-8221 Email(s)Psidoti@sidoti.com and amartens@sidoti.com. A copy of any notice to Subtenant related to any default or alleged default by either party under the Sublease will be sent to: Sidoti & Company LLC, 122 East 42nd Street, New York, New York 10168, Attn: CFO, Andrea Martens Phone: (212) 453-7026 Fax: (646) 224-8221 Email(s)Psidoti@sidoti.com and amartens@sidoti.com. plus copy to Stephen T. Treacy, Esq., Stephen T. Treacy, PC, 129 Radcliff Drive North, East Norwich, NY 11732; phone: (516) 802-0992; cell (516) 526-6234; email: Stevetreacy@hotmail.com

 

(j.)    Without limiting Subtenant’s obligations pursuant to Section 2 above, Subtenant agrees to comply with all reasonable instructions provided by Landlord or Freddie Mac that relate to security of the Building, the Subleased Premises or any individuals or property therein.

 

 
 

  

(k)    This Sublease was negotiated by equally sophisticated parties, each of which obtained such legal advice as it deemed necessary. This Sublease will not be construed more strictly against one party based on the fact that all or part of it was drafted by such party. The term “including” means “including without limitation.” The captions in this Sublease are included for convenience of reference only and will not be construed to define or limit any of the provisions contained herein.

 

(l)     Subtenant represents that it has dealt with no brokers other than Cresa New York (collectively, the “Brokers”) in connection with this Sublease. Subtenant will indemnify Freddie Mac and hold it harmless against any claims arising out of the untruth or alleged untruth of Subtenant’s representation in this subsection (l). Freddie Mac represents that it has appointed Cushman & Wakefield, Inc as its exclusive agent as to this Sublease; that it will indemnify Subtenant and hold it harmless against any claims arising out of the untruth or alleged untruth of Freddie Mac’s representation in this subsection (l)

 

(m)   Any Notice issued by Landlord to Freddie Mac under the Master Lease (including, but not limited to Notice of default, cure or cancellation) shall be delivered by Freddie Mac to Subtenant within 5 business days after Freddie Mac’s receipt of same.

 

14.   NOTICE.   The Subtenant is hereby notified that the Subleased Premises are subject to the jurisdiction of the New York City Landmarks Preservation Commission. In accordance with Sections 25-305, 25-306, 25-309, and 25-310 of the Administrative Code of the City of New York and the rules set forth in Title 63 of the Rules of the City of New York, any demolition, construction, reconstruction, alteration or minor work as described in such sections and such rules may not be commenced within or at the Subleased Premises without the prior written approval of the New York City Landmarks Preservation Commission. Subtenant is notified that such demolition, construction, reconstruction, alterations or minor work includes, but is not limited to, (a) work to the exterior of the Subleased Premises involving windows, signs, awnings, flagpoles, and banners and (b) interior work to the Subleased Premises that (i) requires a permit from the Department of Buildings or (ii) changes, destroys, or affects an interior architectural feature of an interior landmark or an exterior architectural improvement that is a landmark or located on a landmark site or in a historical district. Subtenant understands and agrees that, in addition to the aforementioned required that Subtenant must obtain prior written approval of the New York City Landmarks Preservation Commission for such demolition, construction, reconstruction, alteration or minor work, no such demolition, construction, reconstruction, alteration or minor work may be performed by Subtenant unless same is permitted in accordance with the terms, conditions, and provisions of the Sublease and the Master Lease or is otherwise performed with both Freddie Mac’s and Landlord’s prior written consent. Subtenant further represents, warrants and covenants that, at any time during the term of this Sublease, in the event that Subtenant should enter into a sublease, or any renewal thereof, for all or any portion of the Subleased Premises, as may be permitted pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Sublease and the Master Lease, such sublease, or renewal thereof, shall contain, conspicuously set forth

 

 
 

  

therein, a notice to the subtenant in compliance with the terms, conditions and provisions of Section 25-322 of the Administrative Code of the City of New York.Freddie Mac represents to Subtenant that to the best of Freddie Mac’s knowledge at no time during the course of the Master Lease has Freddie Mac caused any demolition, construction, reconstruction, alteration or minor work as described in the aforementioned Administrative Code sections and rules to be performed within or at the Subleased Premises without the prior written approval of the New York City Landmarks Preservation Commission.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Sublease as of the date first set forth above.

 

SIDOTI & COMPANY LLC FEDERAL HOME LOAN
MORTGAGE CORPORATION
   
By: By:
       
Title: CEO Title: EVP & CFO
       
Date: 5/7/14 Date: 5-12-14

 

 
 

  

Table of Exhibits

 

Exhibit 1   Subleased Premises
     
Exhibit 2   Base Rent Schedule
     
Exhibit 3   Transferred Furniture
     
Exhibit 4   Personal Property That Does Not Convey to Subtenant
     
Exhibit 5   Bill of Sale
     
Exhibit 6   LANDLORD’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT 1

 

Subleased Premises

  

 

 
 

 

Exhibit 2

Base Rent Schedule

  

122 E. 42nd Street, NY, NY

31,433 RSF

 

SUBLEASE RENT SCHEDULE

Period
  Annual Cost
Per Sq. Ft.
   Monthly
Rent
   Annual Rent   # Months
Abated
Rent
   Abated Rent
Total
   Annual Total
(inclusive of
abatement)
 
September 1, 2014 - August 31, 2015  $33.00   $86,440.75   $1,037,289.00    2   $172,881.50   $864,407.50 
September 1, 2015 - August 31, 2016  $33.66   $88,169.57   $1,058,034.78    0   $0.00   $1,058,034.78 
September 1, 2016 - March 30, 2017  $34.33   $89,932.96   $629,530.69    0   $0.00   $629,530.69 
Lease Total         $2,724,854.47     $172,881.50   $2,551,972.97 

 

Sublease Commencement Date: September 1, 2014
Rent Commencement Date: November 1, 2014

 

5/7/20141 
 

  

Exhibit 3

Transferred Property

 

Qty*  Description  Mfgr.  Model  Location
Audiovisual         
1  Touch Panel  AMX  AMXFG2252-61RGB  Board Room
1  Touch Panel Kit  AMX  AMXEXP8431  Board Room
1  Amplifier  Crown  CRNCDi1000SA  Board Room
1  Projection Screen  Dalite  DAL92613  Training room
1  Switcher  Extron  EXT60-325-16  Board Room
1  Switcher  Extron  EXT60-555-21  Board Room
8  Speaker - Ceiling  JBL  26CT  Board Room
2  Monitor  LG  LGMU-60PZ95V  Board Room
1  TV  LG  RU-23LZ50C  Pantry
1  TV  LG  RU-23LZ50C  outside wire room
1  LCD Projector  NEC  NP2000  Training Rm.
1  PowerCam  Polycom  8200-51095-001  Board Room
1  VSX MPPLUS - VTC Software  Polycom  5150-22762-001  Board Room
1  Codec  Polycom  HDX 9000  Board Room
1  Microphone - Ceiling  Polycom  Vortex EF2280  Board Room
1  Mixer  Polycom  Vortex EF2280  Board Room
1  DVD/VHS Player  Sony  SNYSLV-D370P  Board Room

 

Computer Room           
2  Liebert DS HVAC  Liebert  VS042WRAOE1577A  Computer Room
2  Liebert Drycooler HVAC  Liebert  DDO225A  Computer Room
1  MGE 40KW UPS  MGE  EPS4040/22.66  Computer Room
2  42 circuit panel boards        Computer Room
1  Cable leak detection system  Liebert     Computer Room
1  SLK 24F Fire Panel  FIKE     Computer Room
1  C 10-005 Pre-Action Panel  FIKE     Computer Room
324 lbs  Halon 1301 Gas Suppression        Computer Room
8  Smoke Detectors        Computer Room
1  CMX 230 system controller  Andover     Computer Room
1  851 Infinet Controllers  Andover     Computer Room
1  AAON H2-B1-2-16 3 Ton HVAC unit  AAON     Board Room
1  AAON CA-03-2-B1010 Condenser  AAON     Board Room

 

Pantry            
2  Refrigerator  Sub Zero  650/S3  Pantry
2  Refrigerator  U-Line  U-1175RB-00  1 board Area, 1 Quiet Rm
1  Refrigerator  TRUE  ANS1Z-971  Outside Trng. Rm
2  Ice Machine  Mantiwoc  QD0212A  Pantry
1  Toaster Oven  Black & Decker  CT07000-CT08000   
4  Microwave  GE Profile  JES2251SJ02  Pantry

 

5/7/20141 
 

   

Exhibit 3

Transferred Property

 

Security            
1  Pelco DS Control Point v 4.52 Application  Pelco
1  CPI Network Equip. Racks         
1  Handkey Biometric Readers HK-2         
2  Electric Lock Strike        Various
11  Maglock        Various
8  DPDT Contact (Flush) Reader Doors        Various
8  REX        Various
8  RM-DCM-2 Door Controller        Various
11  Card Reader        Various
1  iStar Power Supply  iStar      
1  Istar-8  iStar      
4  Panic Alarms/Duress - No Strobes        Various
10  Cameras         
10  Analog Fixed Interior Camera         
1  CCTV Power Supply         
1  Pelco DS DVR DSX164500-5  Pelco      
1  Pelco DS DVXi Mux Board  Pelco      
1  Aiphone Video Master  Aiphone      
1  Aiphone Video Intercom Station  Aiphone      

 

Furniture            
1  Conf. Table 240”/60/54w boat shape  Nucraft     Board room
1  Console Table 52x18x29  Nucraft  Maya  Board room
3  Tech Bay Housing table  Nucraft     Board room
6  Wood Back & Arm Chairs  HBF  Del Mar  Brdrm & Green Rm
3  48x48 reversible tack mounted marker board  Egan     Boardroom
2  Track and Accessories  Egan     Boardroom
18  Mid Back desk Chairs  Keilhauer  Response  Boardroom
1  42” D Round table (glass)  HBF     Green Room
1  Sq. end table  HBF     Green Room
4  Lounge Chair  HBF  Scoop  Green Room
2  Westwood armless chairs  HBF     Reception Area
1  Westwood sofa  HBF  Westwood  Reception Area
1  Rectangular occasional table, glass top  Slimline     Reception Area
1  Round occasional table glass  Slimline     Reception Area
1  file cabinet 30W soft white        Reception?
1  High Back desk Chair  Keilhauer  Response  VP Office
6  Tom Mid-Back  Keilhauer  Tom  VP Office

 

5/7/20142 
 

  

Exhibit 3

Transferred Property

 

Furniture (continued)         
1  Wood Set VP Office         
26  Tom Chairs  Keilhauer     Conf. Rooms
1  Peter Pepper glass marker board with rail  Peter Pepper     Conf Room
6  Satellite Tables 17“x25”  Metro     4 Conf & 2 Quite Rm
1  Auxiliary Table 18X72wX29h  Metro      
1  58” Sofa w arms  Martin Brattrud     Quiet Room
1  Lounge Chair  Martin Brattrud     Quiet Room
10  Infinity T base Table with modesty panel 60 X 24     Nevamar  Training
1  Mobil workstation 30x20x22  Peter Pepper     Training
17  Training tables rectangular  Q-squared     Training
41  Stacking chair  Flexnet  Caper  Training
6  Café Dome Tables  Leland     Pantry
24  Café Chairs  Leland  Parfait  Pantry
1  Tack Board with glass doors  Peter Pepper     Pantry
   Heavy duty shelving units        IT Room
74  6x8 wk/stations w access.  H/Miller  Ethospace  Open Floor
12  trader bullpen  H/Miller  Ethospace  Open Floor
17  director offices  H/Miller  Ethospace  enclosed offices
17  Task Chairs  Humanscale     Director Offices
18  Egan Boards 48x48  Egan     Director Offices
2  Oblong occasional table dark walnut  Prismatique      
2  Oval 36x72 Table         
1  70” round table         
1  Oval 54x144 Table         
1  Stool Black with Casters        Mailroom
74  Task Chairs  Aeron     Open Floor
3  Presentation cabinet 48”x48”  Egan      
15  Frstanding Bkcase no doors         
4  Vela Square Table 48x48  Versteel  Vela   
1  Cabinet 42wx18d white         
8  Lat file 42wx18dx4H white         
4  5 high cabinet 36w white         
4  36wx18d five shelves white         
100  Light fixtures, panel mount (black)  Marigold     Open Floor
             
*  All quantities approximate         

 

5/7/20143 
 

   

Exhibit 4

 

Personal Property that Does Not Convey to Subtenant

 

  1. Artwork
  2. Desk accessories (In/Out Trays, waste baskets, etc.)
  3. Telephones
  4. Printers, fax machines, multifunction devices, etc.
  5. All systems, components, etc. (rack mounted and/or wall mounted) in the computer room (PBX, servers, switches, routers, etc.) with the exception of those items noted below.

 

Computer Room         
2  Liebert DS HVAC  Liebert  VS042WRAOE1577A  Computer Room
2  Liebert Drycooler HVAC  Liebert  DDO225A  Computer Room
1  MGE 40KW UPS  MGE  EPS4040/22.66  Computer Room
2  42 circuit panel boards        Computer Room
1  Cable leak detection system  Liebert     Computer Room
1  SLK 24F Fire Panel  FIKE     Computer Room
1  C 10-005 Pre-Action Panel  FIKE     Computer Room
324 lbs  Halon 1301 Gas Suppression        Computer Room
8  Smoke Detectors        Computer Room
1  CMX 230 system controller  Andover     Computer Room
1  851 Infinet Controllers  Andover     Computer Room
1  AAON H2-B1-2-16 3 Ton HVAC unit  AAON     Board Room
1  AAON CA-03-2-B1010 Condenser  AAON     Board Room

 

6.Items that are provided on premises under a rental agreement which include but are not limited to the following:

oWater Coolers
oCoffee Makers
oPhoto Copier Equipment
oPrinters/Fax Machines, etc.
oVending Equipment
oSoda Storage/Distribution Equipment

7.Any items belonging to the landlord

 

 
 

  

EXHIBIT 5

 

BILL OF SALE

 

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS that Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Seller”), in consideration of the sum of ONE DOLLAR and other good and valuable consideration to it in hand paid by Sidoti & Company LLC (“Buyer”), the receipt and sufficiency whereof is hereby acknowledged, does hereby grant, bargain, sell, and convey to Buyer, its successors and assigns, forever, the furniture and other items described in Exhibit A (collectively referred to as “Furniture” herein), which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, (being and intended to be the same items referenced in Exhibit 3 of a Sublease by and between Buyer and Seller dated April  , 2014)

 

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD THE SAME by Buyer, its successors and assigns forever. Seller, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby covenants and warrants that Seller is the lawful owner of the Furniture and has good right to sell the same as aforesaid.

 

THE FURNITURE IS SOLD “AS IS”. EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH ABOVE, SELLER MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE FURNITURE, INCLUDING ANY (a) WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY; (b) WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE; (c) WARRANTY OF TITLE; OR (d) WARRANTY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF A THIRD PARTY; WHETHER ARISING BY LAW, COURSE OF DEALING, COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, USAGE OF TRADE OR OTHERWISE. BY ACCEPTING THIS BILL OF SALE, BUYER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS NOT RELIED ON ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY MADE BY SELLER, OR ANY OTHER PERSON ON SELLER’S BEHALF, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED IN THIS BILL OF SALE.

 

 
 

   

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, Buyer and Seller have caused these presents to be executed on this ___ day of March, 2017.

 

  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
   
  By:                   

 

  Title:     

 

STATE OF NEW YORK  )    
  ) SS.: ACKNOWLEDGMENT
     
COUNTY OF NEW YORK )  

 

On the _______ day of March, 2017, before me, the undersigned, personally appeared _____________________________________, personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his capacity and that by his signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person or organization upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

 

     
     
  Notary Public

  

 
 

  

Exhibit 6

 

LANDLORD’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

 

PREMISES:                          122 East 42nd Street (4th floor) New York, NY 10168

 

LANDLORD:             122 East 42nd Street LLC

 

TENANT:                             FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION

 

DATE OF LEASE:    November 29, 2006

 

The LANDLORD  ,122 East 42nd Street LLC, in consideration of Ten Dollars, does hereby certify and acknowledge the following:

 

1.    The above-referenced Lease is in full force and effect and FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION has not defaulted in any manner thereunder since its inception ; the terms and conditions of said Lease have not been modified since executed in November, 2006 except:__________________________________________________.

2.    The Lease security deposit being held is $________________________

3.    The monthly rent of $____________________ is paid through__________________, 2014

 

Dated: New York, NY

 

May ____, 2014

 

   
    122 East 42nd Street LLC, Landlord
     

   
   
  By:      
     

 

State of New York )
   
  ) ss.:
   
County of New York )

 

On the     day of May, in the year 2014, before me, the undersigned, personally appeared personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual(s) whose name(s) is (are) subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument, the individual(s) or the person upon behalf of which the individual(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

     
     

    Notary Public

     
  My Commission Expires on

 

 


 

Exhibit 10.2

 

FULLY DISCLOSED CLEARING AGREEMENT

 

BETWEEN

 

SIDOTI & COMPANY LLC

 

AND

 

CONVERGEX EXECUTION SOLUTIONS LLC

 

1
 

  

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.0     REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS 1
       
1.1   Broker 1
  1.1.1 Registration 1
  1.1.2 Authority to Enter Agreement 1
  1.1.3 Compliance with Rules and Regulations 1
  1.1.4 Transactions Subject to Penny Stock Disclosure Rules 2
  1.1.5 No pending Actions, Investigations or Inquiries 2
  1.1.6 Net Capital 2
  1.1.7 Accuracy of Representations, Warranties and Covenants 2
1.2   ConvergEx 2
  1.2.1 Registration 2
  1.2.2 Authority to Enter Agreement 2
  1.2.3 Compliance with Registration 2
  1.2.4 Reports Available to Broker 2
  1.2.5 Accuracy of Warranties and Representations 3
       
2.0     MAINTENANCE OF BOOKS AND RECORDS 3
       
2.1   Current Reports 3
2.2   Regulatory Reports and Records 3
2.3   Stock Records 3
       
3.0     RELATIONSHIP WITH CUSTOMERS 3
       
3.1   New Accounts 3
  3.1.1 Acceptance of New Accounts 3
  3.1.2 Supervision of Orders and Accounts 3
  3.1.3 Option Accounts 4
  3.1.4 Proprietary Accounts 4
  3.1.5 Customer Complaints 4
  3.1.6 Lost, Stolen and Forged Securities 4
  3.1.7 Placement Activities 4
  3.1.8 Marketmaking   5
  3.1.9 Restricted and Control Stock Requirements 5
  3.1.10 DVP Transactions 5
  3.1.11 Open Orders 5
  3.1.12 Prospectus Deliveries 5
  3.1.13 Securities Investor Protection Act 5
  3.1.14 Tax Reporting 5
  3.1.15 Soft-Dollar Arrangements 5
  3.1.16 Directed Arrangements 6
  3.1.17  Step-Outs 6
3.2   Extension of Credit 6
  3.2.1 Presumption of Cash Accounts 6
  3.2.2 Margin Maintenance and Compliance with Regulation T 6
  3 2 3 Margin Calls and Actions Upon Failure to Meet Margin Calls 6
  3.2.4 Extension of Nonpurpose Credit 7
  3.2.5 Disclosures Pursuant to Rule 10b-16 and Charging of Interest 7
3.3   Maintenance of Books and Records 7
3.4   Receipt and Delivery of Funds and Securities 7
  3.4.1 Cashiering Functions 7
  3.4.2 Purchases 7
  3.4.3 Sales
  3.4.4 When Issued Transactions   7

 

2
 

  3.4.5 Funds or Securities Received by Broker 7
  3.4.6 Payment of Dividends and Handling of Exchange of Tender Offers, Rights, Warrants and Redemptions 7
  3.4.7 Broker’s Responsibilities Under This Section 7
  3.4.8 Check Writing Authority 8
  3.4.9 Restricted and Control Stock Requirements   8
3.5     Safeguarding of Funds and Securities 8
3.6     Confirmations and Statements 8
3.7     Acceptance of Orders and Executions of Transactions 8
  3.7.1 Responsibility to Accept or Reject Trades 8
  3.7.2 Responsibility for Errors in Execution 9
  3.7.3 Best Execution 9
  3.8     Trade Discrepancies 9
  3.9     Instructions 9
3.10   Relationship with Trade Facilities 9
3.11   Data, Software, Hardware, Electronic Order Entry Systems, Etc.; Exclusion of Warranties 9
       
4.0     COMPLIANCE WITH REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION 10
       
5.0     OTHER CLEARING AGREEMENTS 10
       
6.0     FEES AND SETTLEMENTS 10
       
6.1     Commissions; Fees for Clearing Services 10
6.2     Settlement Account 10
6.3     Error Account 11
       
7.0     CASH DEPOSIT; REMEDIES ON DEFAULT 11
       
7.1     Establishment of a Deposit Account 11
7.2     ConvergEx Right to Offset Commissions and Deposits 11
7.3     Increases in Amount of Deposit 11
7.4     Remedies Upon Broker’s Failure to Provide Increased Cash Deposit 11
7.5     Convergex Right to Place a Lien on Proprietary Accounts 12
       
8.0     LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION 12
       
8.1     Liability of Broker 12
8.2     Liability of ConvergEx 12
8.3     Defense of Indemnifiable Actions 12
8.4     Force Majeure 13
       
9.0     TERM AND TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT 13
       
9.1     Termination for Cause 13
9.2     No Solicitation 14
9.3     Termination Fee 14
       
10.0     TRANSFER OF ACCOUNTS AND CONFIDENTIALITY 14
       
10.1   Transfers 14
10.2   Confidentiality 14
  10.2.1  Breach of Confidentiality 15
       
11.0     THIRD-PARTY RELATIONS 15
       
11.1   Disclosure Of Relationship With ConvergEx 15
11.2   Non-Exclusivity 15
11.3   Use of Third Party Services 15
11.4   Prime Broker Notification 15
11.5   Secondary or “Piggyback” Brokers 16
       
12.0     PROPRIETARY ACCOUNTS OF INTRODUCING BROKER 16
       
12.1   PAIB Reserve Computation 16

 

3
 

 

12.2     All Proprietary Accounts 16
12.3     Time of Preparation 16
12.4     Special Reserve Account for the Exclusive Benefit or Customers 16
12.5     Deposit Requirement 16
12.6     Dea Notification   16
12.7     Treatment of Receivables 16
12.8     PAIB No-Action Letter 17
       
13.0     ORDER AUDIT TRAIL SYSTEM REPORTING 17
       
14.0     MISCELLANEOUS 17
       
14.1      Arbitration 17
14.2      Provisional Judicial Remedies 17
14.3      Applicable Law 17
14.4      Assignment 17
14.5      Amendments 17
14.6      Training Expenses 17
14.7      Severability 17
14.8      Telephone Conversations 17
14.9      Survival 18
14.10    Notices 18

 

4
 

 

FULLY DISCLOSED CLEARING AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement is made and entered into as of the 30th day of May, 2012 by and between ConvergEx Execution Solutions LLC (“ConvergEx”), a Delaware limited liability company, and Sidoti & Company LLC (“Broker”), a limited liability company. This Agreement shall be deemed effective at 12:01 AM on the first day business is transacted after approval is granted by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) (the “Commencement Date” as defined in the body of this Agreement).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Broker is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) or the applicable foreign equivalent as a broker-dealer and engages in the business of providing securities and investment services to its customers (“Customers”), but has elected not to clear and settle transactions for its proprietary and/or customer accounts: and

 

WHEREAS, ConvergEx is registered with the SEC as a broker-dealer and engages in the business of clearing and settling transactions for other broker-dealers and financial intermediaries and their customers; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties intend that Broker will introduce certain of Broker’s proprietary and customer transactions to ConvergEx on a fully disclosed basis for clearing and settlement, and that ConvergEx as an independent contractor may elect to clear and settle transactions for such introduced transactions (the proprietary and customer accounts of Broker being referred to herein as “Accounts”) pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties do not intend that a joint venture, partnership, agency or other relationship be created as between them.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements contained herein, the parties intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1.0REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

 

1.1Broker

 

Broker represents, warrants and covenants that:

 

1.1.1Registration.

 

Broker is, and at all times during the term of this Agreement will remain, duly registered and in good standing as a broker dealer with the SEC and is a member firm in good standing of the FINRA and of every national securities exchange or other securities association of which Broker is a member, and of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”). Broker is also duly licensed as a broker dealer in every state and each jurisdiction where the nature of the business conducted or the location of its employees makes such license necessary. In the event Broker is not required to register as a broker-dealer in the U.S., Broker represents and warrants that it is, and at all times during the term of this Agreement will remain, duly registered and in good standing with each governmental authority, regulatory body and/or self-regulatory organization (“SRO”) (including without limitation any exchange or market) to whose jurisdiction it is subject or of which it is a member.

 

1.1.2Authority to Enter Agreement.

 

Broker has all requisite authority, whether arising under Applicable Regulations (as defined below) or otherwise, to enter into this Agreement and to perform and discharge the duties and obligations apportioned to it in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

1.1.3Compliance with Rules and Regulations.

 

Broker is in compliance, and during the term of this Agreement will remain in compliance, with (i) all applicable laws, statutes, regulations, rules, codes, ordinances, decrees, writs or orders enacted, adopted issued or promulgated by any governmental authority, regulatory body or SRO and (ii) the registration, qualification, capital, financial reporting, customer protection, and other requirements of every SRO of which Broker is a member, of the SEC (or foreign equivalent) and of every country or state to which jurisdiction Broker and each of its employees are subject. (The laws, rules, regulations, constitutions, by-laws, stated policies and interpretations, and customs and usage of each foreign or U.S. (federal, state or local) government, governmental authority, regulatory body, exchange, market, clearinghouse or SRO having jurisdiction over ConvergEx or Broker or any transaction Broker introduces or attempts to introduce to ConvergEx, are collectively referred to herein as “Applicable Regulations”.) ConvergEx shall not, by virtue of entering into this Agreement with Broker or discharging its obligations hereunder, become subject to any Applicable Regulations of any foreign country, governmental authority, regulatory body or SRO (“foreign regulations”). Broker acknowledges and agrees that all activities under this Agreement are subject to the Applicable Regulations and nothing in this Agreement shall require ConvergEx to take or

 

1
 

 

refrain from any action ConvergEx reasonably believes constitutes a violation of such Applicable Regulations.

 

1.1.4Transactions Subject to Penny Stock Disclosure Rules.

 

Broker shall not. without the prior written consent of ConvergEx in its sole discretion, introduce transactions in “designated securities” (as defined in Section 3(a)(51) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; hereinafter, the “Exchange Act”) to ConvergEx for execution, clearing or settlement that are or will be subject to the Penny Stock Disclosure Rules of Exchange Act Section 15(g) and Rules 15g-2 through 15g-6 hereunder.

 

1.1.5No pending Actions, Investigations or Inquiries

 

Broker has disclosed to ConvergEx every material action, suit, investigation inquiry, or proceeding (formal or informal) pending or threatened against or affecting Broker, any of its affiliates, or any officer, director, or general securities principal or financial operations principal of Broker, or its or their respective property or assets, by or before any court or other tribunal, any arbitrator, any governmental authority, or any SRO of which any of them is a member.

 

1.1.6Net Capital.

 

Broker shall maintain minimum net capital equal to the greater of: (a) the amount specified on Exhibit 2 or (b) 120% of the minimum net capital required by Applicable Regulations for a similarly situated broker-dealer. Broker shall notify ConvergEx in advance of any withdrawal of more than 10% of its net capital, regardless of the purpose. Broker also shall immediately, but not later than the same business day, notify ConvergEx of any instance in which (a) Broker’s net capital drops below the minimum required under Applicable Regulations, (b) Broker’s Aggregate Indebtedness Ratio reaches or exceeds 10 to 1, (c) Broker’s net capital is less than 5% of aggregate debit items computed in accordance with Applicable Regulations, or (d) Broker’s tentative net capital has declined by 20% or more from the amount reported in its most recent FOCUS report.

 

1.1.7Accuracy of Representations, Warranties and Covenants.

 

Broker will notify ConvergEx promptly if any of the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in this Section 1.1 cease to be true.

 

1.2ConvergEx

 

ConvergEx represents and warrants that:

 

1.2.1Registration.

 

ConvergEx is duly registered and in good standing as a broker-dealer with the SEC and is a member firm in good standing of the NYSE, FINRA and SIPC.

 

1.2.2Authority to Enter Agreement.

 

ConvergEx has all requisite authority, whether arising under applicable federal or state law, or the rules and regulations of any SRO to which ConvergEx is subject, to enter into this Agreement and to discharge the duties and obligations apportioned to it in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

1.2.3Compliance with Registration.

 

ConvergEx is in material compliance, and during the term of this Agreement will remain in material compliance, with the registration, qualification, capital, financial reporting, customer protection and other requirements of every SRO of which ConvergEx is a member, of the SEC and of every state in which it is licensed as a broker-dealer.

 

1.2.4Reports Available to Broker.

 

Pursuant to FINRA Rule 4311, ConvergEx will furnish Broker, upon execution of this Agreement and annually thereafter, with a list of the compliance reports Broker can choose to receive to assist Broker to supervise and monitor its Accounts in order for Broker to carry out its functions and responsibilities pursuant to this Agreement. ConvergEx will make available to Broker those compliance reports from the list that Broker requests in writing.

 

Pursuant to FINRA Rule 4311(h)(2). no later than July 1 annually, ConvergEx must give written notice to Broker’s chief executive and compliance officers, indicating as of the date of such notice, the list of compliance reports offered to Broker and those reports that are actually requested by Broker. A copy of this written notice must be provided to the Broker’s Designated Examining Authority (“DEA”) or (if none) to its appropriate regulatory authority.

 

2
 

 

1.2.5Accuracy of Warranties and Representations.

 

ConvergEx will notify Broker promptly if any of the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in this Section 1.2 cease to be true.

 

2.0MAINTENANCE OF BOOKS AND RECORDS

 

2.1Current Reports.

 

Broker, contemporaneously with its execution hereof, is providing to ConvergEx true, complete and correct copies of Broker’s current Monthly and/or Quarterly, as appropriate, FOCUS Report (pursuant to Section 17 of the Exchange Act and Rule 17a-5 hereunder) and its current Form BD. For purposes of this section, in the event Broker is not required to register as a broker-dealer in the U.S., it shall provide to ConvergEx the foreign regulations equivalents of the materials specified above.

 

2.2Regulatory Reports and Records.

 

Broker agrees to promptly provide to ConvergEx throughout the term of this Agreement, true, complete and correct copies of (i) any amendments to Broker’s Form BD within five (5) calendar days of its filing with the SEC, (ii) any notices that Broker receives concerning any referral pursuant to Section 5(a) of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 or any closer-than-normal surveillance or restrictions or limitations on Broker’s business from the SEC or from any SRO, all within one (1) business day of Broker’s receipt thereof, (iii) any action, suit, investigation, inquiry or proceeding, pending or threatened, against or affecting Broker or having a material impact on the capital or financial condition of Broker, by or before any court, arbitrator, governmental authority or SRO of which Broker is a member, all within three (3) business days of Broker’s receipt thereof, and (iv) any notices which Broker files with the SEC or any SRO pursuant to Section 17 of the Exchange Act and Rule 17a-11 at the same time and in the same manner as required under said Rule. ConvergEx shall comply with all applicable requirements under FINRA Rule 4311. In addition, Broker shall provide to ConvergEx within 10 days of them being finalized true and complete copies of each quarterly FOCUS Report and annual certified financial statement required pursuant to the Exchange Act.

 

For purposes of this section, in the event Broker is not required to register as a broker-dealer in the U.S.. it shall provide to ConvergEx the foreign regulations equivalents of the materials specified above.

 

2.3Stock Records.

 

ConvergEx shall maintain stock records and other prescribed books and records of all transactions executed or cleared through it. Unless otherwise required by law, ConvergEx shall have an obligation to maintain, as required by applicable law, or make available to Broker, such books and records after termination of this Agreement. If ConvergEx does make such books and records available to Broker after the termination of this Agreement, Broker shall reimburse ConvergEx for its reasonable costs and expenses, if any, in retrieving such books and records.

 

3.0RELATIONSHIP WITH CUSTOMERS

 

Except to the extent set forth in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to confer any third-party beneficiary or other rights upon any Customer or other person not party hereto. As between Broker and ConvergEx, Broker shall be responsible for the relationship with its Customers. Accordingly, unless specifically allocated to ConvergEx hereunder. Broker shall retain responsibility for all duties and functions concerning the Accounts and Customers. Pursuant to FINRA Rule 4311, the following functions are specifically allocated between Broker and ConvergEx as follows.

 

3.1New Accounts.

 

3.1.1Acceptance of New Accounts.

 

Broker shall be responsible for opening and approving new Accounts for its Customers (each a “Customer Account” and collectively, “Customer Accounts”). ConvergEx will determine, in its reasonable discretion, whether or not to accept transactions for such Account(s) for clearance and settlement purposes. In each case, ConvergEx will elect, with reasonable discretion, the type of activity (i.e., cash, margin or options account) for which it is willing to act with respect to each Account. Broker will be responsible to notify each Account of the allocation of functions as required by FINRA Rule 4311.

 

3.1.2Supervision of Orders and Accounts.

 

Broker is responsible for the conduct of the Accounts, and ensuring that the transactions conducted therein are in compliance with Applicable Regulations. Such responsibility includes, but is not limited to: (i) all “know your customer” requirements and using due diligence to learn and on a continuing basis to know the essential facts of each Customer, including verifying each Customer’s identity and address (including any address changes), knowing all persons holding power of attorney over any Account, verifying the source of funds credited to each Account and being familiar with each order in any Account, and at all times to fully comply with the requirements of NYSE Rule 405 and the 2300 Series of the FINRA Conduct Rules or

 

3
 

 

comparable requirements of any other Applicable Regulations; (ii) selecting, investigating, training, and supervising all of its personnel who open, approve, authorize or otherwise handle transactions in the Accounts; (iii) establishing written procedures for the conduct of the Accounts and ongoing review of all transactions in Accounts, and maintaining compliance and supervisory personnel adequate to implement such procedures; (iv) handling of any discretionary accounts and the furnishing of any investment advice to any customer, including determining the suitability for each Customer of all orders and transactions, including option transactions; (v) ensuring that there is a reasonable basis for all recommendations made to Customers; (vi) determining the appropriateness of the frequency of trading in Accounts; (vii) determining the authorization, legality and compliance with the Applicable Regulations of each transaction in the Account; (viii) handling any accounts for employees or officers of any broker-dealer, SRO or other financial institution, including compliance with FINRA Conduct Rule 3050 and NYSE Rule 407; and (ix) obtaining and maintaining all documents necessary for the performance of Broker’s responsibilities under this Agreement and retaining such documents in accordance with all Applicable Regulations. Broker agrees to obtain from any Customer and send to ConvergEx such additional information as ConvergEx may require to comply with Applicable Regulations.

 

3.1.3Option Accounts.

 

In the event that any Customer elects to engage in listed options transactions in an Account or Broker enters or executes options transactions for an Account, Broker agrees to (i) abide by ConvergEx’s requirements and limitations for accepting an exercise notice with respect to each options position, which requirements and limitations may be different from the minimum requirements imposed from time to time by the Options Clearing Corp. (“OCC”) or other SRO, (ii) determine the suitability of the Customer for trading options and for specific options strategies, (iii) provide the Customer with a current copy of the OCC disclosure document and applicable updates as published from time to time by OCC (and complying with such other requirements involving the dissemination of disclosure documents, including prospectuses, as may be required from time to time by Applicable Regulations), and (iv) notify the Customer when the Customer has been assigned delivery responsibility regarding any short options positions, and accept exercise notices from the Customer regarding long options positions.

 

3.1.4Proprietary Accounts.

 

Broker may request that ConvergEx execute, clear and/or settle transactions for one or more proprietary Accounts of Broker (a “Proprietary Account”). ConvergEx may, in its sole discretion, agree or refuse any such Proprietary Account transaction. Each such Proprietary Account shall be deemed an “Account” hereunder and all of the other terms and conditions of this Agreement shall apply, except to the extent that this Agreement provides for differing treatment of Customer Accounts and Proprietary Accounts.

 

3.1.5Customer Complaints.

 

Broker shall be responsible for answering all customer complaints pertaining to functions allocated to it in this Agreement. Similarly, ConvergEx shall be responsible for answering all customer complaints pertaining to functions allocated to it in this Agreement. In order for Broker to carry out its functions and responsibilities pursuant to this Agreement and in keeping with FINRA Rule 4311, Broker hereby directs and authorizes ConvergEx to transmit any and all customer complaints received by ConvergEx pertaining to functions allocated to Broker in this Agreement (i) to Broker, and (ii) to Broker’s DEA or (if none) to its appropriate regulatory authority. A copy of ConvergEx’s transmittal letter to Broker’s DEA (or other regulatory authority) shall be forwarded to the complaining customer. Broker and ConvergEx agree to cooperate with each other, if so requested, in supplying information to respond to customer complaints or inquiries, as permitted under Applicable Regulations.

 

3.1.6Lost, Stolen and Forged Securities.

 

Broker will be responsible for any defect in title to securities that may have been forged, counterfeited or raised or otherwise altered, or that may have been lost or stolen, whether or not such securities shall have been received from Broker by ConvergEx or deposited with ConvergEx by Broker for any Account, or whether or not such securities shall have been received by ConvergEx directly from, or deposited with ConvergEx directly by, any such Account for any purpose whatsoever and which securities shall have been accepted by ConvergEx.

 

3.1.7Placement Activities.

 

Broker shall provide to ConvergEx a written list of securities for which Broker intends to enter into, or join, a syndicate (whether as part of the underwriting or selling group) relating to the issuance or placement of those securities. ConvergEx shall have the right to limit or prohibit Broker’s syndicate activities with respect to any security. Under no circumstances may Broker join a syndicate without the prior written approval of ConvergEx, in its sole reasonable discretion. Marketmaking.

 

4
 

 

Upon the execution of this Agreement, Broker shall provide to ConvergEx a written list of all securities with respect to which the Broker is a marketmaker. Broker shall give prior written notice of any proposed changes in the marketmaking activities, including without limitation changes in the identity of the securities for which it makes a market. The Broker shall provide ConvergEx on a timely basis information sufficient to ensure that any confirmations sent to Customers by ConvergEx on Broker’s behalf contain correct information on Broker’s role in the transaction. ConvergEx, in its sole reasonable discretion, shall have the right to limit or prohibit Broker’s market making activities with respect to any security.

 

3.1.8Restricted and Control Stock Requirements.

 

Broker shall be responsible for determining whether any securities held in any Account are restricted or control securities as defined by Applicable Regulations. Broker is responsible for assuring that orders executed for such securities comply with all Applicable Regulations.

 

3.1.9DVP Transactions.

 

Broker will be responsible (i) for complying with the requirements of FINRA Rule 11860 with respect to all delivery versus payment (“DVP”) or receipt versus payment (“RVP”) transactions, except for delivery of confirmations, and (ii) for ensuring that all Customers who engage in DVP or RVP transactions (and their agents) will utilize the facilities of a securities depository, clearing agency or other permissible entity for the confirmation, acknowledgment and book entry settlement of depository eligible transactions, subject to the exceptions contained in FINRA Rule 11860.

 

3.1.10Open Orders.

 

ConvergEx shall have the power to place open orders on behalf of Broker, and make appropriate adjustments to reflect that ConvergEx has acted as broker on the open orders with specialists on any exchange.

 

3.1.11Prospectus Deliveries.

 

Broker will have responsibility for delivering any prospectus required to be delivered pursuant to the requirements of the Applicable Regulations

 

3.1.12Securities Investor Protection Act.

 

For the purposes of the financial responsibility rules and the Securities Investor Protection Act only, the Customers and Accounts shall be considered to be Customers and Accounts of ConvergEx and not of Broker. Nothing in this paragraph shall otherwise change or affect the provisions of this Agreement that provide that a Customer or Account is Broker’s Customer or Account for all other purposes, including but not limited to supervision, suitability and indemnification.

 

3.1.13Tax Reporting.

 

Broker shall be responsible for (i) the preparation of annual tax reporting information as required by the Federal, State and Municipal taxing authorities, (ii) the reporting of this tax information to Customers and the appropriate taxing authorities, and (iii) compliance with all “due diligence” requirements of the Internal Revenue Service as they relate to any Accounts. Upon request from Broker, ConvergEx shall assist Broker in connection with items (i) and (ii) of this paragraph. Broker agrees to comply with the backup withholding requirements of Section 3406 and the nonresident alien withholding requirements of Section 1441 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, with respect to all Customers and Accounts. Broker agrees to furnish ConvergEx any tax information in its possession relating to each Customer and Account (including without limitation each taxpayer identification number and any certifications provided by the Customer on IRS forms W-9, W-8 or 1001 or any authorized substitute) and agrees that ConvergEx may rely on such information. ConvergEx agrees to notify Broker of any account not in compliance with such back-up withholding requirements. Broker authorizes ConvergEx to employ appropriate procedures to achieve compliance with withholding obligations, including without limitation procedures pertaining to back-up withholding on transactions.

 

3.1.14Soft-Dollar Arrangements.

 

Broker shall be responsible for compliance with the Applicable Regulations relating to or concerning any arrangement or understanding Broker may have with any manager, advisor or agent exercising any authority (including, without limitation, investment discretion) over an Account to use commissions to obtain research and/or brokerage products or services pursuant to Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act or any comparable foreign law (collectively, a “Soft-Dollar Arrangement”) and for obtaining all appropriate authorities and agreements related to any Soft-Dollar Arrangement. Broker shall bear sole financial responsibility for all Soft-Dollar Arrangements.

 

5
 

 

3.1.15Directed Arrangements.

 

Broker shall be responsible for compliance with the Applicable Regulations related to or concerning any arrangement or understanding Broker may have with any Account to rebate any funds, including, without limitation, any portion of any commission, mark-up, mark-down, fee, interest or other charge, or to pay the cost of any service or product for an Account (collectively, a “Directed Arrangement”) and for obtaining all appropriate authorities and agreements related to any Directed Arrangement. Broker shall bear sole financial responsibility for all Directed Arrangements.

 

3.1.16Step-Outs.

 

Broker shall be responsible for compliance with the Applicable Regulations related to or concerning any “step out” or instructions to ConvergEx to “step out” to or accept a “step out” from another firm in connection with any transaction. Broker shall bear sole financial responsibility for any such “step out”.

 

3.2Extension of Credit.

 

3.2.1Presumption of Cash Accounts.

 

Broker and ConvergEx intend that all transactions will settle on a DVP/RVP basis. ConvergEx may, but is not required to, permit Customers of Broker to purchase securities on margin, but all transactions for a Customer will be deemed to be cash transactions, unless, on or prior to settlement, Broker has furnished ConvergEx with properly executed and binding customer margin and hypothecation/lending agreements in a form acceptable to ConvergEx in its sole discretion.

 

3.2.2Margin Maintenance and Compliance with Regulation T.

 

Broker is responsible for the collection from Customers of initial margin and all amounts necessary to meet subsequent maintenance calls in Accounts to ensure compliance with Regulation T, the rules of any self-regulatory organization or exchange and the house rules of ConvergEx. Subject to prevailing market conditions, ConvergEx will produce, maintain and provide to Broker sufficient information to allow Broker to determine which of its Accounts are under margined for purposes of Broker’s compliance with Regulation T, any self-regulatory organization or exchange and ConvergEx’s house rules. ConvergEx will notify Broker of all margin and maintenance calls relating to Accounts and Broker shall notify Accounts of such calls. ConvergEx reserves the right to send notice of a margin requirement directly to an Account and will provide a copy of the notice to Broker. If any Account fails to comply with any margin requirement, Broker will sell out (or buy in, as appropriate) such Account so as to bring the Account into compliance with applicable margin or maintenance requirements. In the event that required margin is not provided within the time specified by ConvergEx or securities sold are not delivered as required, ConvergEx may take such action as ConvergEx deems appropriate, including but not limited to the sale or purchase of securities for, and at the risk of, the Account. Compliance with a request by Broker to withhold action shall not be deemed a waiver by ConvergEx of any rights under this Agreement, including but not limited to the right to close out a contract or position if ConvergEx in its judgment determines that changing conditions render such action advisable, with or without prior notification to Customer or Broker. Broker may request in good faith that ConvergEx file for an extension of time to comply with Regulation T. Filing for such extension of time with the NYSE is within the sole discretion of ConvergEx. In any case where Broker requests ConvergEx to extend credit upon control or restricted securities, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Rule 144”), or otherwise; Broker shall submit to ConvergEx such documentation, agreements and information as shall be reasonably required by ConvergEx to decide to extend such credit. Any extension of credit so approved shall be subjected to ConvergEx’s credit policies as may be in effect from time to time. ConvergEx has sole discretion to execute or to direct Broker to execute with or without prior notice buy-ins and sell-outs in any cash or margin Account whenever it determines such action appropriate regardless whether the Account complies with applicable margin maintenance requirements or has requested an extension of time in which to make payment. Any request by Broker that ConvergEx should waive either buying-in or selling-out an Account must be in writing signed by an officer, partner or principal of Broker’s firm.

 

3.2.3Margin Calls and Actions Upon Failure to Meet Margin Calls.

 

After the initial margin for a transaction has been received, subsequent margin calls may be made by ConvergEx at its discretion. ConvergEx shall calculate the maintenance requirement and notify Broker of any amounts due. Broker shall be responsible for issuing the margin call to its Customer and obtaining the amount due directly from the Customer. If Broker fails to take the appropriate action, ConvergEx reserves the right to collect the amount due directly from Broker’s Customer. Broker agrees to cooperate with ConvergEx in complying with and obtaining margin in response to such calls. Broker shall promptly meet all margin calls with respect to its own (proprietary) Accounts. Any failure by Broker to honor such margin calls may be cause for termination of this Agreement at ConvergEx’s sole discretion. Compliance with a request to withhold action shall not be deemed a waiver by ConvergEx of any of its rights under this Agreement.

 

6
 

 

3.2.4Extension of Nonpurpose Credit

 

ConvergEx may, but is not required to, extend and maintain nonpurpose credit to Broker’s Customers. Nonpurpose credit extended by ConvergEx shall be subject to nonpurpose lending requirements as established and modified by ConvergEx from time to time. ConvergEx reserves the right to refuse to extend nonpurpose credit without the actual receipt of the necessary underlying collateral and to impose a higher underlying collateral value requirement for a particular account when, in ConvergEx’s discretion, the past history or nature of the account or other factors or the securities held in it warrant such action. In all instances Broker may require a lower loan advance rate to collateral value than imposed by ConvergEx for any particular account, group of accounts, or all accounts introduced by Broker to ConvergEx. In any case where Broker requests ConvergEx to extend nonpurpose credit upon control or restricted securities, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or otherwise: Broker shall submit to ConvergEx such documentation, agreements and information as shall be reasonably required by ConvergEx to decide to extend such credit, Any extension of nonpurpose credit so approved shall be subjected to ConvergEx’s credit policies as may be in effect from time to time.

 

3.2.5Disclosures Pursuant to Rule 10b-16 and Charging of Interest.

 

ConvergEx shall be responsible for sending, at the time of the opening of a margin Account, to each customer who owns such margin Account, a written statement in compliance with Rule 10b-16 (“Disclosure of Credit Terms in Margin Transactions”) under the Exchange Act and FINRA Conduct Rule 2264, provided that Broker has notified ConvergEx, in a timely fashion, in the format designated by ConvergEx that each appropriate Account is a margin Account. ConvergEx shall be responsible for matters relating to the payment or charging of interest on margin Accounts and the hypothecation/lending of appropriate securities to finance margin transactions.

 

3.3Maintenance of Books and Records.

 

Broker will be responsible for obtaining and verifying all information relating to Customers to enable ConvergEx to discharge its duties under this Agreement. Broker will be responsible for informing ConvergEx as to the nature of the Account (i.e., cash, margin and/or options) so as to permit ConvergEx to discharge its obligations to document such Account(s), Moreover, Broker shall confirm to ConvergEx, in a manner deemed acceptable by a duly authorized and designated officer of ConvergEx, Broker’s receipt of proper authorization from each appropriate Customer, to open any margin and/or options Accounts. In the event requested documentation or information is not promptly received by ConvergEx, ConvergEx has the right to refuse to accept orders for such Account, to close the Account and to withhold Broker’s commissions and assess upon Broker any other penalties it sees fit.

 

3.4Receipt and Delivery of Funds and Securities.

 

3.4.1Cashiering Functions.

 

ConvergEx shall perform normal cashiering functions for Accounts. These functions shall include receipt and delivery of funds and securities purchased, sold, borrowed and loaned. ConvergEx shall not provide custody of funds or securities unless Broker and ConvergEx enter into a separate agreement, acceptable to ConvergEx in its sole discretion, concerning that subject matter. Broker shall provide ConvergEx with the data and documents that are necessary or appropriate to permit ConvergEx to perform its obligations under this paragraph. When Issued Transactions.

 

In the case of the payment and delivery of securities on a “when issued” basis, Broker shall be responsible, as set forth in this Agreement, in the event the customer does not make the necessary and satisfactory payment of funds or delivery of securities to ConvergEx.

 

3.4.2Funds or Securities Received by Broker.

 

Broker shall promptly deposit with ConvergEx funds or securities received by Broker from its Customers, together with such information as may be relevant or necessary to enable ConvergEx to record such remittances and receipts as appropriate.

 

3.4.3Payment of Dividends and Handling of Exchange of Tender Offers, Rights, Warrants and Redemptions

 

In connection with holding the securities in custody in each Account, ConvergEx will (i) collect and pay dividends and interest; (ii) transmit and handle tenders, exchanges, rights and warrants pursuant to tender offers and exchange offers; (iii) transmit proxy materials and other shareholder communications to Customers on behalf of Broker, which shall be responsible for any contact with an Account with reference to such matters; and (iv) handle exercises or expirations of rights, options, warrants and redemptions.

 

3.4.4Broker’s Responsibilities Under This Section.

 

It shall be the responsibility of Broker to accurately and timely provide ConvergEx with instructions sufficient to permit ConvergEx to discharge its obligations under this Section 3.4 et seq.

 

7
 

 

3.4.5Check Writing Authority.

 

Broker shall not have any check writing authority with respect to ConvergEx.

 

3.4.6Restricted and Control Stock Requirements

 

Broker shall be responsible for determining whether any securities held in Broker’s or its Customers’ Accounts are restricted or control securities as defined by Applicable Regulations. Broker is responsible for assuring that orders and other transactions executed for such securities comply with Applicable Regulations.

 

3.5Safeguarding of Funds and Securities.

 

Although ConvergEx does not offer custody services in connection with this Agreement, in the event that ConvergEx comes into possession of funds or securities, it shall hold them for safekeeping, provided, however, that ConvergEx will not be responsible for any funds or securities delivered to Broker until such funds or securities are actually received by ConvergEx or deposited in a bank account maintained by ConvergEx.

 

3.6Confirmations and Statements.

 

ConvergEx, on behalf of Broker, will prepare confirmations and monthly statements and will promptly transmit them to Customers and Broker, except that Broker and ConvergEx may agree for Broker to transmit confirmations to Customer. Broker acknowledges that such confirmations and statements shall be prepared and delivered on Broker’s behalf and at its direction, and that such confirmations and statements shall remain, for all purposes, the confirmations and statements of Broker. Broker acknowledges that it shall have sole responsibility for the information and disclosures in such confirmations and statements and for their compliance with the Applicable Regulations. All such confirmations and statements will be deemed accurate and correct, and Broker will be deemed to have waived any claim otherwise, unless within ten (10) business days of receipt, Broker notifies ConvergEx in writing of any alleged errors or discrepancies. Any such notice shall include all documentation necessary to substantiate Broker’s claim, and Broker agrees to provide such further documentation and information as ConvergEx may request in connection therewith.

 

3.7Acceptance of Orders and Executions of Transactions.

 

3.7.1Responsibility to Accept or Reject Trades.

 

Broker shall be responsible for the acceptance of any orders or the execution of any securities orders for Accounts. Broker shall transmit all orders for Accounts in accordance with such procedures as ConvergEx may from time to time establish. ConvergEx may, in its sole reasonable discretion, determine whether to accept a properly transmitted order for execution, clearance and/or settlement. ConvergEx, acting as Broker’s agent, and not as the agent for Customer, will execute the transactions as requested by Broker using commercially reasonable efforts in accordance with custom and practice within the securities industry. ConvergEx may determine, as it deems advisable in its sole discretion, the methodology (including, without limitation, the selection of floor brokers, automated execution facilities, dark pools, or internal crosses) that will be utilized to execute such trades. ConvergEx reserve the right to accept written or oral transaction orders from any Customer in circumstances where it determines that either (i) the Customer is unable to execute those transactions through Broker, or (ii) ConvergEx is required to do so by Applicable Regulations.

 

In the event that Broker executes a transaction (in its own name or in the name of another broker-dealer, including without limitation, ConvergEx), sends an order to another broker-dealer for execution, or otherwise designates the contra broker for a transaction, Broker shall be responsible for any loss or damage to ConvergEx, any Customer or any Account, including without limitation any loss or damage arising from or relating to (a) any act or omission by the executing broker (including without limitation Broker acting as executing broker) or the contra broker in executing, clearing and/or settling the transaction(s), (b) any use of ConvergEx as the “give-up” for clearance and settlement, and (c) any use of a ConvergEx mnemonic, MPID or other identifier.

 

Unless Broker specifically requests that ConvergEx handle an order otherwise, Broker authorizes ConvergEx, in its sole discretion, to submit a Customer’s order being handled by ConvergEx on an agency basis to, and to execute transactions for Broker matched through, its “ConvergEx Cross” Alternative Trading System (“ATS”), an agency crossing engine, and/or in or through any other ATS or dark pool operated by ConvergEx or any other person. Further, Broker authorizes ConvergEx, in its sole discretion, to use any such order to create an indications-of-interest (“IOI”), including without limitation IOIs created by any Electronic Services, ConvergEx Cross, or any other ATS or dark pool operated by ConvergEx.

 

8
 

 

3.7.2Responsibility for Errors in Execution.

 

For transactions where ConvergEx acted as the executing broker, ConvergEx shall have no liability to Broker or to any of Broker’s Customers for any loss or damage suffered by an Account with respect to the execution, clearance and/or settlement of any transaction, with the exception of any grossly negligent, dishonest, fraudulent or criminal conduct on the part of ConvergEx or of its officers, directors or employees when acting within the scope of their employment with respect to the services provided by ConvergEx under this Agreement. The amount of any such liability shall be limited to the difference between the purchase or sale price at which the securities order in question was executed and the price at which it would have been executed but for the error.

 

3.7.3Best Execution

 

ConvergEx will provide best execution in accordance with Applicable Regulations on all transactions it executes.

 

3.8Trade Discrepancies.

 

Broker agrees to provide, no later than the business day after trade date, notification of any omission of, or error or discrepancy in, any detail of a trade or any discrepancy between the broker’s ticket and Broker’s order ticket as transmitted to ConvergEx by Broker with regard to any trade (collectively, “Trade Discrepancies”).

 

3.9Instructions.

 

Broker shall be responsible for ensuring that any orders and instructions given by it or any of its employees or agents to ConvergEx shall have been properly authorized in advance. ConvergEx is authorized to comply with and rely upon any instructions or communications believed by it to have been sent or given by an authorized person of Broker, ConvergEx’s understanding of any instruction or communication shall be deemed controlling (whether given or received by ConvergEx), notwithstanding any discrepancy between such understanding and any subsequent confirming document or communication.

 

3.10Relationship with Trade Facilities.

 

At the request of Broker, ConvergEx may, from time to time in its sole discretion, enter into arrangements enabling Broker to enter orders and/or execute transactions through exchanges, markets, electronic communications networks, alternative trading systems or similar facilities, including those that may be an SRO or affiliates of an SRO authorized by the Exchange Act (collectively, “Trading Facilities”). Such arrangements may include ConvergEx being responsible for or guaranteeing Broker’s settlement of transactions and/or other obligations in connection with Broker’s relationship with such Trading Facilities and/or Broker utilizing a ConvergEx give-up and/or mnemonic, MPID or other identifier. In connection with its usage of any Trading Facilities, Broker agrees to be responsible for (i) compliance with all rules and regulations of such Trading Facilities, (ii) performing all obligations required of it in connection with utilizing such Trading Facilities, (iii) settling by payment of monies owed or delivery of securities all transactions executed by it or on its behalf on such Trading Facilities, and (iv) providing to ConvergEx copies of all contracts, procedures, instructions or other documents provided to Broker by the Trading Facilities in connection with Broker’s use of them. Broker shall comply with the agreements, rules and requirements of all Trading Facilities that it utilizes, whether in its own name or in the name of ConvergEx or any other person. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, Broker shall cease using all Trading Facilities in reliance on its agreement with ConvergEx.

 

3.11Data, Software, Hardware, Electronic Order Entry Systems, Etc,; Exclusion of Warranties.

 

To the extent ConvergEx. directly or indirectly, provides Broker with access to or use of any data (including without limitation market data), information, technology, connectivity, software, hardware, data processing systems, networks, electronic order entry, routing or execution systems or any services relating to any of the foregoing (collectively, “Data and Technology”) in connection with this Agreement (including without limitation to route orders to any exchange, market or Trading Facility), Broker represents that it has, and will fully comply with its, adequate written control procedures to minimize the potential for errors and to ensure compliance with the Applicable Regulations (including but not limited to the rules and regulations of exchanges, markets and Trading Facilities). Portions of such Data and Technology provided by ConvergEx to Broker may be owned by, provided by or otherwise subject to rights, conditions or limitations imposed by third parties (“Third Party Providers”) and Broker agrees to comply with and not breach any such Third Party Provider rights, conditions or limitations. All Data and Technology are provided to Broker “AS IS,” “AS AVAILABLE” and “AS ACCESSIBLE.” CONVERGEX MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING ANY SUCH DATA AND TECHNOLOGY OR ANY INFORMATION OR DATA TRANSMITTED OVER SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS PROVIDED AS PART OF THE DATA AND TECHNOLOGY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF PERFORMANCE, ACCURACY, ACCESSIBILITY, COMPLETENESS, TIMELINESS, ADEQUACY, MERCHANTABILITY, NON-INFRINGEMENT, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR COMPLIANCE WITH ANY REGULATORY OR LEGAL OBLIGATIONS.

 

9
 

 

ConvergEx and Third Party Providers shall not be responsible for and shall have no liability to Broker, its affiliates, any Customer or any third party with respect to any of the Data and Technology or for any inaccuracies, errors, omissions, losses of data or information, interruptions or delays, regardless of cause, in such Data and Technology or arising in connection with the use thereof.

 

Broker agrees that it is using any such Data and Technology entirely at its own risk. Broker understands and agrees that ConvergEx may revoke or limit Brokers access to or use of any Data and Technology at any time for any reason within Broker’s sole discretion, with or without prior notice to Broker.

 

3.12SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE; EXCLUSION OF WARRANTIES

 

ConvergEx may provide to Broker certain software and data (“Software”) under license or sublicense and certain hardware or communications equipment and facilities (“Hardware”). THE SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE IS PROVIDED BY CONVERGEX ON AN AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY. CONVERGEX EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES WITH RESPECT TO THE SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE, INCLUDING THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. Broker assume the entire risk of using the Software and Hardware and agrees to hold ConvergEx harmless from and against any and all claims, proceedings, causes of action, liabilities, losses, damages and expenses arising from or relating to Broker’s use of the Software and/or Hardware. Broker agrees that its use of any Software and/or Hardware is subject to a requirement of strict confidentiality. Broker will take all reasonable steps to maintain the Software and Hardware in strict confidence. No Software or Hardware provided to Broker by any Trade Facility shall be deemed to have been provided by ConvergEx.

 

4.0COMPLIANCE WITH REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION

 

Broker agrees to provide to ConvergEx, upon request from ConvergEx, any information that ConvergEx may request in connection with carrying out this Agreement or in order to comply with Applicable Regulations, including, without limitation, information relating to aggregation, speculative position limits or large trader reports. Broker agrees to obtain such information from Customer(s) as necessary.

 

5.0OTHER CLEARING AGREEMENTS

 

During the term of this Agreement, Broker agrees that ConvergEx will be Broker’s only clearing agent and that all transactions, in any account serviced by Broker, will be cleared and settled exclusively through ConvergEx. ConvergEx may grant exceptions to this provision in writing, in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, due to the recent merger of one of our ultimate parent companies, The Bank of New York Company, Inc., with Mellon Financial Corporation (“Mellon”), ConvergEx hereby waives the exclusivity provision of this Section 5.0 so as to specifically permit Broker to execute and clear transactions at any executing or clearing broker that Broker might choose for any Account that is advised by any member of the BNY Mellon Asset Management group.

 

6.0FEES AND SETTLEMENTS

 

6.1Commissions: Fees for Clearing Services.

 

       6.1.1        Commissions. ConvergEx shall charge each Account the commission that Broker directs it to charge for each transaction. Broker will be responsible for the amounts of such commissions, mark-ups and mark-downs and their compliance with the Applicable Regulations.

 

Broker agrees to pay ConvergEx for its services the amounts set forth in Exhibit 2 attached hereto. ConvergEx may change such fees at any time on thirty (30) days prior written notice to Broker, or at such other times as may be mutually agreed. If ConvergEx changes the fees, other than within 30 days of the Anniversary Date with the exception of pass-through fees, Broker shall have the ability to terminate the agreement without being responsible for the Termination Penalty.

 

6.2Settlement Account.

 

In connection with the clearing services performed by ConvergEx hereunder, ConvergEx will establish on its books an account for Broker designated as a settlement account (the “Settlement Account”). ConvergEx shall maintain all Commissions charged to Accounts in the Settlement Account. ConvergEx may deduct from the Settlement Account the amounts due ConvergEx pursuant to this Agreement and any other amounts owed by Broker to ConvergEx in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Residual credit balances in the Settlement Account shall be remitted to Broker by ConvergEx on a monthly basis, approximately ten (10) days after the final settlement date of each month.

 

10
 

 

If Broker’s Settlement Account has a negative balance at any time, Broker shall deposit an additional amount in the Settlement Account to eliminate such deficiency. If Broker fails to make such additional deposit within one (1) business day after Broker is notified of the negative balance. ConvergEx may, in its sole discretion, draw against the Cash Deposit and apply the proceeds against Broker’s obligations due hereunder, take any of the actions specified in Section 7.0 et.seq, or terminate this Agreement with immediate effect.

 

6.3Error Account.

 

In addition, ConvergEx may establish on its books one or more “error accounts” for the account and risk of Broker, upon terms and conditions that are consistent with custom and practice in the industry. Broker shall deposit an additional amount in any such error account to eliminate any negative balance therein within one (1) business day after Broker is notified of the negative balance. ConvergEx may, in its sole discretion, at any time eliminate any such negative balance by charging the Settlement Account.

 

7.0CASH DEPOSIT; REMEDIES ON DEFAULT

 

7.1Establishment of a Deposit Account.

 

To further assure Broker’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement and not as an ownership interest, Broker shall deposit as security with ConvergEx, on or before the execution of this Agreement, a cash deposit or cash equivalents in the amount specified on Exhibit 2 (the “Cash Deposit”).

 

The Cash Deposit shall remain on deposit for a period expiring no later than thirty (30) days subsequent to the Termination Date of this Agreement (as defined in Section 9.0 et seq.). Upon the conclusion of such thirty-day period, ConvergEx shall remit, pay and deliver the Cash Deposit to Broker, less any amounts due to ConvergEx from Broker pursuant to this Agreement (including without limitation for costs or expenses associated with Accounts that Broker does not convert off of ConvergEx after termination) and less any amounts ConvergEx deems, in its sole reasonable discretion, appropriate for its protection from any claim or proceeding of any type either pending or threatened. If any legal action or proceeding is not commenced with respect to any such pending or threatened claim within a reasonable time after the Termination Date of this Agreement, any amount withheld by ConvergEx from the Cash Deposit with respect to such claim shall be promptly paid and delivered to Broker.

 

7.2ConvergEx Right to Offset Commissions and Deposits.

 

If (i) the amount due to ConvergEx from Broker in any month exceeds the amount available in Broker’s Settlement Account, or (ii) Broker fails to eliminate any negative balance in the Settlement Account or any error account as provided in this Agreement, or (iii) ConvergEx shall have any claim against Broker or a Customer of Broker that has not been resolved within five (5) business days after ConvergEx presents such claim to Broker, or (iv) ConvergEx shall suffer any loss or damage or incur any expense for which it is entitled to be indemnified pursuant to this Agreement and Broker shall fail to make such indemnification within five (5) business days after being requested to do so, ConvergEx may draw against the Cash Deposit in the amount outstanding and apply the proceeds to the Broker’s obligations due hereunder. It is understood that ConvergEx will make commercially reasonable efforts to provide Broker with prior notice in all cases of any deduction from the Cash Deposit.

 

7.3Increases in Amount of Deposit.

 

ConvergEx may, in its sole discretion, require an increase in the amount of the Cash Deposit when, in ConvergEx’s reasonable opinion, (i) the nature or extent of Broker’s business changes or is about to change, or (ii) the financial condition (including reserves and contingent liabilities) of Broker changes or is about to change, or (iii) the nature of the Customers and/or Accounts (including the nature of the positions in the Accounts or the total amount of margin and capital at risk) changes or is about to change, or (iv) the volume of transactions being introduced by Broker pursuant to this Agreement changes or is about to change. If ConvergEx requests such an increase, Broker shall provide an additional Cash Deposit in the amount so requested by the date specified by ConvergEx. Such date shall be set by ConvergEx in its sole reasonable discretion.

 

7.4Remedies Upon Broker’s Failure to Provide Increased Cash Deposit.

 

Should Broker fail to provide the increased Cash Deposit by the date so specified by ConvergEx under Section 7.3, ConvergEx may treat such failure as a default in the performance of Broker’s obligations under this Agreement and may draw against the existing Cash Deposit and apply the proceeds against Broker’s obligations due hereunder and/or terminate this Agreement pursuant to the provisions in Section 9.1.

 

Alternatively, ConvergEx may, in its sole discretion, choose to limit the availability of its services to Broker so as to enable ConvergEx to limit its exposure to any increased risks. Limitations on services may include, but are not limited to, (i) the refusal by ConvergEx to execute, clear and/or settle transactions for new Accounts (margin or otherwise), (ii) the termination of ConvergEx’s relationship with any existing Accounts, (iii) the imposition by ConvergEx of higher margin requirements in any or

 

11
 

 

all Accounts, or (iv) the refusal by ConvergEx to accept any additional orders for any Accounts or restricting acceptance of any orders to liquidating orders only. As provided hereunder, such limitations may be enforced by ConvergEx by (a) its refusal to take or make delivery on one or more transactions, (b) its refusal to extend margin credit or to accept order(s) for one or more margin Accounts, (c) its liquidation of positions in Accounts for failure to meet calls for higher margin, or (d) rejecting or “D.K.ing” one or more transactions given up for clearance and settlement.

 

Any determination by ConvergEx not to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 7.0 et seq. shall not act as a waiver of ConvergEx’s right to request an increase in the amount of the Cash Deposit at any future time. In addition, Broker agrees that if this Agreement is terminated for any reason, ConvergEx may, among other things, draw against the Cash Deposit and apply the proceeds against any amounts Broker owes ConvergEx because of Broker’s failure to meet any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

7.5ConvergEx Right to Place a Lien on Proprietary Accounts.

 

In addition to the other remedies described in this Section 7.0 et seq., upon default by Broker, ConvergEx shall have a lien on any of Broker’s Proprietary Accounts and, in the event of any breach of this Agreement by Broker, ConvergEx may exercise any of the rights of a secured creditor with respect to such Proprietary Accounts including, without limitation, the forced liquidation of the Proprietary Account(s) in whole or in part, and may apply the proceeds of liquidation of any such Proprietary Accounts to the obligations of Broker hereunder.

 

8.0LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

8.1Liability of Broker.

 

Broker agrees to indemnify and hold ConvergEx and its affiliates, as well as their respective controlling persons, successors, assigns, managers, officers, employees, representatives and agents (such persons being the “Indemnified Parties”) harmless from and against any and all actions, proceedings, causes of action, claims, losses, liabilities, damages or expenses (including, but not limited to, fees and costs of legal counsel, including, but not limited to, fees and expenses as incurred in connection with enforcing this provision), as incurred, related to or arising out of this Agreement, any Account, any order or transaction in or for any Account, any breach of applicable margin regulations or house margin requirements by an Account, any breach of this Agreement or violation of Applicable Regulations by Broker, Broker’s use of or access to Data and Technology from Third Party Providers, or any act or omission by Broker, by any Customer or by any third party (other than any service provider to ConvergEx). Broker hereby agrees and warrants that Broker will maintain appropriate brokers blanket bond insurance policies covering any and all acts of Broker’s employees, agents and partners adequate to fully protect and indemnify ConvergEx and the Indemnified Parties. This policy shall be obtained by an insurance broker of ConvergEx’s choosing. Coverage shall be in an amount agreed to by the parties, but in no event shall it be less than $500,000 per occurrence. Further, this insurance shall remain in effect while ConvergEx acts as Broker’s clearing agent and will include coverage for any claims discovered or made within ninety (90) days following the Termination Date.

 

8.2Liability Of ConvergEx.

 

ConvergEx agrees to indemnify and hold Broker harmless from and against all loss, liability, damage, claim, cost or expense, including, but not limited to, fees and expenses of legal counsel (including such fees and expenses in connection with the enforcement of this section) relating to any grossly negligent, dishonest, fraudulent, or criminal act or omission on the part of ConvergEx or any of its officers, directors or employees with respect to the services provided by ConvergEx under this Agreement. ConvergEx shall have no liability to any of Broker’s Customers for any loss or damage suffered by any Customer unless such loss was caused directly by gross negligence or fraud on the part of ConvergEx. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL CONVERGEX OR ANY OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, EVEN IF THEY HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

 

8.3Defense of Indemnifiable Actions.

 

8.3.1     By Broker. If, within 10 days after receiving written notice of any claim, demand, suit, proceeding, or action with respect to which ConvergEx may have any colorable claim to indemnification under this Agreement, Broker shall fail to institute the defense of ConvergEx in connection with such claim, demand, suit, proceeding, or action, or if thereafter Broker shall fail diligently to pursue such defense, ConvergEx shall have the right to defend such action or settle such action. The costs and expenses, including attorney’s fees, associated with such a defense or settlement shall be borne by Broker. The exercise of the right to participate in or assume the responsibility for any such defense shall not limit in any way ConvergEx’ rights to indemnification under this Paragraph.

 

8.3.2     By ConvergEx. If, within 10 days after receiving written notice of any claim, demand, suit, proceeding, or

 

12
 

 

action with respect to which Broker may have any colorable claim to indemnification under this Agreement, ConvergExshall fail to institute the defense of Broker in connection with such claim, demand, suit, proceeding, or action, or if thereafter ConvergEx shall fail diligently to pursue such defense. Broker shall have the right to defend such action or settle such action. The costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, associated with such a defense or settlement shall be borne by ConvergEx. The exercise of the right to participate in or assume the responsibility for any such defense shall not limit in any way Broker’s rights to indemnification under this Paragraph.

 

8.4Force Majeure.

 

ConvergEx shall not be liable for any loss or harm to Broker, Broker’s Customers or Accounts caused, directly or indirectly, by any government restriction, exchange or market ruling, suspension of trading, war, act or terrorism, natural disaster, strike, catastrophe, communications network failure, computer systems failure, or any other condition beyond the control of ConvergEx.

 

9.0TERM AND TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement shall commence on the date on which it is approved by FINRA (the “Commencement Date”) and shall continue until terminated as hereinafter provided.

 

This Agreement will remain in effect for two years from the Commencement Date (the first anniversary of the Commencement Date being referred to as the “Anniversary Date”). This Agreement can be terminated without cause by either party upon ninety (90) days written notice at any time. In the event no written notice of termination is given, this Agreement shall be deemed to have been renewed for an additional one-year period and may continue to be renewed for subsequent one-year periods until terminated as provided herein

 

Termination for Cause:

 

Either party may terminate the Agreement forthwith for cause on account [of a default hereunder] or as otherwise provided in this Agreement,

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following events or occurrences shall constitute a Special Event of Default under this Agreement:

 

1.          any material representation or warranty made by either party hereto shall prove to be incorrect at any time in any material respect; or

 

2.          a receiver, liquidator, or trustee for either party hereto or for any properly held by either party, is appointed by court order and such order remains in effect for more than 30 days; or either party is adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; or a substantial amount of property of either party is sequestered by court order and such order remains in effect for more than 30 days; or a petition is filed against either party under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now or hereafter in effect, and is not dismissed within 30 days after such filings; or

 

3.          either party hereto files a petition in voluntary bankruptcy or seeks relief under any provision of any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the filing of any petition against it under any such law; or

 

4.          either party hereto makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or consents to the appointment of a receiver, trustee or liquidator of either party, or of any properly held by either party: or

 

5.          either party hereto is enjoined, disabled, suspended, prohibited, or otherwise unable to engage in the securities business as a result of any administrative or judicial proceeding or action by the SEC, any state securities law administrator, any national securities exchange, or any self-regulatory organization having jurisdiction over that party.

 

Upon the occurrence of any such Special Event of Default, the nondefaulting party may, at its option, by notice to the defaulting party declare that this Agreement shall be thereby terminated and such termination shall be effective as of the date such notice has been communicated to the defaulting party. If Broker defaults, ConvergEx shall have sole discretion to determine what orders, if any, it shall accept for any Account. In such event, ConvergEx shall be entitled, upon the consent of the Customer, to accept instructions directly from the Customer.

 

Termination of this Agreement however caused shall not release Broker or ConvergEx from any liability or responsibility to the other with respect to transactions effected prior to the effective date of such termination, whether or not claims relating to such transactions shall have been made before or after such termination, further, ConvergEx shall have the right to impose reasonable

 

13
 

 

limitations upon Broker’s activities during the period between the giving of notice and the transfer of Broker’s Accounts.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, either party may terminate its relationship and cease doing business with any Account or any of Broker’s Customers at any time (using reasonable judgment) without affecting that party’s rights and obligations hereunder. Each party shall give prompt notification to the other regarding any such termination of business.

 

9.1          No Solicitation.

 

During the term of this Agreement, and for a period of twelve months thereafter, Broker shall not directly or indirectly solicit, or cause to be solicited, any employee or registered representative of ConvergEx for the purpose of inducing such person to become employed by or associated with Broker in any capacity whatsoever including, without limitation, any capacity as a securities registered representative of Broker. In the event Broker breaches this subsection, such a breach will be deemed to be a material default by Broker in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.1 hereof.

 

9.2Termination Fee.

 

Broker acknowledges that ConvergEx will expend substantial resources in initiating Broker’s Customer Accounts pursuant to this Agreement. Accordingly, if this Agreement is terminated for any reason other than Securities Investor Protection Corporation liquidation, Broker shall pay to ConvergEx a termination fee, unless a Special Event of Default occurs on the part of ConvergEx, as follows: for any termination, Broker shall pay to ConvergEx a termination fee equal to the reasonable expenses incurred by ConvergEx in discontinuing the clearing arrangement hereunder and transferring the Accounts pursuant to the request of Broker as provided in Section 11.0 et seq.

 

Broker shall pay any termination fee within 10 days after Broker receives ConvergEx’s statement setting forth in reasonable detail the termination fee.

 

In the event that Broker is the subject of the issuance of a protective decree pursuant to the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970(15 USC 78aaa-lll), ConvergEx’s claim for payment of a termination fee under this Agreement shall be subordinate to claims of Broker’s customers that have been approved by the Trustee appointed by the Securities Investor Protection Corporation pursuant to the issuance of such protective decree.

 

10.0TRANSFER OF ACCOUNTS AND CONFIDENTIALITY

 

10.1Transfers.

 

In the event that this Agreement is terminated for any reason, or in any other event which may require the transfer of Accounts, it shall be Broker’s responsibility to arrange for the transfer of all Accounts to another clearing broker. Broker will give ConvergEx notice (the “Transfer Notice”) of (i) the name of the broker-dealer to whom responsibility for clearing and settling transactions for the Accounts, (ii) the date on which such broker-dealer will commence such services, and (iii) the name of an individual within such broker-dealer whom ConvergEx can contact to coordinate the transfer. ConvergEx will make every reasonable attempt to accommodate any transfer instructions but will not be responsible for any transfers not within the usual capabilities of ConvergEx’s data processing and operations systems or for any delays which may be necessary for ConvergEx to avoid disruption of its normal operating capabilities.

 

In the event that ConvergEx is unable for any reason to transfer any Accounts within the time period contemplated by the termination provisions of Section 9.0 et seq., or if the receiving firm to which Broker intends to transfer any Accounts cannot arrange with ConvergEx the transfer of such Accounts so as to enable such transfers to comply with Applicable Regulations, ConvergEx may impose limitations on the availability of its services to the Accounts, including the restriction of orders in such Accounts to liquidating trades only. Any limitations imposed by ConvergEx on Accounts pursuant to this Section 10.1 may continue for the period required by ConvergEx to transfer the Accounts to the receiving firm.

 

In the case of Accounts that ConvergEx is not able to transfer pursuant to the Transfer Notice through no fault of its own, ConvergEx may among other things, charge Broker all reasonable costs and expenses associated with maintaining, liquidating or otherwise transferring such Accounts.

 

10.2Confidentiality.

 

ConvergEx will hold the information it receives pursuant to this Agreement concerning Broker’s Customers in confidence and will not disclose such information to any third parties, except (a) to any services providers that ConvergEx may retain in connection with providing the services contemplated by this Agreement; (b) to the extent necessary to comply with legal process, judicial

 

14
 

 

orders or any Applicable Regulation; or (c) as otherwise permitted by Applicable Regulations. ConvergEx will not use such information for any purposes not contemplated within this Agreement.

 

Broker acknowledges that the services offered by ConvergEx under this Agreement, including the systems, software, procedures, facilities, and staff are proprietary, and represent valuable assets of ConvergEx. Accordingly, Broker agrees that it will not make use of such services for any purpose not specifically contemplated within this Agreement, nor will it disclose to any third parties the terms of this Agreement, the services offered hereunder or the assets of ConvergEx, except to its employees on a need-to-know basis and except to the extent necessary to comply with court process, judicial orders or any Applicable Regulation.

 

10.2.1Breach of Confidentiality.

 

The parties agree that monetary damages will not be a sufficient remedy to compensate the non-breaching party in the event of a breach by either party of the provisions of Section 10.2. Accordingly, the parties agree that the non-breaching party may seek and obtain injunctive relief from any court of competent jurisdiction to enforce the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 10.2 only, pending arbitration, notwithstanding the arbitration provisions of Section 14.1 and the rules of any SRO.

 

11.0THIRD-PARTY RELATIONS

 

11.1Disclosure Of Relationship With ConvergEx.

 

Broker shall not hold itself out or represent to any third party, including Customers, that it is affiliated with or is the agent of ConvergEx. Notwithstanding the above, Broker may specifically represent that “customer accounts are cleared and settled by ConvergEx.” Any advertisement of Broker and its services that makes reference to ConvergEx shall be published only with ConvergEx’s prior written approval.

 

11.2Non-Exclusivity.

 

This Agreement shall cover only the types of services set forth herein and is in no way intendednor shall it be construed to bestow upon Broker any special treatment regarding any other arrangements, agreements or understandings that presently exist or which may hereafter exist between the Broker and ConvergEx or any affiliate of ConvergEx. ConvergEx shall be under no obligation whatsoever to deal with Broker or any of its affiliates in any capacity other than as set forth in this Agreement.

 

In the event that ConvergEx makes available to Broker other services and Broker in turn makes such services available to Customers, Broker shall be responsible for the provision of such services to Customers and shall be liable to Customers in connection with the provision of such services.

 

11.3Use of Third Party Services.

 

ConvergEx may. at its reasonable option, and consistent with common industry practice, retain one or more independent data processing or other service bureaus to perform functions (including, but not necessarily limited to securities depositories, such as DTC, or proxy mailing services) assigned to ConvergEx under this Agreement. If any such service bureau fails to perform an assigned function accurately, in accordance with specifications, or within the customary time periods, ConvergEx shall cause the service bureau to correct any error in its next regularly scheduled processing operation and to delivery any overdue work as soon as reasonably practicable. Except as stated in this subparagraph, ConvergEx shall not be responsible for any losses, damages, liability, or expenses claimed by Broker or its customers arising from any such failure beyond the amount of such losses, damages or expenses that ConvergEx is able to recover pursuant to the term of its agreement with such service bureau.

 

11.4Prime Broker Notification.

 

Where Broker acts as an executing broker for Accounts that prime broker their securities away from ConvergEx (a “Prime Broker Customer”), Broker shall notify ConvergEx with respect to each account for which Broker intends to act as an executing broker and Broker shall be responsible for conducting its own credit review with respect to each such Prime Broker Customer. Broker shall promptly notify ConvergEx, but in no event later than 5:00 p.m. New York City time of the trade date, in a mutually acceptable fashion, of such trades in sufficient detail for ConvergEx to be able to report and transfer any trade executed by Broker on behalf of a Prime Broker Customer to the relevant prime broker. Broker understands and agrees that if the prime broker shall disaffirm or DK any trade executed by Broker on behalf of a Prime Broker Customer, Broker shall, if it has not already done so, open a margin account for such Prime Broker Customer in its range of accounts and shall transfer or deliver the trade to such margin account for the risk and expense of Broker to the same extent as for any Account pursuant to this Agreement. Broker agrees that all transactions for its Prime Broker Customers shall be conducted in accordance with the requirements of any Applicable Regulations, SEC “no-action” or interpretative letters or written policies, and rules or regulations governing prime broker transactions.

 

15
 

 

11.5Secondary or “Piggyback” Brokers.

 

Broker shall not introduce any Customer transactions for clearance, settlement or other services where such transactions are introduced to Broker by any other broker-dealer, whether registered with the SEC or not, or any other broker-dealer is sharing in any fees or commissions with Broker relating to said transactions, without the prior express written approval of ConvergEx, in its sole discretion.

 

12.0PROPRIETARY ACCOUNTS OF INTRODUCING BROKER

 

12.1PAIB Reserve Computation.

 

If it is subject to SEC Rule 15c3-l, Broker shall identify to ConvergEx in writing all accounts that are, or from time to time may be, proprietary accounts of Broker (“PAIB”), ConvergEx shall perform a computation for PAIB assets (“PAIB Reserve Computation”) of Broker in accordance with the customer reserve computation set forth in SEC Rule 15c3-3 (“customer reserve formula”) with the following modifications:

 

a.Any credit (including a credit applied to reduce a debit) that is included in the customer reserve formula may not be included as a credit in the PAIB reserve computation:

 

b.Neither note E(3) to Rule 15c3-3a, which reduces debit balances by 1% under the basic method, nor subparagraph (a)(1)(ii)(A) of Rule 15c3-1, which reduces debit balances by 3% under the alternative method, shall apply; and

 

c.Neither Note E(l) to Rule 15c3-3a nor NYSE Interpretation /04 to Item 10 of Rule 15c3-3a regarding securities concentration charges shall apply.

 

12.2All Proprietary Accounts.

 

The PAIB Reserve Computation shall include all proprietary accounts of Broker identified to ConvergEx, including without limitation the Settlement Account and the Cash Deposit. All PAIB assets shall be kept separate and distinct from customer assets under the customer reserve formula in Rule 15c3-3.

 

12.3Time of Preparation.

 

The PAIB Reserve Computation shall be prepared within the same time frames as those prescribed by Rule 15c3-3 for the customer reserve formula.

 

12.4Special Reserve Account for the Exclusive Benefit of Customers.

 

ConvergEx shall establish and maintain a separate “Special Reserve Account for the Exclusive Benefit of Customers” with a bank in conformity with the standards of paragraph (f) of Rule 15c3-3 (“PAIB Reserve Account”). Cash and/or qualified securities as defined in the customer reserve formula shall be maintained in the PAIB Reserve Account in an amount equal to the PAIB reserve requirement.

 

12.5Deposit Requirement.

 

If the PAIB Reserve Computation results in a deposit requirement, the requirement may be satisfied to the extent of any excess debit in the customer reserve formula of the same date. However, a deposit requirement resulting from the customer reserve formula shall not be satisfied with excess debits from the PAIB Reserve Computation. Upon discovery that any deposit made to the PAIB Reserve Account did not satisfy its deposit requirement, ConvergEx shall by facsimile or telegram immediately notify its DEA and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”). Unless a corrective plan is found acceptable by the Commission and the DEA, ConvergEx shall provide written notification within 5 business days of the date of discovery to Broker that PAIB assets held by ConvergEx shall not be deemed allowable assets for net capital purposes. The notification shall also state that if Broker wishes to continue to count its PAIB assets as allowable, it has until the last business day of the month following the month in which the notification was made to transfer all PAIB assets to another clearing broker. However, if the deposit deficiency is remedied before the time at which Broker must transfer its PAIB assets to another clearing broker, the Broker may choose to keep its assets at ConvergEx.

 

12.6DEA Notification.

 

Within two business days of entering into this Agreement, Broker shall notify its DEA in writing (with copy to ConvergEx) that it has entered into this PAIB agreement.

 

12.7Treatment of Receivables.

 

Commissions receivable and other receivables of Broker from ConvergEx (excluding clearing deposits) that are otherwise allowable assets under the net capital rule may not be included in the PAIB Reserve Computation, provided the amounts have been clearly identified as receivables on the books and records of Broker and as payables on the books of ConvergEx.

 

16
 

  

12.8PAIB No-Action Letter.

 

The parties shall adhere to the terms of the PAIB No-Action Letter dated November 3, 1998, including the interpretations set forth therein, in all respects.

 

13.0ORDER AUDIT TRAIL SYSTEM REPORTING

 

Unless otherwise agreed between the parties, Broker shall perform and be responsible for compliance with FINRA Rules 7410 through 7470, the Order Audit Trail System (“OATS”) rules with respect to all transactions executed by Broker.

 

14.0MISCELLANEOUS

 

14.1Arbitration.

 

Any dispute between Broker and ConvergEx (including any Indemnified Party) that cannot be amicably resolved shall be submitted to, and resolved by, binding arbitration pursuant to the arbitration rules of FINRA. The situs of any such arbitration hearing shall be New York, New York.

 

14.2Provisional Judicial Remedies.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 14.1 that any dispute or controversy between the parties relating to or arising out of this Agreement shall be referred to and settled by arbitration, in connection with any breach by Broker of this provision, ConvergEx may at any time prior to the initial arbitration hearing pertaining to such dispute or controversy, by application to the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or a State Court sitting in New York, New York, seek any temporary or provisional relief or remedy (“provisional remedy”) provided for by the laws of the United States of America or the laws of the State of New York as would be available in an action based upon such dispute or controversy in the absence of an agreement to arbitrate, The parties acknowledge and agree that it is their intention to have any such application for a provisional remedy decided by the court to which it is made and that such application shall not be referred to or settled by arbitration. No such application to either said court for a provisional remedy, nor any act or conduct by either party in furtherance of or in opposition to such application, shall constitute a relinquishment or waiver of any right to have the underlying dispute or controversy with respect to which such application is made settled by arbitration.

 

14.3Applicable Law.

 

This Agreement and the respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, exclusive of its conflict of law’s provisions.

 

14.4Assignment.

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and to their respective successors and permitted assigns. Broker may not assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of ConvergEx.

 

14.5Amendments.

 

This Agreement represents the entire Agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous agreements on the same subject matter. This Agreement may not be amended except by a writing signed by both parties hereto.

 

14.6Training Expenses.

 

ConvergEx will provide such on-site training or other assistance it deems necessary for the effective use of the ConvergEx system. Broker shall be responsible for the prompt payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of ConvergEx incurred in connection with the training of Broker’s personnel, including but not limited to travel, lodging, meals, incidentals, and amounts paid by ConvergEx to third parties under contract to perform such services.

 

14.7Severability.

 

If any provision or condition of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, the validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions and conditions shall not be affected thereby.

 

14.8Telephone Conversations.

 

The parties recognize that they are afforded protection by the recording of telephone conversations, and each party acknowledges, authorizes and consents to the other party’s recording of conversations by means of electronic telephone recording equipment, whether such conversations occur between officers, directors, partners, employees or other agents of ConvergEx or its affiliates and Broker. Each party understands that the other party may, in its sole discretion, tape record

 

17
 

  

conversations without further notice or disclosure, without the use of an automatic tone warning device, and without assuming responsibility to make or retain such tape recordings. Each party hereby consents to such recording and will inform its employees, representatives and agents of this practice. Broker shall not have the right to receive a copy of any recorded telephone conversation. Broker acknowledges that ConvergEx may determine not to make or keep such recordings and such determination shall not in any way affect any party’s rights.

 

14.9Survival.

 

The provisions of Sections 4.0, 7.0 et seq., 8.0 et seq., 9.0 et seq., and 14.0 et seq. shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

14.10Notices.

 

Any notice or request required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall he sufficient if in writing and sent by hand or by certified mail, with postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or any reputable overnight carrier that provides proof of receipt, to the parties at the following addresses:

 

If to ConvergEx: If to Broker:
   
ConvergEx Execution Solutions LLC Sidoti & Company LLC
1633 Broadway, 48th Floor 317 Madison Ave, Suite 1410
New York, NY 10019 New York, NY 10017
Attention:   Barclay Frey  
Email:Notices@convergex.com Attention: CEO

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, notices which are delivered by hand prior to 5:00 p.m. local time shall be deemed delivered on the date of actual delivery. Hand delivery after 5:00 p.m. local time shall be deemed delivered on the next business day. Notices delivered by mail shall be deemed delivered on the fifth business day after the date of mailing.

 

Either party may designate a new address and/or contact person by giving notice thereof to the other party by the methods provided above.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Fully Disclosed Clearing Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

AGREED:    
     
CONVERGEX EXECUTION SOLUTIONS LLC   Sidoti & Company LLC
     
By:   By:
Title: MD   Title: CEO

 

18
 

  

Exhibit I

 

[Fee schedule]

 

Minimum Net Capital Amount per Section 1.6: $    3,000,000_________

Amount of Cash Deposit per Section 7.1: $    165,000_________

 

19


 

Exhibit 10.3

 

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made by and between FlexTrade Technologies, LLC (“Provider”) and Sidoti & Company LLC (“Subscriber”), effective as of the date this Agreement is signed by Provider (the “Effective Date”).

 

1.License and Services. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Provider grants to Subscriber a non-transferable, non-exclusive , term license to access and use the Provider’s applications (“Applications”), as defined in Schedule A hereto, to access and use the associated Documentation (defined in Section 2(1)), and market data made available via the Applications, as well as any additional services described on Schedule C. Subscriber shall be provided with the latest versions of the Applications. Schedules to this Agreement may be revised or supplemented from time to time by mutual agreement of Subscriber and Provider.

 

Any updates, replacements, revisions, enhancements, additions or conversions (collectively, “Upgrades”) to the Applications supplied to Subscriber shall become subject hereto, and Subscriber agrees to promptly install, test, and then utilize all newly released Upgrades upon receipt of same from Provider. Provider shall have no obligation to support or to permit Subscriber to use earlier releases of the Applications beyond the date set forth in the new release instructions. The sole extent of Provider’s obligations is set forth herein. Any additional development, routes, consulting, architecture or other work shall be provided at an additional cost to be agreed upon by the parties.

 

2.Use of the Applications.

 

(a)Internal Use. Except as otherwise set forth below, Subscriber shall use the Applications only for its internal business purposes, by authorized employees of Subscriber (“Authorized Users”), at the address(es) listed in paragraph 2(h) (“Subscriber Site(s)”) or such other location(s) as may be agreed upon by the parties in writing. Provider shall supply Subscriber active user IDs for the Authorized Users. Subscriber may obtain additional user IDs pursuant to the fees listed in Schedule B attached hereto.

 

The Applications may be used by Subscriber and any Affiliated Entities. For the purpose of this Agreement, “Affiliated Entities” shall mean those entities, located in the United States, which Subscriber has the ability to bind to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in which Subscriber owns or controls, directly or indirectly, more than fifty (50%) percent of such entity’s outstanding shares or securities (representing the right to vote for the election of directors or other managing authority). Subscriber represents and warrants that it has the authority to bind the Affiliated Entities to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, but in no event shall the Affiliated Entities have any rights under any warranties or indemnities, except to the extent of Subscriber’s rights. An entity may be an “Affiliated Entity” only so long as such entity meets all requirements set forth herein. A breach by an Affiliated Entity shall be deemed a breach by Subscriber as if such Affiliated Entity’s acts, omissions, and/or breaches were the acts, omissions and/or breaches of Subscriber. Subscriber shall be jointly and severally liable with each Affiliated Entity for: (i) all acts, omissions and/or breaches of the Affiliated Entity, and (ii) any breaches of the Agreement by such current or former Affiliated Entity. Support personnel of Subscriber may also access the Applications solely for Subscriber’s internal business purposes;

 

PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIALPage 1
 

  

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

provided, however, that any such personnel is bound by obligations of confidentiality to Subscriber substantially similar to those set forth herein. Subscriber shall formulate and implement stringent safeguards to prevent the direct or indirect use of the Applications by, or for the account of, any persons or entities other than the Authorized Users. Subscriber understands and acknowledges that Provider has no or obligation to place, reverse, modify or otherwise manage any order for Subscriber or any Authorized User.

 

(b)Operating Hours.   Operating Hours for the Applications shall be defined in Schedule A attached hereto.

 

(c)Copies.   In the event that Provider delivers to Subscriber a copy of all or part of the Applications, Subscriber may make only the number of copies necessary for use by the Authorized Users. Subscriber may not install and use authorized copies of an Application for its internal use on any computer processing units of Subscriber worldwide unless such location is an authorized Subscriber Site and unless such use is then permitted by applicable law and regulations of the United States and the country where the Applications is being used. Subscriber may make additional copies of Documentation only as necessary for Subscriber’s use of Applications and only if such copies are solely for Subscriber’s internal use and contain Provider’s copyright notice and other proprietary markings.

 

(d)Authorizations.   Subscriber shall obtain and maintain, at its sole expense, access permission to exchanges, self-regulatory organizations (“SRO”), and other third parties with which it interfaces, and shall supply copies of the applicable agreements to Provider. Subscriber is solely responsible for ensuring its compliance with all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations, as well as those of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc (“FINRA”) or any applicable SRO. Subscriber shall provide prompt notice to Provider if any of said agreements are modified, terminated or cancelled. Subscriber authorizes Provider to act as an Order Sending Organization Service Bureau (“OSO”) to provide reports on its behalf to the Order Audit Trail System (“OATS”) pursuant to FINRA Rules 6950 et seq. (“OATS Rules”), as further detailed in Schedule C-2. Subscriber shall be solely responsible for ensuring its compliance with OATS Rules, further described in Section 6(d)(iii) and Schedule C-2.

 

(e)Prohibited Acts.   Subscriber shall not decompile, disassemble or reverse engineer the Applications or attempt to do so. Subscriber also shall not copy, transfer, lend, sell, rent, lease or otherwise use an Application or Documentation except as expressly permitted by this Agreement. Subscriber shall not use Applications in conjunction with any non-Provider Application that decompiles or recompiles the Applications or in any way creates a derivative or modified copy of the Applications. Subscriber shall not take or permit any action that would permit Subscriber or any third party any right, interest or ownership of any copy or form of Applications or Documentation, any translation, compilation, modification or derivative work thereof or any portion of any of the foregoing.

 

(f)Subscriber’s Indemnification.   Subscriber shall indemnify and hold harmless and, at its own expense, defend Provider and its respective subsidiaries, affiliates, directors, officers, employees, representatives, partners, members, managers, agents, successors and assigns (“Indemnified Persons”) from and against any and all third-party claims, losses, costs and expenses or liabilities (including direct, indirect, incidental, consequential, special or punitive damages suffered, and

 

PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIALPage 2 of 21
 

  

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

reasonable legal fees and expenses), relating to or arising out of: (i) any failure by the Subscriber to comply with its obligations under this Section 2; (ii) the use of the Applications or related software by Subscriber, the Affiliated Entities, or their customers, or pursuant to any sublicense, (iii) any assertion by a third party that any program, data, information or other item provided by Subscriber under or in connection with this Agreement infringes any title, interests and other proprietary rights in intellectual property (collectively, “Intellectual Property Rights”) of a third party; (iv) breach of any representation or warranty; or (v) any failure by Subscriber, for any reason, fraudulent, negligent, or otherwise, to comply with its obligations relating to OATS as hereinafter defined.

 

When any claim for indemnification arises under this Section, Provider shall promptly notify Subscriber of the claim, and when known, the facts constitute such claim, and the amount or an estimate of the amount of the liability arising therefrom. At its option, Provider may defend itself against any claim subject to indemnification under this Section, in which case Subscriber shall pay all reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by Provider but shall not be obligated to defend Provider against such claim. In situations where Provider chooses not to exercise the foregoing option, Provider may require Subscriber to defend Provider against the claim(s), with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to Provider, and to bear all fees and costs related to doing so. In such event, Provider may choose to participate in the defense of the claim(s) by using its own legal counsel, at Provider’s own cost and expense. Regardless of which option Provider chooses, Subscriber shall not settle or compromise such claim(s) without the prior written consent of Provider, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(g)Equipment.   Provider may provide for the use by Subscriber of hardware and equipment, including but not limited to routers. In that event, Subscriber acknowledges that any such hardware and equipment is and shall remain the property of Provider, and that Subscriber shall use all reasonable care in maintaining and utilizing the hardware and equipment, and shall allow Provider to inspect the equipment upon reasonable notice at mutually agreeable times. Upon expiration of the license, or upon request of Provider, Subscriber shall immediately return any hardware and equipment. Subscriber shall be responsible for any theft, loss or damage any such equipment other than normal wear and tear.

 

(h)Subscriber Site(s).   The following addresses are the Subscriber sites and can be changed, added to or deleted only as may be agreed upon by the parties in writing:

 

Primary: 317 Madison Avenue, Suite 1410, New York, NY 10017

 

Disaster Recovery: 111 West Main Street, Bay Shore, NY 11706 (internet access only)

 

(i)Disaster Recovery Plan. Provider shall implement and maintain disaster recovery and avoidance procedures in a Disaster Recovery/Continuity of Business Plan (“COB”). On at least an annual basis, Provider will review and update, if necessary, its COB. Provider may post its Continuity of Business plan on its website, and will update it from time to time, as appropriate.

 

PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIALPage 3 of 21
 

  

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

(j)Electronic Delivery of Customer Confidential Information. All electronic delivery of Subscriber confidential information is encrypted via Secure File Transfer Protocol (Secure FTP) prior to transmission. In the event that Subscriber requests unencrypted transmission sent via private lines and/or email or via the internet, Provider will not accept any risks associated with the delivery of said information.

 

(k)Intellectual Property Ownership.

 

(i)Intellectual Property Ownership.  The Applications and Documentation are the property of Provider, and Provider shall retain full title and all ownership rights in and to the Applications, including translations, modified forms, derivative works or copies of any of the foregoing that may be created by or for the benefit of Subscriber. All intellectual property rights in and related to the Applications shall be or remain Provider’s exclusive property, and the Subscriber shall not obtain any intellectual property rights in the Applications except as expressly provided herein. Subscriber shall not take any action that would jeopardize or impair Provider’s intellectual property rights in the Applications, or the legality and/or enforceability thereof. Subscriber agrees promptly to notify Provider of any written threat, warning or notice of any claim or action adverse to Provider’s intellectual property rights in the Applications that Subscriber may become aware of from time to time.

 

(ii)Proprietary Legends.  Subscriber shall not delete or remove any proprietary rights notices, and other restrictive legends and other notices on each complete or partial copy of the Applications made by or on behalf of Subscriber.

 

(l)Documentation.   “Documentation” shall mean all materials supplied by Provider to Subscriber, whether in printed or electronic form, via any media or mode of communication, that explain or facilitate the use of the Applications or any software or hardware, including, without limitation, users’ manuals, release notes, specifications, requirements, customer notices, operational manuals, instructions, training materials, flow charts, diagrams, systems manuals, programming manuals and modification manuals. Documentation shall also include any derivative works created by Subscriber that include product images, including screenshots of the product, images or text from Provider materials, as well as any notes, memoranda, or communication, created by Subscriber, Authorized Users or Provider employees in any media that describe or summarize the Applications.

 

3.Payment.

 

(a)Payment.   Subscriber agrees to pay to Provider the fees specified in Schedule B (“Fees”), and any other fees described in this Agreement, within thirty (30) days after Subscriber’s receipt of an invoice therefor. Fees for the Applications shall not be incurred until the Acceptance Date, as defined in Section 6(a) of this Agreement. Subscriber shall provide the name and contact information of its accounts payable clerk to Provider within one month of the Effective Date in order to facilitate prompt payment.

 

PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIALPage 4 of 21
 

  

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

(b)Late Fees.   All accounts not paid within thirty (30) days of the date invoices were due shall be charged an interest rate on such unpaid balance on a day to day basis of one percent (1.5%) per month on any unpaid balance from the original due date of such payment until such time as the balance is actually paid. Subscriber shall pay all collection and attorneys’ fees. Failure by Subscriber to pay Fees in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall result in Provider having an option to suspend or terminate Subscriber use of the Applications on five (5) business days’ prior written notice to Subscriber.

 

(c)Taxes.   Subscriber agrees to pay all applicable sales, use or excise taxes, VAT or similar governmental charges (other than Provider’s income taxes) promptly upon receipt of an invoice therefor.

 

(d)Connectivity.   Subscriber agrees to pay Provider for all telecommunications costs, fees, and services required for and dedicated to Subscriber’s use of the Applications. Such Connectivity and associated telecommunications costs, fees, and services may include, but are not limited to, connectivity between Subscriber’s site(s) and Provider’s sites, connectivity between Subscriber and its Customers, and connectivity between Provider and other third parties on behalf of Subscriber. Subscriber shall reimburse Provider for all installation and cancellation charges for telecommunication connections.

 

(e)Other Costs.   Subscriber agrees to pay directly or to pay Provider for any other third party fees or expenses incurred by Provider on Subscriber’s behalf and with Subscriber’s authorization. Such charges include, without limitation, fees or costs charged by those third parties with whom Subscriber elects to interface. Subscriber shall also be responsible at its own cost for procuring and maintaining for use at its site(s), all appropriate hardware and software and other equipment and lines necessary to use the Applications (including hardware or software costs for leased hardware and licensed software dedicated to providing Subscriber with access to execution venues).

 

(f)Additional Work.   If Subscriber requests any custom work, or inclusion of features or interfaces other than those set forth in Schedule C, Subscriber shall provide written request for same to Provider. If acceptable to Provider, the parties shall enter into an agreement regarding the scope of such work to be billed on a time and materials basis, which shall be incorporated herein as a schedule, and subject to the terms of this Agreement. Subscriber agrees to assume the risk of delay or interruption, provided that Provider uses its good faith efforts to avoid or minimize any such delays or interruptions. Accordingly, failure by Provider to provide those functionalities in a timely manner shall not be deemed a material breach of this Agreement.

 

4.Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure.

 

(a)Non-Disclosure of Proprietary Information.   The Subscriber agrees to preserve the confidentiality of the Applications and to prevent disclosure of the Applications to third parties. Other than to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement, the Subscriber agrees not to transfer, copy, or install the Applications, except Subscriber may create such copies of software as are necessary for bona fide backup or archival purposes in connection with Subscriber’s use of the Applications. Subscriber shall maintain a log adequate to account for all copies. The Subscriber agrees not to modify, distribute, publish,

 

PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIALPage 5 of 21
 

  

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

reverse engineer, disassemble, decompile, or otherwise seek to discover or view, any software, or to attempt to create, by reverse engineering or otherwise, the source code from the object code supplied hereunder, or adapt the software in any way or use it to create a derivative work, or to make any other alteration, addition or connection to the Applications. The Subscriber shall maintain and include on the Applications and on all copies thereof all trademark, copyright, proprietary and trade secret notices provided by Provider or its suppliers. Subscriber shall abide by the terms of confidentiality and non-disclosure provisions set forth in this Agreement and shall inform any other parties provided by the Subscriber with access to the Applications pursuant hereto, of the copyrights on the Applications and its component parts and of the obligations of confidentiality. The Subscriber acknowledges and Provider represents that this Agreement (including the fees described herein) and the Application constitute intellectual property and trade secrets of Provider, and will not disclose any part of this Agreement to any third party. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, Subscriber consents to the use of its name on Provider’s Subscriber lists during the term of this Agreement. Provider shall keep confidential the information, identified at the time of disclosure as confidential or proprietary, that is given to Provider by or on behalf of Subscriber and shall not disclose the identity of any customers of Subscriber, or the detailed contents of any communication transmitted through the Applications except (i) as is necessary to effect the use of the Applications and the Provider System, (ii) to comply with a request of a court or regulatory authority, and, (iii) to those of its officers, employees, agents and affiliates, who shall be bound by similar confidentiality obligations as a term of his or her employment.

 

Both parties further agree that this Section 4 of the Agreement will remain in effect throughout the life of this Agreement and following the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

(b)Equitable Relief. Each party understands that any disclosure or misappropriation of the intellectual property or trade secrets of the other party is in violation of this Agreement and may cause the other party irreparable harm, the amount of which is difficult to ascertain and, therefore, agrees that the other party shall have the right to apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order restraining any such further disclosure or misappropriation and for such further relief as the other party shall deem appropriate. Such right shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, remedies otherwise available to such other party hereunder, at law, or in equity.

 

(c)Exceptions.   Confidential or proprietary information shall not include information which: (1) is in the public domain at the time of disclosure; (2) was in the lawful possession of or demonstrably known by the recipient prior to its receipt from the other party; (3) is independently and verifiably developed by the recipient without the use of the other party’s confidential information; or (4) is required to be disclosed by law or court order (provided that, if permissible, the party subject to such requirement shall notify the other party of any such requirement prior to disclosure in order to afford such other party an opportunity to seek a protective order to prevent or limit disclosure).

 

PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIALPage 6 of 21
 

  

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

5.Training; Installation; Technical Support.

 

(a)Installation.  The Fees set forth in Schedule B are inclusive of installation of the Applications. Installation shall mean and include the installation and integration of the functionalities listed in Schedule C.

 

(b)Cooperation.  As part of the Business Analysis described below, Provider and Subscriber shall agree upon vendors and customers of Subscriber who may be connected to the Applications. Subscriber shall use best efforts to obtain the cooperation of any of Subscriber’s vendors or customers who Subscriber wishes to have access to, or connect with the Applications. Provider shall not be responsible for any delay in the implementation of, or inability to use, any aspect of the Applications caused in whole or part by failure of Subscriber or any third-party to provide prompt cooperation. Subscriber shall be responsible for any access or use of the Applications by its customers.

 

(c)Business Analysis.  In order to properly implement Subscriber’s use of the Applications, Provider must first undertake a business analysis of Subscriber’s business, its processes, systems and requirements (“Business Analysis”). The parties anticipate that the Business Analysis shall commence promptly upon execution of this Agreement, and shall be conducted with all reasonable cooperation of Subscriber, Authorized Users, and Subscriber’s customers and vendors. Subscriber acknowledges that Provider will not be able to properly conduct the Business Analysis without such full and timely cooperation, and Provider will not be responsible for any delay in the completion of the Business Analysis or the implementation of the Applications caused by such lack of cooperation (in the case of Subscriber’s vendors and customers, cooperation entails both Provider’s review of their systems, as necessary, and their reasonable cooperation if arranging for necessary connectivity and interfaces).

 

(d)Training; Maintenance and Support.  Provider shall provide training to Authorized Users at Subscriber site sufficient to enable them to use the Applications. Installation and training services shall be performed in a competent workman-like manner. Provider shall provide reasonable telephone and email technical support for the Applications during Operating Hours (other than holidays on which the stock exchanges are closed). Extended or exceptional requests for support by Subscriber may be subject to a support fee to be mutually agreed upon by Provider and Subscriber.

 

6.Installation; Warranties; Indemnities.

 

(a)Acceptance Date.   The Applications shall be deemed installed and accepted by Subscriber as of the first date on which the system is able to support trading of live securities as part of Subscriber’s regular course of business (the “Acceptance Date”). Notice of the Acceptance Date shall be sent by Provider to Subscriber in accordance with the Notices provision (Section 8(f)) of this agreement.

 

(b)Warranty Against Infringement. Provider warrants that the Applications do not violate or infringe any existing patent, copyright, trademark, or trade secret.

 

(c)Warranty of Authority. Provider warrants that it has the power and authority to grant to Subscriber the license to the Applications granted hereby.

 

PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIALPage 7 of 21
 

  

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

(d)Exclusion of Other Warranties; Limitation of Provider’s Liability.

 

(i)  EXCEPT AS MAY OTHERWISE BE SET FORTH HEREIN, THE WARRANTIES IN THIS SECTION 6 ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE APPLICATIONS. IN NO EVENT SHALL PROVIDER OR ITS AFFILIATES, AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES BE LIABLE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY TO SUBSCRIBER, AUTHORIZED USERS OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY LOSS OF REVENUE, LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF USE, OPPORTUNITY COST OR OTHER SAVINGS, OR DAMAGE SUFFERED OR COSTS AND EXPENSES INCURRED BY SUBSCRIBER, AUTHORIZED USERS, ANY CUSTOMER OR ACCOUNT OF SUBSCRIBER, OR BY ANY THIRD PARTY, OF ANY NATURE, OR FROM ANY CAUSE WHATSOEVER, WHETHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR OTHERWISE ARISING OUT OF THE FURNISHING, PERFORMANCE, MAINTENANCE, ANY USE OF, OR INABILITY TO USE, THE APPLICATIONS, THE SERVICES, COMPUTER PROGRAMS, DATABASES, DOCUMENTATION, OR ANY OTHER MATERIALS OR SERVICES FURNISHED BY OR ON BEHALF OF PROVIDER OR PROVIDER’S RESPECTIVE SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES, OR LOSS OF OR DAMAGE TO DATA, OR ANY TRADING LOSS, OR PENALTY, EVEN IF PROVIDER OR ITS AFFILIATES, AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. PROVIDER AND ITS AFFILIATES, AGENTS AND REPRESENTATIVES SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY SUCH CLAIMS BY ANY OTHER PARTY. IN NO EVENT SHALL PROVIDER OR ITS AFFILIATES, AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES BE LIABLE TO SUBSCRIBER, AUTHORIZED USERS OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT OR SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOST REVENUE OR PROFITS, OR OTHERWISE ARISING OUT OF ANY CLAIM, SUIT OR ALLEGATION THAT ANY APPLICATION MESSAGE DID NOT RESULT IN A THE PLACEMENT, MODIFICATION OR CANCELLATION OF ANY ORDER.

 

(ii)  IN NO EVENT SHALL PROVIDER’S MONETARY LIABILITY EXCEED AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE FEES PAID BY SUBSCRIBER TO PROVIDER IN THE THREE (3) MONTHS IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING THE ACT GIVING RISE TO THE CLAIM. SUBSCRIBER HEREBY WAIVES ANY CLAIM THAT THESE EXCLUSIONS DEPRIVE IT OF AN ADEQUATE REMEDY OR CAUSE THIS AGREEMENT TO FAIL ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. THE FOREGOING SETS FORTH SUBSCRIBER’S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT BY PROVIDER.

 

(iii) Subscriber is solely responsible for ensuring compliance with OATS Rules, including the accuracy and review of all data submitted by Provider on its behalf, any reviews or inquiries conducted by FINRA, and any fines or penalties which

 

PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIALPage 8 of 21
 

  

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

may apply as a result of such reports, their review, or Subscriber responses. Subscriber is aware that no contractual arrangement, no matter how comprehensive, will relieve a member of its responsibilities under the OATS Rules, and Provider shall have no liability for any damages that Subscriber may incur in connection with the transmission or failure to transmit OATS data under this Agreement, other than with respect to any actions involving the gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct on the part of Provider.

 

(iv)  Provider and Subscriber further agree that Provider and its subsidiaries and affiliates shall not be liable for any damage suffered or costs and expenses incurred by Subscriber from any cause whatsoever, whether direct, special, incidental, or consequential arising out of the furnishing, or incomplete nature of information. Subscriber and its officers, employees, and agents are not employees, agents, brokers, or partners acting for or on behalf of Provider or any subsidiary or affiliate. Nothing herein shall be construed to create an independent contractor relationship between the parties hereto and Provider makes no representation or warranty, expressed or implied, to the contrary. Provider shall not be liable for network reliability, network downtime, telephone line reliability, failure or delays.

 

(v)  The foregoing shall not apply to Provider’s obligations under Section 6(f) below.

 

(f)Specific Available Remedies — General.   Provider shall indemnify and hold harmless and, at its own expense, defend Subscriber and its respective Indemnified Persons from and against all expenses and costs and damages (including direct, indirect, incidental, consequential, special or punitive damages suffered, and reasonable legal fees and expenses), claims, demands, proceedings, suits and actions, and all liabilities resulting from such damages, in connection with, or arising out of any assertion by a third party that any program, data, information or other item provided by Provider under or in connection with this Agreement infringes any Intellectual Property Rights of a third party. Provider’s warranty against infringement and undertaking to indemnify and hold harmless shall not apply if the infringement or violation of rights is due to any modification or alteration of the Applications that was not provided to Subscriber by Provider, by Subscriber’s use of a non-current copy of the Applications or by combination of the Applications with any software or portion thereof owned by any third party that is not specifically authorized. Provider’s undertaking to defend, indemnify and hold harmless shall be limited to the extent that any unreasonable delay by Subscriber in giving notice to Provider adversely and materially affects Provider’s defense of, or ability to settle, such claim. If an Application or portion thereof is, in Provider’s opinion, likely to be or becomes the subject of a claim of infringement of any patent, copyright, trade secret or proprietary rights of any third party, Provider may at its option and expense, procure for Subscriber the right to continue using that portion affected, modify it to become non-infringing (so long as the Application, as modified, has functionality substantially equivalent to that provided at the time of such modification) or substitute software of functionality substantially equivalent to that provided at the time of such substitution. If Provider reasonably is unable to modify, substitute or procure the right to continue using the subject Application, Provider may require that Subscriber and Authorized Users remove the Application, and Subscriber and Authorized Users shall promptly return or destroy all copies of such Application and receive a pro-rata refund of any paid

 

PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIALPage 9 of 21
 

  

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

but unused license fee. Subscriber agrees, as a material term of this Agreement, that its rights and remedies for any breach of any representation or warranty by Provider herein shall be as provided in the applicable provision of this Section 6 as Subscriber’s exclusive remedy and that Provider shall have no liability to Subscriber or others except as provided in the applicable provision of this Section 6.

 

(g)Subscriber’s Representations and Warranties.

 

(i)Subscriber is registered as a U.S. broker-dealer, and may transmit orders on its own behalf as principal, or may transmit orders as agent on behalf of its customers;

 

(ii)Subscriber shall notify Provider immediately if any of its or its Affiliated Entities’ or Sub-licensees ’ memberships or registrations in any SRO are terminated or suspended for any reason;

 

(iii)Subscriber warrants that it will comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to the USA Patriot Act, anti-money laundering provisions, U.S. securities laws and, in the case of U.S. persons, the Bank Secrecy Act as amended by the USA Patriot Act;

 

(iv)Subscriber is financially sophisticated and familiar with techniques of trading securities and with the rules of, or applicable to, various securities exchanges that may limit or eliminate the availability or efficacy of the Applications;

 

(v)Subscriber shall use the Applications only in the ordinary course of its business and consistent with this Agreement;

 

(vi)Subscriber shall not use or permit the use of the Applications or data obtained therefrom for any illegal purpose;

 

(vii)Subscriber shall permit only Authorized Users to view data on, or enter orders to be transmitted via the Applications, and warrants that Subscriber shall properly supervise, pursuant to applicable regulations, all Authorized Users in connection therewith. Subscriber shall in any event be responsible for all orders entered and the use of the data obtained via the Applications provided to Subscriber by Provider, regardless of whether the person accessing the Applications was in fact authorized to do so; and

 

(viii)Subscriber has the authority to bind the Affiliated Entities to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and shall bind the Sub-licensees in accordance herewith.

 

7.Term.

 

(a)Term.   The term of this Agreement shall commence upon the Effective Date and shall terminate one (1) year from the Acceptance Date (“Initial Term”) unless there is an earlier termination in accordance with the terms hereof. This Agreement shall automatically renew for successive one-year terms (“Renewal

 

PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIALPage 10 of 21
 

  

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

Term”) until either party provides sixty (60) days notice of cancellation prior to the end of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term.

 

(b)Termination Upon Breach, Notice and Failure to Correct.   Provider may suspend or terminate this Agreement immediately if it determines that:

 

(i)Subscriber is in violation of any representation, warranty or covenant and fails to cure within 1 business day of notification by Provider; or

 

(ii)Subscriber breaches any material term of this Agreement or any material term of any other agreement then in effect between the parties, and fails to cure such breach within ten (10) days after written notice thereof; or

 

(iii)Subscriber is engaged in activities that Provider reasonably determines to be detrimental, or to pose a substantial risk, to Provider, its Subscribers, or the public and fails to cure within 1 business day of notification by Provider; or

 

(iv)Subscriber’s or Affiliated Entities’ right to operate is terminated or restricted by any SRO or exchange.

 

(v)Subscriber fails to cooperate reasonably in connection with the implementation of the Applications prior to the Acceptance, or appropriate support and maintenance of the Applications thereafter.

 

(c)Termination upon Notice of Insolvency.  Either party may suspend or terminate this Agreement immediately if the other party becomes insolvent or unable generally to pay its debts as they become due, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or applies for or consents to the appointment of a trustee, custodian, or receiver for any part of its business or assets, or any proceedings in the nature of bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, or liquidation, or other proceedings for relief under any bankruptcy law or similar law for the relief of debtors, is instituted by or against such party or if such party allows or consents to such proceedings or fails to obtain dismissal, stay or nullification of such proceedings within thirty (30) days after the institution of the proceedings.

 

(d)Duties Upon Termination.  Upon the termination of this Agreement by Provider for Subscriber’s breach, or upon expiration of this Agreement upon notice as specified in section 7(a) above, Subscriber shall immediately discontinue use of the Applications, terminate all Sub-licensee, and promptly return and cause all Authorized Users to return to Provider all copies of the Applications and shall destroy or delete and cause all Authorized Users to destroy or delete all copies of Applications and Documentation then in its possession, including but not limited to any electronic copies stored in memory or on any storage device or medium and any back-up, archival or disaster recovery copies of the Applications and all Documentation. At Provider’s request, an officer of Subscriber shall certify in writing to Provider that such actions have been taken. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to 7(b)(v), subscriber shall pay Provider for four (4) months of Fees pursuant to Schedule B.

 

(e)Survival.  The provisions of this Section 7, as well as the provisions of all sections that are meant by their terms to continue after termination, shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIALPage 11 of 21
 

  

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

(f)Termination due to Installation.  The parties agree that if Provider is not able to deliver a Materially Complete Installation effective for Tuesday, May 1, 2012, Sidoti shall have the right to terminate this Agreement. A Materially Complete Installation shall consist of an Installation with buyside customer setup, clearing, trading access, and user setup that permits operation of the Subscriber business based on mutual evaluation of Provider and Subscriber. The determination of whether the Installation shall be considered a Materially Complete Installation shall be made on Monday, April 23, 2012.

 

8.General Provisions.

 

(a)Proprietary Markings.  Subscriber shall not remove, change or deface any copyright notice or proprietary markings in or on any part of the Applications and Documentation. Any copy of any Application or any portion thereof shall contain all copyright notices and proprietary markings in or on the original.

 

(b)Assignment.  Neither party may transfer or assign its rights or obligations under (or) this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, except that no consent is required for an transfer or assignment to: an affiliate; or made as part of a re-organization, merger, acquisition or sale of substantially all of a party’s relevant assets. A change of control of Subscriber to a competitor of Provider shall constitute a grant of an option to Provider to terminate this Agreement on five (5) days’ prior written notice to Subscriber.

 

(c)Choice of Law.  All matters arising from or related to this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without application of conflict of law principles. Except for matters relating to a Termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 7(c), any dispute that may arise out of or is related to this Agreement shall be submitted to arbitration before the American Arbitration Association (AAA) under its Large, Complex Commercial Disputes Procedures. To the extent permitted by such rules, the arbitration shall be before a single arbitrator, held in New York, NY, the proceedings and any judgment or award shall be kept confidential and party may seek interim injunctive relief to protect its transaction information or Confidential Information in the Federal or state courts in or serving New York, NY (unless they lack jurisdiction in which case in a court of competent jurisdiction), provided that remainder of the dispute (unless precluded by applicable law) will be subject to arbitration.
Subject to the foregoing, (i) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVED BY EACH PARTY, and (ii) any objection to New York, NY as the exclusive venue of any arbitration or litigation is hereby irrevocably waived.

 

(d)Severability.  Any invalidity, in whole or in part, of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity of any of its other provisions. If any provision, or part thereof, is deemed by a court to be invalid or unenforceable, such court shall be empowered to reform that provision as necessary to be valid and to reflect, as closely as possible, the intention of the parties underlying the invalid provision; if the provision cannot be so reformed, then the invalid portion shall be stricken to the extent necessary to preserve the validity of the other provisions hereof.

 

PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIALPage 12 of 21
 

  

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

(e)Waiver.  A waiver of a breach or default under this Agreement shall not be a waiver of any subsequent breach or default. Failure of either party to enforce compliance with any term or condition of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition then or in the future.

 

(f)Notices.  All notices required under this Agreement shall be deemed effective when received in writing by either (i) registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage pre-paid, (ii) scanned electronic copy of a signed original exchanged between Subscriber authorized representative and Provider authorized representative, or (iii) overnight mail that produces written evidence of delivery addressed to either party at the address specified below:

 

If sent to Provider:

 

Attn: Controller

FlexTrade Systems Inc.

111 Great Neck Road, Suite 314

Great Neck, NY 11021

 

If sent to Subscriber:

 

Attn: Gary Jacobs

Sidoti & Company LLC

317 Madison Avenue, Suite 1410

New York, NY 10017

 

Either party to this Agreement may change an address relating to it by notice to the other party in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.

 

(g)Bankruptcy of Provider.  Failure by Subscriber to assert its rights to retain its benefits in the intellectual property encompassed by the software pursuant to the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. Sec. 365(n)(l)(B), under an executory contract rejected by the trustee in bankruptcy, shall not be construed by the courts as a termination of the contract by Subscriber under Sec. 365(n)(l)(A) of the United States Bankruptcy Code.

 

(h)Partnership or Joint Venture.  This Agreement shall not operate so as to create or recognize a partnership or joint venture of any kind between the parties hereto.

 

(i)Force Majeure and Other Events.  Neither party will be responsible for any loss or damage to the extent caused directly or indirectly by any act of God, war, civil disturbance, natural calamity, flood, act or omission of any exchange, market, utility, communications service, common carrier, Internet or network access or backbone provider or information provider, electrical outage or disturbance, brown-out or black-out, delay in mails, malicious third-party action or any other cause beyond such party’s reasonable control.

 

(j)Advertising.  Subscriber grants Provider the right to use Subscriber’s name in Provider’s advertising or in any other appropriate public message.

 

(k)Entire Agreement.  This Agreement and all Schedules attached hereto (as the same may be revised or supplemented in the future) together constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the Applications. All prior

 

PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIALPage 13 of 21
 

  

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

proposals, understandings, and other agreements, whether oral or written, between the parties that relate to this subject matter are hereby superseded and revoked. This Agreement may not be modified or altered except in writing by an instrument duly executed by both parties.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized officers or representatives of Subscriber and Provider have executed this Agreement as of the date set forth below, intending legally to be bound.

 

PROVIDER SUBSCRIBER
   
FLEXTRADE TECHNOLOGIES LLC SIDOTI & COMPANY LLC

 

By: /s/ Gregory Ludvik   By: /s/ Gary Jacobs

 

Name: Gregory Ludvik   Name: Gary Jacobs
         
Title: Director   Title: Head of Trading
         
Date: 3/16/12   Date: 3/16/12

 

PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIALPage 14 of 21
 

  

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

SCHEDULE A

 

APPLICATIONS

 

The Applications listed in This Schedule A consist of Provider proprietary Applications and Documentation.

 

1.ColorPalette OMS®

 

(a)Description.  An order management system with a graphical user interface and server-side components by which the customer and firm order lifecycle are managed, from order reception and origination, to order placement and execution, along with required business workflow support.

 

(b)Functionality.  ColorPalette OMS contains the features, functionalities and interfaces set forth in Schedule C-1 and C-2 of the Agreement.

 

(c)Operating Hours.  The ColorPalette OMS shall be available from 7:00 AM to 7:00 PM Eastern Standard Time (“Operating Hours”) on each day that the U.S. Equity Markets are open for trading (“Market Day”).

 

PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIALPage 15 of 21
 

  

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

SCHEDULE B

 

FEE SCHEDULE

 

OMS Services                    
         Unit Price /   Setup   Monthly 
Description   Quantity    Setup Fee   Month   Charges   Charges 
                     
Trading Applications                         
Position Trader Workstation          $800         
Sales Trader Workstation   6       $600       $3,600 
Allocation/Oasys Workstation          $400         
Compliance/Admin Workstation   3       $300        $900 
Integrated Features                     
Integrated ETB Lists   Included    Included    Included        Included 
International Trading   Included    Included    Included        Included 
Routing Rules   Included    Included    Included        Included 
Basket Trading   Included    Included    Included        Included 
Trade Advertisement / IOIs   Included    Included    Included        Included 
Compliance Services                         
Reports & Structured Data Access   1       $750       $750 
Reg NMS, TAG and OATS Reports   Included    Included    Included        Included 
Back office Automation                         
Clearing Data transfer   Included    Included    Included        Included 
Database & Hosting   Included    Included    Included        Included 
OMS Services Total   10               $5,250 

 

Connectivity Services                    
           Unit Price /   Setup   Monthly 
Description  Quantity   Setup Fee   Month   Charges   Charges 
Buy-side Connectivity                         
Individual FIX Buy side Management (1)   135               $2,000 
Trading Connectivity                         
Market Center Connectivity (2)   Included    Included    Included        Included 
Market Data Interface (2)   Included    Included    Included        Included 
Algorithm Connectivity                         
Citi (3)   Included    Included    Included        Included 
Goldman Sachs   Included    Included    Included        Included 
Other Algorithmic Connectivity   Included    Included    Included        Included 
Additional Connectivity                         
NYSE BBSS & SDOT   Included    Included    Included        Included 
Nasdaq ACES   Included    Included    Included        Included 
Connectivity Services Total   135               $2,000 

  

PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIALPage 16 of 21
 

  

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

Infrastructure & Other Services                    
           Unit Price /   Setup   Monthly 
Description  Quantity   Setup Fee   Month   Charges   Charges 
Telecommunication Fees (4)                         
Managed Network Services (Primary)   1       $1,000       $1,000 
Citrix (per user/token)          $100         
Service and Support                         
Client Services Desk       Included    Included    Included    Included 
Professional Services                         
Onsite & Regular User Training       Included    Included    Included    Included 
Custom Reporting and Data Analysis (5)          $1,800         
Onsite Technical Support (5)          $1,800         
Total Infrastructure & Other Services   1               $1,000 

 

Important Notes

(1)Additional third party charges may apply; excludes FlexLink or Flextrade buyside charges
(2)Additional third party fees may apply
(3)Citi Algorithmic usage may be eligible for rebate of ColorPalette license fees
(4)No additional setup charges for telecommunication infrastructure
(5)Per-day rate; fees to be assessed on mutual agreement of Subscriber and Provider

 

PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIALPage 17 of 21
 

  

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

SCHEDULE C

 

SCHEDULE C-l

 

COLORPALETTE OMS FEATURES

 

1.   Deployment Model:

 

1.Provider-hosted installation.

 

2.   Feature Summary:

 

1.Order Execution & Trade Management
a.External routing of orders, including certified algorithmic routes and other third party execution services

 

2.Configurations
a.Supervisor
b.Trader
c.Administrative (view only plus configuration access)

 

3.Security Types Supported
a.All NMS Listed securities (Nasdaq, ARCA, NYSE, etc.)
b.OTCBB, OTC Markets and ArcaEdge
c.International (non-US) Equities

 

4.Capacity Handling:
a.Principal
b.Riskless Principal
c.Agency

 

5.Trading Functionality (Partial List)
a.Participation (automatic allocations of executions to orders)
b.Order Viewing and Sharing by Trader and Desk
c.Support for GTC Orders
d.Reg NMS Compliant Trading
e.Basket Trading
f.Market Making

 

6.Order Entry Supported:
a.Manual order entry
b.Electronic (FIX) order reception
c.New orders, cancels, cancel/replaces
d.Trade cancellation and correction on street orders

 

7.Automated Order Handling
a.Automatic Routing – full suite of auto routing rules, including support for different destinations based on order marketability and price range of securities

 

PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIALPage 18 of 21
 

  

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

8.Post-Trade Support (Street-side Only):
a.Electronic execution drop copies

 

9.Compliance Features
a.Automated Limit Order Display Functionality
b.Standard ACT reporting (automated by context. Includes: ACT Modifiers, Reg NMS exception codes, Market Center codes)
c.Automated Manning Functionality (If positions & quotes are managed by Provider)
d.End of Day Exception Reporting
e.Limit order protection and limit order display rules
f.Reporting Features (Alerts and End-of-Day)
g.Support for Limit Order Protection (2110) and Limit Order Display rules (II Acl-4)

 

10.Risk Management
a.Real-time risk and position management for activity in ColorPalette system

 

11.Query Tool

 

12.Trader Intelligence (Customer Trade History)

 

13.Alerts Functionality (visual and audible)
a.Compliance Alerts
b.Trader Alerts
c.Risk Management Alerts
d.ACT Alerts

 

14.Security Master – securities and corporate actions

 

15.End of Day Reporting Suite
a.End-of-day books and records and exception reporting
b.Reg NMS reports suits
c.OATS and OTS reports
d.605 and 606 Reporting in TAG or MSI formats

 

PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIALPage 19 of 21
 

  

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

SCHEDULE C-2

 

OATS SERVICES

 

1.Provider will act as an Order Sending Organization (“OSO”) Service Bureau to provide reports on its behalf to the Order Audit Trail System (“OATS”) operated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc (“FINRA”) pursuant to FINRA Rules 6950 et seq. (“OATS Rules”). Specifically, Provider:

 

a.represents that it is familiar with the OATS Rules, the OATS Reporting Technical Specifications (“OATS Specifications”) as published by the FINRA;

 

i.represents that it has completed testing, as described in the OATS Specifications, to the extent Provider deems reasonably necessary in order to provide the service in accordance with the OATS Specifications;

 

ii.agrees to use reasonable efforts to provide order reports to FINRA on behalf of Subscriber on a timely basis on any given day relevant exchanges are open for business and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; specifically, Provider agrees that it will use its best efforts (i) to deliver a copy of the OATS file on a daily basis, after market close, according to the electronic delivery mechanism agreed upon by Provider and Subscriber and (ii) to provide Subscriber with the receipt confirmation received from the FINRA that the OATS files has been received, or in the alternative, a confirmation that the OATS file has been submitted to the FINRA on a timely basis;

 

iii.agrees that any records of OATS data prepared on behalf of Subscriber and maintained by the transmitting firm are the property of Subscriber and shall be surrendered promptly upon Subscriber’s request; provided, that Provider may retain copies as necessary to comply with standard internal policies, law, or regulatory requirements;

 

b.agrees to permit examination of any records of OATS data maintained on behalf of Subscriber by Provider at any time or from time to time during business hours by representatives of FINRA Regulation and to promptly furnish to FINRA Regulation or its designee true, correct, complete, and current hard copy of any or all of any part of these records;

 

c.agrees to promptly notify Subscriber upon the occurrence of any event, including physical damage to the transmitting firm’s facilities or legal proceedings involving the transmitting firm that would materially affect the transmitting firm’s ability to make OATS reports on behalf of Subscriber pursuant to this Agreement;

 

d.agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of Subscriber, use or disclose to any third party any information concerning OATS reports transmitted on behalf of Subscriber, except in order to effectuate the terms of this Agreement, and to any regulatory authority. The foregoing shall not prevent or restrict Provider from disclosing any information pursuant to subpoena, provided that Provider, to the extent reasonable under the circumstances, will provide advance notice to Subscriber of such subpoena; and

 

PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIALPage 20 of 21
 

  

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

2.Provider will maintain any records of transmissions that it makes on behalf of Subscriber using an internal Provider system, unless Subscriber has notified Provider that it intends to use another storage facility or vendor, in which case, Subscriber will be responsible for any reasonable costs incurred by Provider for transmitting such records.

 

3.Subscriber is aware that no contractual arrangement, no matter how comprehensive, will relieve a member of its responsibilities under the OATS Rules, and Provider shall have no liability for any damages that Subscriber may incur in connection with the transmission or failure to transmit OATS data under this Agreement, other than with respect to any actions involving the gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct on the part of Provider. Provider and Subscriber further agree that Provider and its subsidiaries and affiliates shall not be liable for any damage suffered or costs and expenses incurred by Subscriber from any cause whatsoever, whether direct, special, incidental, or consequential arising out of the furnishing, or incomplete nature of information. Subscriber and its officers, employees, and agents are not employees, agents, brokers, or partners acting for or on behalf of Provider or any subsidiary or affiliate. Nothing herein shall be construed to create an independent contractor relationship between the parties hereto and Provider makes no representation or warranty, expressed or implied, to the contrary. Provider shall not be liable for network reliability, network downtime, telephone line reliability, failure or delays.

 

PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIALPage 21 of 21


 

Exhibit 10.5

 

 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of February 28, 2013, between Sidoti & Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, with its chief executive office located at 317 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017 (the “Borrower”) and TD Bank, N.A., a National Association, with an address of 317 Madison Avenue, 2nd floor, New York, New York 10017 (the “Bank”).

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, and in consideration of the granting by the Bank of financial accommodations to or for the benefit of the Borrower, including without limitation respecting the Obligations (as hereinafter defined), the Borrower represents and agrees with the Bank, as of the date hereof and as of the date of each loan, credit and/or other financial accommodation, as follows:

 

1.   THE LOAN

 

1.1                 Revolving Loans.  Bank agrees, in its sole discretion, to make revolving loans (the “Revolving Loans”) to or for the account of Borrower, upon Borrower’s request therefor, in an aggregate amount of up to Two Million Dollars and Zero Cents ($2,000,000.00) (the “Revolving Loan Amount”), provided there is no continuing uncured Event of Default (as hereinafter defined) and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein. The Revolving Loans shall be evidenced by that certain Revolving Term Note, of even date herewith (the “Revolving Note”), by Sidoti & Company, LLC in favor of the Bank in the face amount of the Revolving Loan Amount. The Bank’s agreement to make any advances pursuant to this Agreement and evidenced by the Revolving Note shall expire on February 28, 2014. This Agreement, the Revolving Note, and any and all other documents, amendments or renewals executed and delivered in connection with any of the foregoing are collectively hereinafter referred to as the “Loan Documents”.

 

1.2                 Revolving Loan Account.  An account shall be opened on the books of Bank in which account a record will be kept of all Revolving Loans, and all payments thereon and other appropriate debits and credits as provided by this Agreement.

 

1.3                 Interest.  Interest respecting the Revolving Loans will be charged to Borrower on the principal amount from time to time outstanding at the interest rate specified in the Revolving Note in accordance with the terms of the Revolving Note. If not specified in the Revolving Note, interest will be charged at the highest rate per annum charged by Bank to Borrower on any other Obligation based on a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed.

 

1.4                 Repayment.  All loans and advances made respecting the Revolving Loans shall be payable to Bank on or before the maturity date of the Revolving Note.

 

1.5                 Clean-Up.  The Borrower shall fully repay to the Bank all amounts outstanding respecting the Revolving Loans for a period of 30 consecutive days in each year.

 

1.6                 Overadvances.  Any Revolving Loans that may be made, at the Bank’s sole discretion, in excess of the Revolving Loan Amount shall not limit the obligations of Borrower or any of the Bank’s rights or remedies hereunder or under the Loan Documents or otherwise; all such Revolving Loans shall

 

Loan Number - Note 1: 14931139001

 

  
 

  

be secured by the Collateral, as hereinafter defined, and shall be due and payable to the Bank in accordance with the terms of the Revolving Note, and shall bear interest at the rate set forth in the Revolving Note. All checks or other items paid by Bank which cause an overdraft in any deposit account maintained by Borrower with Bank shall, at the option of the Bank, constitute an advance to Borrower pursuant to this Agreement respecting the Revolving Loans, repayable on demand, and shall be secured by all Collateral.

 

1.7                 Authorized Persons; Advances.  Any person duly authorized in writing by the Borrower, or in the absence of such a writing, the manager or managing member of the Borrower, or any person otherwise authorized in this paragraph, may request discretionary loans hereunder, either orally or otherwise, but the Bank at its option may require that all requests for loans hereunder shall be in writing. The Bank shall incur no liability to Borrower in acting upon any request referred to herein which the Bank believes in good faith to have been made by an authorized person or persons. Each loan hereunder may be credited by Bank to any deposit account of Borrower with Bank or with any other Bank with which Borrower maintains a deposit account, or may be paid to Borrower (or as Borrower instructs) or may be applied to any Obligations, as Bank may in each instance elect. The following persons currently are authorized to request advances and authorize payments respecting Revolving Loans until the Bank receives from Borrower, at the Bank’s address, written notice of revocation of their authority: Peter Sidoti, Manager.

 

1.8                 Monthly Statement.  At the option of the Bank, after the end of each month, Bank will render to Borrower a statement of the Revolving Loan account, showing all applicable credits and debits. Each statement shall be considered correct and to have been accepted by Borrower and shall be conclusively binding upon Borrower in respect of all charges, debits and credits of whatsoever nature contained therein respecting the Revolving Loans, and the closing balance shown therein, unless Borrower notifies Bank in writing of any discrepancy within twenty (20) days from the mailing by Bank to Borrower of any such monthly statement.

 

2.   GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

 

2.1                 Grant of Security Interest.  In consideration of the Bank’s extending credit and other financial accommodations to or for the benefit of the Borrower, the Borrower hereby grants to the Bank, for itself and as agent for any Bank Affiliate counterparty with respect to or otherwise holding any of the Obligations, a security interest in, a lien on and pledge and assignment of the Collateral (as hereinafter defined). The security interest granted by this Agreement is given to and shall be held by the Bank as security for the payment and performance of all Obligations, including, without limitation, all amounts outstanding pursuant to the Loan Documents.

 

2.2                 Definitions.  The following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)“Code” shall mean the New York Uniform Commercial Code as amended from time to time.

 

(b)“Collateral” shall mean all of the Borrower’s present and future right, title and interest in and to any and all of the personal property of the Borrower whether such property is now existing or hereafter created, acquired or arising and wherever located from time to time, including without limitation:

 

(i)accounts;

 

(ii)chattel paper;

 

(iii)goods;

 

(iv)inventory;

 

Loan Number - Note 1: 14931139001

 

2
 

  

(v)equipment;

 

(vi)fixtures

 

(vii)farm products;

 

(viii)instruments;

 

(ix)investment property;

 

(x)documents;

 

(xi)commercial tort claims;

 

(xii)deposit accounts;

 

(xiii)letter-of-credit rights;

 

(xiv)general intangibles;

 

(xv)supporting obligations; and

 

(xvi)records of, accession to and proceeds and products of the foregoing.

 

(c)“Debtors” shall mean the Borrower’s customers who are indebted to the Borrower.

 

(d)“Bank Affiliate” shall mean any “Affiliate” of the Bank. The term “Affiliate” shall mean with respect to any Person, (a) any Person which, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person, or (b) any Person who is a director or officer (i) of such Person, (ii) of any subsidiary of such Person, or (iii) any person described in clause (a) above. For purposes of this definition, control of a Person shall mean the power, direct or indirect, (x) to vote 5% or more of the Capital Stock having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or comparable equivalent) of such Person, or (y) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise. Control may be by ownership, contract, or otherwise.

 

(e)“Obligation(s)” shall mean, without limitation, all loans, advances, indebtedness, notes, liabilities, rate swap transactions, basis swaps, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, equity or equity index swaps, equity or equity index options, bond options, interest rate options, foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, forward transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options and amounts, liquidated or unliquidated, owing by the Borrower to the Bank or any Bank Affiliate at any time, of each and every kind, nature and description, whether arising under this Agreement or otherwise, and whether secured or unsecured, direct or indirect (that is, whether the same are due directly by the Borrower to the Bank or any Bank Affiliate; or are due indirectly by the Borrower to the Bank or any Bank Affiliate as endorser, guarantor or other surety, or as borrower of obligations due third persons which have been endorsed or assigned to the Bank or any Bank Affiliate, or otherwise), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising or contracted, including, without limitation, payment when due of all amounts outstanding respecting any of the Loan Documents. Said term shall also include all interest and other charges chargeable to the Borrower or due from the Borrower to the Bank or any Bank Affiliate from time to time and all costs and expenses referred to in this Agreement, as well as any other debts, liabilities or obligations owing to Bank or any Bank Affiliate in connection with any lockbox, cash

 

Loan Number - Note 1: 14931139001

 

3
 

  

management, or other services (including electronic funds transfers or automated clearing house transactions).

 

(f)“Person” or “party” shall mean individuals, partnerships, corporations, limited liability companies and all other entities.

 

All words and terms used in this Agreement other than those specifically defined herein shall have the meanings accorded to them in the Code.

 

2.3                 Ordinary Course of Business.  The Bank hereby authorizes and permits the Borrower to hold, process, sell, use or consume in the manufacture or processing of finished goods, or otherwise dispose of inventory for fair consideration, all in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business, excluding, without limitation, sales to creditors or in bulk or sales or other dispositions occurring under circumstances which would or could create any lien or interest adverse to the Bank’s security interest or other right hereunder in the proceeds resulting therefrom. The Bank also hereby authorizes and permits the Borrower to receive from the Debtors all amounts due as proceeds of the Collateral at the Borrower’s own cost and expense, and also liability, if any, subject to the direction and control of the Bank at all times; and the Bank may at any time, without cause or notice, and whether or not an Event of Default has occurred or demand has been made, terminate all or any part of the authority and permission herein or elsewhere in this Agreement granted to the Borrower with reference to the Collateral, and notify Debtors to make all payments due as proceeds of the Collateral to the Bank. Until Bank shall otherwise notify Borrower, all proceeds of and collections of Collateral shall be retained by Borrower and used solely for the ordinary and usual operation of Borrower’s business. From and after notice by Bank to Borrower, all proceeds of and collections of the Collateral shall be held in trust by Borrower for Bank and shall not be commingled with Borrower’s other funds or deposited in any Bank account of Borrower; and Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank on the dates of receipt thereof by Borrower, duly endorsed to Bank or to bearer, or assigned to Bank, as may be appropriate, all proceeds of the Collateral in the identical form received by Borrower.

 

2.4                 Allowances.  Absent an Event of Default the Borrower may grant such allowances or other adjustments to Debtors (exclusive of extending the time for payment of any item which shall not be done without first obtaining the Bank’s written consent in each instance) as the Borrower may reasonably deem to accord with sound business practice, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, accepting the return of all or any part of the inventory (subject to the provisions set forth in this Agreement with reference to returned inventory).

 

2.5                 Records.  The Borrower shall hold its books and records relating to the Collateral segregated from all the Borrower’s other books and records in a manner satisfactory to the Bank; and shall deliver to the Bank from time to time promptly at its request all invoices, original documents of title, contracts, chattel paper, instruments and any other writings relating thereto, and other evidence of performance of contracts, or evidence of shipment or delivery of the merchandise or of the rendering of services; and the Borrower will deliver to the Bank promptly at the Bank’s request from time to time additional copies of any or all of such papers or writings, and such other information with respect to any of the Collateral and such schedules of inventory, schedules of accounts and such other writings as the Bank may in its sole discretion deem to be necessary or effectual to evidence any loan hereunder or the Bank’s security interest in the Collateral.

 

2.6                 Legends.  The Borrower shall promptly make, stamp or record such entries or legends on the Borrower’s books and records or on any of the Collateral (including, without limitation, chattel paper) as Bank shall request from time to time, to indicate and disclose that Bank has a security interest in such Collateral.

 

2.7                 Inspection.  The Bank, or its representatives, at any time and from time to time, shall have the right at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, and the Borrower will permit the Bank and/or its representatives: (a) to examine, check, make copies of or extracts from any of the Borrower’s books,

 

Loan Number - Note 1: 14931139001

 

4
 

  

records and files (including, without limitation, orders and original correspondence); (b) to perform field exams or otherwise inspect and examine the Collateral and to check, test or appraise the same as to quality, quantity, value and condition; and (c) to verify the Collateral or any portion or portions thereof or the Borrower’s compliance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

2.8                 Purchase Money Security Interests.  To the extent the Borrower uses proceeds of any loans to purchase Collateral, the repayment of such loans shall be on a “first-in-first-out” basis so that the portion of the loan used to purchase a particular item of Collateral shall be repaid in the order in which Borrower purchased such item of Collateral.

 

2.9                 Search Reports.  Bank shall receive prior to the date of this Agreement UCC search results under all names used by the Borrower during the prior five (5) years, from each jurisdiction where any Collateral is located, from the State, if any, where the Borrower is organized and registered (as such terms are used in the Code), and the State where the Borrower’s chief executive office is located. The search results shall confirm that the security interest in the Collateral granted Bank hereunder is prior to all other security interests in favor of any other person.

 

3.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

3.1                 Organization and Qualification.  Borrower is a duly organized and validly existing limited liability company under the laws of the State of its formation, with the exact legal name set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. Borrower is in good standing under the laws of said State, has the power to own its property and conduct its business as now conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted, and is duly qualified to do business under the laws of each state where the nature of the business done or property owned requires such qualification.

 

3.2                 Related Parties.  Borrower has no interest in any entities other than as previously specifically consented to in writing by the Bank, if any, and the Borrower has never consolidated, merged or acquired substantially all of the assets of any other entity or person other than as previously specifically consented to in writing by the Bank, if any.

 

3.3                 Limited Liability Company Records.  Borrower’s certificate of organization, articles of organization or other charter document and all amendments thereto have been duly filed and are in proper order. All members of the Borrower are properly reflected on all books and records of the Borrower, including but not limited to its operating agreement, minute books, bylaws and books of account, all of which are accurate and up to date and will be so maintained.

 

3.4                 Title to Properties; Absence of Liens.  Borrower has good and clear record and marketable title to all of its properties and assets, and all of its properties and assets including the Collateral are free and clear of all mortgages, liens, pledges, charges, encumbrances and setoffs, other than the security interest therein granted to the Bank and those mortgages, deeds of trust, leases of personal property and security interests previously specifically consented to in writing by the Bank.

 

3.5                 Places of Business.  Borrower’s chief executive office is correctly stated in the preamble to this Agreement, and Borrower shall, during the term of this Agreement, keep the Bank currently and accurately informed in writing of each of its other places of business, and shall not change the location of such chief executive office or open or close, move or change any existing or new place of business without giving the Bank at least thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof.

 

3.6                 Valid Obligations.  The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action and each represents a legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower and is fully enforceable according to its terms, except as limited by equity or laws relating to the enforcement of creditors’ rights.

 

Loan Number - Note 1: 14931139001

 

5
 

  

3.7                 Conflicts.  There is no provision in Borrower’s organizational or charter documents, if any, or in any indenture, contract or agreement to which Borrower is a party which prohibits, limits or restricts the execution, delivery or performance of the Loan Documents.

 

3.8                 Governmental Approvals.  The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents does not require any approval of or filing with any governmental agency or authority.

 

3.9                 Litigation, etc.  There are no actions, claims or proceedings pending or to the knowledge of Borrower threatened against Borrower which might materially adversely affect the ability of Borrower to conduct its business or to pay or perform the Obligations.

 

3.10               Financial Statements.  The Borrower has furnished to the Bank the following Financial Statements (the “Financial Statements”): balance sheet as of December 31, 2012, and statement of profit and loss for the period ending December 31, 2012. The balance sheet fairly presents the condition of the Borrower at the date thereof and the statement of profit and loss fairly presents the results of the operations of the Borrower for the period indicated, all in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

 

3.11               Accounts and Contract Rights.   All accounts arise out of legally enforceable and existing contracts, and represent unconditional and undisputed bona fide indebtedness by a Debtor, and are not and will not be subject to any discount (except such cash or trade discount as may be shown on any invoice, contract or other writing delivered to the Bank). No contract right, account, general intangible or chattel paper is or will be represented by any note or other instrument, and no contract right, account or general intangible is, or will be represented by any conditional or installment sales obligation or other chattel paper, except such instruments or chattel paper as have been or immediately upon receipt by the Borrower will be delivered to the Bank (duly endorsed or assigned), such delivery, in the case of chattel paper, to include all executed copies except those in the possession of the installment buyer and any security for or guaranty of any of the Collateral shall be delivered to the Bank immediately upon receipt thereof by the Borrower, with such assignments and endorsements thereof as the Bank may request.

 

3.12               Title to Collateral.  At the date hereof the Borrower is (and as to Collateral that the Borrower may acquire after the date hereof, will be) the lawful owner of the Collateral, and the Collateral and each item thereof is, will be and shall continue to be free of all restrictions, liens, encumbrances or other rights, title or interests (other than the security interest therein granted to the Bank), credits, defenses, recoupments, set-offs or counterclaims whatsoever. The Borrower has and will have full power and authority to grant to the Bank a security interest in the Collateral and the Borrower has not transferred, assigned, sold, pledged, encumbered, subjected to lien or granted any security interest in, and will not transfer, assign, sell (except sales or other dispositions in the ordinary course of business in respect to inventory as expressly permitted in this Agreement), pledge, encumber, subject to lien or grant any security interest in any of the Collateral (or any of the Borrower’s right, title or interest therein), to any person other than the Bank. The Collateral is and will be valid and genuine in all respects. The Borrower will warrant and defend the Bank’s right to and interest in the Collateral against all claims and demands of all persons whatsoever.

 

3.13               Location of Collateral.  Except for sale, processing, use, consumption or other disposition in the ordinary course of business, the Borrower will keep all inventory and equipment only at locations specified in this Agreement or specified to the Bank in writing. The Borrower shall, during the term of this Agreement, keep the Bank currently and accurately informed in writing of each location where the Borrower’s records relating to its accounts and contract rights, respectively, are kept, and shall not remove such records or any of them to another location without giving the Bank at least thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof.

 

3.14               Third Parties.  The Bank shall not be deemed to have assumed any liability or responsibility to the Borrower or any third person for the correctness, validity or genuineness of any instruments or documents that may be released or endorsed to the Borrower by the Bank (which shall automatically be

 

Loan Number - Note 1: 14931139001

 

6
 

  

deemed to be without recourse to the Bank in any event) or for the existence, character, quantity, quality, condition, value or delivery of any goods purporting to be represented by any such documents; and the Bank, by accepting such security interest in the Collateral, or by releasing any Collateral to the Borrower, shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation or liability to any supplier or Debtor or to any other third party, and the Borrower agrees to indemnify and defend the Bank and hold it harmless in respect to any claim or proceeding arising out of any matter referred to in this paragraph.

 

3.15               Payment of Accounts.   Each account or other item of Collateral, other than inventory and equipment, will be paid in full on or before the date shown as its due date in the schedule of Collateral, in the copy of the invoice(s) relating to the account or other Collateral or in contracts relating thereto. Upon any suspension of business, assignment or trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors, dissolution, petition in receivership or under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code as amended from time to time by or against any Debtor, any Debtor becoming insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they mature or any other act of the same or different nature amounting to a business failure, the Borrower will immediately notify the Bank thereof.

 

3.16               Changes.   Since the date of the Financial Statements, there have been no changes in the assets, liabilities, financial condition or business of the Borrower, other than changes in the ordinary course of business, the effect of which have, in the aggregate, been materially adverse.

 

3.17               Taxes.  The Borrower has filed all Federal, state and other tax returns required to be filed (except for such returns for which current and valid extensions have been filed), and all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges due from the Borrower have been fully paid. The Borrower has established on its books reserves adequate for the payment of all Federal, state and other tax liabilities (if any).

 

3.18               Use of Proceeds.   No portion of any loan is to be used for (i) the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin security” or “margin stock” as such terms are used in Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R. 221 and 224 or (ii) primarily personal, family or household purposes. The Collateral is not used or acquired primarily for personal, family or household purposes.

 

3.19               Anti-Terrorism Laws.   (a) Neither Borrower nor any Affiliate of Borrower is in violation of any statute, treaty, law (including common law), ordinance, regulation, rule, order, opinion, release, injunction, writ, decree or award of any Governmental Authority relating to terrorism or money laundering, including Executive Order No. 13224 and the USA Patriot Act (collectively, “Anti-Terrorism Law”) or engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law. (b) Neither Borrower nor any Affiliate of Borrower, or to Borrower’s knowledge, any of its respective agents acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the Loans, Letters of Credit or other transactions hereunder, is any of the following (each a “Blocked Person”): (i) a Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order No. 13224; (ii) a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order No. 13224; (iii) a Person with which Bank is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law; (iv) a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in the Executive Order No. 13224; (v) a Person that is named as a “specially designated national” on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Asset Control at its official website or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list; or (vi) a Person who is affiliated with a Person listed above.

 

3.20               Environmental.   As of the date hereof neither the Borrower nor any of Borrower’s agents, employees or independent contractors (1) have caused or are aware of a release or threat of release of Hazardous Materials (as defined herein) on any of the premises or personal property owned or controlled by Borrower (“Controlled Property”) or any property abutting Controlled Property (“Abutting Property”), which could give rise to liability under any Environmental Law (as defined herein) or any other Federal,

 

Loan Number - Note 1: 14931139001

 

7
 

  

state or local law, rule or regulation; (2) have arranged for the transport of or transported any Hazardous Materials in a manner as to violate, or result in potential liabilities under, any Environmental Law; (3) have received any notice, order or demand from the Environmental Protection Agency or any other Federal, state or local agency under any Environmental Law; (4) have incurred any liability under any Environmental Law in connection with the mismanagement, improper disposal or release of Hazardous Materials; or (5) are aware of any inspection or investigation of any Controlled Property or Abutting Property by any Federal, state or local agency for possible violations of any Environmental Law.

 

To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, neither Borrower, nor any prior owner or tenant of any Controlled Property, committed or omitted any act which caused the release of Hazardous Materials on such Controlled Property which could give rise to a lien thereon by any Federal, state or local government. No notice or statement of claim or lien affecting any Controlled Property has been recorded or filed in any public records by any Federal, state or local government for costs, penalties, fines or other charges as to such property. All notices, permits, licenses or similar authorizations, if any, required to be obtained or filed in connection with the ownership, operation, or use of the Controlled Property, including without limitation, the past or present generation, treatment, storage, disposal or release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment, have been duly obtained or filed.

 

Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold the Bank harmless from all liability, loss, cost, damage and expense, including attorney fees and costs of litigation, arising from any and all of its violations of any Environmental Law (including those arising from any lien by any Federal, state or local government arising from the presence of Hazardous Materials) or from the presence of Hazardous Materials located on or emanating from any Controlled Property or Abutting Property whether existing or not existing and whether known or unknown at the time of the execution hereof and regardless of whether or not caused by, or within the control of Borrower. Borrower further agrees to reimburse Bank upon demand for any costs incurred by Bank in connection with the foregoing. Borrower agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be continuous and shall survive the repayment of all debts to Bank and shall continue so long as a valid claim may be lawfully asserted against the Bank.

 

The term “Hazardous Materials” includes but is not limited to any and all substances (whether solid, liquid or gas) defined, listed, or otherwise classified as pollutants, hazardous wastes, hazardous substances, hazardous materials, extremely hazardous wastes, or words of similar meaning or regulatory effect under any present or future Environmental Law or that may have a negative impact on human health or the environment, including but not limited to petroleum and petroleum products, asbestos and asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, lead, radon, radioactive materials, flammables and explosives.

 

The term “Environmental Law” means any present and future Federal, state and local laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations and the like, as well as common law, relating to protection of human health or the environment, relating to Hazardous Materials, relating to liability for or costs of remediation or prevention of releases of Hazardous Materials or relating to liability for or costs of other actual or threatened danger to human health or the environment. The term “Environmental Law” includes, but is not limited to, the following statutes, as amended, any successor thereto, and any regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, and any state or local statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations and the like addressing similar issues: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act; the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act; the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (including but not limited to Subtitle I relating to underground storage tanks); the Solid Waste Disposal Act; the Clean Water Act; the Clean Air Act; the Toxic Substances Control Act; the Safe Drinking Water Act; the Occupational Safety and Health Act; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act; the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act; the Endangered Species Act; the National Environmental Policy Act; the River and Harbors Appropriation Act; and the New York Environmental Conservation Law, Chapter 43-B of the New York Consolidated Laws.

 

Loan Number - Note 1: 14931139001

 

8
 

  

4.   AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

4.1                 Payments and Performance.  Borrower will duly and punctually pay all Obligations becoming due to the Bank and will duly and punctually perform all Obligations on its part to be done or performed under this Agreement.

 

4.2                 Books and Records; Inspection.  Borrower will at all times keep proper books of account in which full, true and correct entries will be made of its transactions in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied and which are, in the opinion of a Certified Public Accountant acceptable to Bank, adequate to determine fairly the financial condition and the results of operations of Borrower. Borrower will at all reasonable times make its books and records available in its offices for inspection, examination and duplication by the Bank and the Bank’s representatives and will permit inspection of the Collateral and all of its properties by the Bank and the Bank’s representatives. Borrower will from time to time furnish the Bank with such information and statements as the Bank may request in its sole discretion with respect to the Obligations or the Bank’s security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall, during the term of this Agreement, keep the Bank currently and accurately informed in writing of each location where Borrower’s records relating to its accounts and contract rights are kept, and shall not remove such records to another location without giving the Bank at least thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof.

 

4.3                 Financial Statements.  Borrower will furnish to Bank:

 

(a)as soon as available to Borrower, but in any event within 60 days after the close of each semi-annual period of its fiscal year, a full and complete signed copy of financial statements, prepared by certified public accountants acceptable to Bank, which shall include a balance sheet of the Borrower, as at the end of such semi-annual period, and statement of profit and loss of the Borrower reflecting the results of its operations during such semi-annual period, bearing the opinion of such certified public accountants and prepared on a compiled basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, subject to year-end adjustments;

 

(b)as soon as available to Borrower, but in any event within 150 days after the close of each fiscal year, a full and complete signed copy of financial statements, prepared by certified public accountants acceptable to Bank, which shall include a balance sheet of the Borrower, as at the end of such year, statement of cash flows and statement of profit and loss of the Borrower reflecting the results of its operations during such year, bearing the opinion of such certified public accountants and prepared on an audited basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied together with any so-called management letter;

 

(c)from time to time, such financial data and information about Borrower as Bank may reasonably request; and

 

(d)any financial data and information about any guarantors of the Obligations as Bank may reasonably request.

 

4.4                 Conduct of Business.  The Borrower will maintain its existence in good standing and comply with all laws and regulations of the United States and of any state or states thereof and of any political subdivision thereof, and of any governmental authority which may be applicable to it or to its business; provided that this covenant shall not apply to any tax, assessment or charge which is being contested in good faith and with respect to which reserves have been established and are being maintained,

 

4.5                 Notice to Account Debtors.  The Borrower agrees, at the request of the Bank, to notify all or any of the Debtors in writing of the Bank’s security interest in the Collateral in whatever manner the Bank

 

Loan Number - Note 1: 14931139001

 

9
 

  

requests and, hereby authorizes the Bank to notify all or any of the Debtors of the Bank’s security interest in the Borrower’s accounts at the Borrower’s expense.

 

4.6                 Contact with Accountant.  The Borrower hereby authorizes the Bank to directly contact and communicate with any accountant employed by Borrower in connection with the review and/or maintenance of Borrower’s books and records or preparation of any financial reports delivered by or at the request of Borrower to Bank.

 

4.7                 Operating and Deposit Accounts.  The Borrower agrees to maintain with the Bank its primary operating and/or deposit accounts.

 

4.8                 Taxes.  Borrower will promptly pay all real and personal property taxes, assessments and charges and all franchise, income, unemployment, retirement benefits, withholding, sales and other taxes assessed against it or payable by it before delinquent; provided that this covenant shall not apply to any tax assessment or charge which is being contested in good faith and with respect to which reserves have been established and are being maintained. The Bank may, at its option, from time to time, discharge any taxes, liens or encumbrances of any of the Collateral, and the Borrower will pay to the Bank on demand or the Bank in its sole discretion may charge to the Borrower all amounts so paid or incurred by it.

 

4.9                 Maintenance.  Borrower will keep and maintain the Collateral and its other properties, if any, in good repair, working order and condition. Borrower will immediately notify the Bank of any loss or damage to or any occurrence which would adversely affect the value of any Collateral. The Bank may, at its option, from time to time, take any other action that the Bank may deem proper to repair, maintain or preserve any of the Collateral, and the Borrower will pay to the Bank on demand or the Bank in its sole discretion may charge to the Borrower all amounts so paid or incurred by it.

 

4.10               Insurance.  Borrower will maintain in force property and casualty insurance on all Collateral and any other property of the Borrower, if any, against risks customarily insured against by companies engaged in businesses similar to that of the Borrower containing such terms and written by such companies as may be satisfactory to the Bank, such insurance to be payable to the Bank as its interest may appear in the event of loss and to name the Bank as insured pursuant to a standard loss payee clause; no loss shall be adjusted thereunder without the Bank’s approval; and all such policies shall provide that they may not be canceled without first giving at least Thirty (30) days written notice of cancellation to the Bank. In the event that the Borrower fails to provide evidence of such insurance, the Bank may, at its option, secure such insurance and charge the cost thereof to the Borrower. At the option of the Bank, all insurance proceeds received from any loss or damage to any of the Collateral shall be applied either to the replacement or repair thereof or as a payment on account of the Obligations. From and after the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Bank is authorized to cancel any insurance maintained hereunder and apply any returned or unearned premiums, all of which are hereby assigned to the Bank, as a payment on account of the Obligations.

 

4.11               Notification of Default.  Immediately upon becoming aware of the existence of any condition or event which constitutes an Event of Default, or any condition or event which would upon notice or lapse of time, or both, constitute an Event of Default, Borrower shall give Bank written notice thereof specifying the nature and duration thereof and the action being or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

 

4.12               Notification of Material Litigation.  Borrower will immediately notify the Bank in writing of any litigation or of any investigative proceedings of a governmental agency or authority commenced or threatened against it which would or might be materially adverse to the financial condition of Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations.

 

4.13               Pension Plans.  With respect to any pension or benefit plan maintained by Borrower, or to which Borrower contributes (“Plan”), the benefits under which are guarantied, in whole or in part, by the

 

Loan Number - Note 1: 14931139001

 

10
 

  

Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation created by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, P.L. 93-406, as amended (“ERISA”) or any governmental authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation”), Borrower will (a) fund each Plan as required by the provisions of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; (b) cause each Plan to pay all benefits when due; (c) furnish Bank (i) promptly with a copy of any notice of each Plan’s termination sent to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (ii) no later than the date of submission to the Department of Labor or to the Internal Revenue Service, as the case may be, a copy of any request for waiver from the funding standards or extension of the amortization periods required by Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and (iii) notice of any Reportable Event as such term is defined in ERISA; and (d) subscribe to any contingent liability insurance provided by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to protect against employer liability upon termination of a guarantied pension plan, if available to Borrower.

 

4.14               Lien Law.  If any account or general intangible included in the Collateral represents money owing pursuant to any contract for the improvement of real property or for a public improvement for purposes of the Lien Law of the State of New York (the “Lien Law”), Borrower shall (i) give Bank notice of such fact; (ii) receive and hold any money advanced by Bank with respect to such account or general intangible as a trust fund to be first applied to the payment of trust claims as such term is defined in the Lien Law (Section 71 or otherwise); and (iii) until such trust claim is paid, not use or permit the use of any such money for any purpose other than the payment of such trust claims.

 

5.   NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

5.1                 Financial Covenants.   The Borrower will not at any time or during any fiscal period (as applicable) fail to be in compliance with any of the financial covenants in this section.

 

(a)Definitions.  The following definitions shall apply to this Section:

 

(i)          “GAAP” shall mean Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in effect from time to time in the United States.

 

(ii)         “Intangible Assets” shall mean, as of the date of determination thereof, assets that in accordance with GAAP are properly classifiable as intangible assets, including, but not limited to, goodwill, franchises, licenses, patents, trademarks, trade names, deferred assets and copyrights.

 

(iii)        “Tangible Net Worth” shall mean, as of the date of determination thereof, total assets, excluding all Intangible Assets, all obligations owed from affiliates or any employee, shareholder, partner or member, any capitalized start-up or development expenses, and any write up or reappraisal of the Borrower’s existing assets less total liabilities.

 

(b)Debt to Tangible Net Worth.  The Borrower shall not permit the ratio of its total liabilities to Net Worth to be greater than 1.50 to 1.0 at the end of each fiscal year.

 

(c)Non-Financial Covenant.  All advance requests are required to be in writing and include the amount, the use, and the anticipated repayment.

 

5.2                 Limitations on Indebtedness.   Borrower shall not issue any evidence of indebtedness or create, assume, guarantee, become contingently liable for, or suffer to exist indebtedness in addition to indebtedness to the Bank, except indebtedness or liabilities of Borrower, other than for money borrowed, incurred or arising in the ordinary course of business.

 

5.3                 Sale of Interest.   There shall not be any sale or transfer of ownership of any interest in the Borrower without the Bank’s prior written consent unless such transfer shall not result in change in control of Borrower.

 

Loan Number - Note 1: 14931139001

 

11
 

  

5.4                 Loans or Advances.   Borrower shall not make any loans or advances to any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, or other organization or person, including without limitation its officers and employees; provided, however, that Borrower may make advances to its employees, including its members, officers, with respect to expenses incurred or to be incurred by such employees in the ordinary course of business which expenses are reimbursable by Borrower; and provided further, however, that Borrower may extend credit in the ordinary course of business in accordance with customary trade practices.

 

5.5                 Distributions.   Borrower shall not, without prior written permission of the Bank, make any distribution to any of Borrower’s members or managers in cash or in property or redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any interests, provided, so long as Borrower is not in default hereunder, distributions to the members of Borrower in such amounts as are necessary to pay the tax liability of such members due as a result of such members interest in the Borrower.

 

5.6                 Investments.   The Borrower shall not make investments in, or advances to, any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust or other organization or person other than as previously specifically consented to in writing by the Bank. The Borrower will not purchase or otherwise invest in or hold securities, nonoperating real estate or other nonoperating assets or purchase all or substantially all the assets of any entity other than as previously specifically consented to in writing by the Bank.

 

5.7                 Merger.   Borrower shall not merge or consolidate or be merged or consolidated with or into any other entity.

 

5.8                 Capital Expenditures.   The Borrower shall not, directly or indirectly, make or commit to make capital expenditures by lease, purchase, or otherwise, except in the ordinary and usual course of business for the purpose of replacing machinery, equipment or other personal property which, as a consequence of wear, duplication or obsolescence, is no longer used or necessary in the Borrower’s business.

 

5.9                 Sale of Assets.   Borrower shall not sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any of its assets, except in the ordinary and usual course of business and except for the purpose of replacing machinery, equipment or other personal property which, as a consequence of wear, duplication or obsolescence, is no longer used or necessary in the Borrower’s business, provided that fair consideration is received therefor; provided, however, in no event shall the Borrower sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any equipment purchased with the proceeds of any loans made by the Bank.

 

5.10               Restriction on Liens.   Borrower shall not grant any security interest in, or mortgage of, any of its properties or assets including the Collateral. Borrower shall not enter into any agreement with any person other than the Bank that prohibits the Borrower from granting any security interest in, or mortgage of, any of its properties or assets including the Collateral.

 

5.11               Other Business.   Borrower shall not engage in any business other than the business in which it is currently engaged or a business reasonably allied thereto.

 

5.12               Change of Name, etc.   Borrower shall not change its legal name or the State or the type of its formation, without giving the Bank at least 30 days prior written notice thereof.

 

6.   DEFAULT

 

6.1                 Default.   “Event of Default” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of any of the following events:

 

(a)default of any liability, obligation, covenant or undertaking of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations to the Bank, hereunder or otherwise, including, without limitation, failure to pay

 

Loan Number - Note 1: 14931139001

 

12
 

  

in full and when due any installment of principal or interest or default of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations under any other Loan Document or any other agreement with the Bank continuing for 15 days with respect to any default (other than with respect to the payment of money for which there is no grace period);

 

(b)failure of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations to maintain aggregate collateral security value satisfactory to the Bank continuing for 15 days;

 

(c)default of any material liability, obligation or undertaking of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations to any other party continuing for 15 days;

 

(d)if any statement, representation or warranty heretofore, now or hereafter made by the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or in any supporting financial statement of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations shall be determined by the Bank to have been false or misleading in any material respect when made;

 

(e)if the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations is a corporation, trust, partnership or limited liability company, the liquidation, termination or dissolution of any such organization, or the merger or consolidation of such organization into another entity, or its ceasing to carry on actively its present business or the appointment of a receiver for its property;

 

(f)the death of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations and, if the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations is a partnership or limited liability company, the death of any partner or member;

 

(g)the institution by or against the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations of any proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code 11 USC §101 et seq. or any other law in which the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations is alleged to be insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they mature, or the making by the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations of an assignment for the benefit of creditors or the granting by the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations of a trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors;

 

(h)the service upon the Bank of a writ in which the Bank is named as trustee of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations;

 

(i)a judgment or judgments for the payment of money shall be rendered against the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations, and any such judgment shall remain unsatisfied and in effect for any period of thirty (30) consecutive days without a stay of execution;

 

(j)any levy, lien (including mechanics lien), seizure, attachment, execution or similar process shall be issued or levied on any of the property of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations;

 

(k)the termination or revocation of any guaranty of the Obligations; or

 

(l)the occurrence of such a change in the condition or affairs (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations, or the occurrence of any other event or circumstance, such that the Bank, in its sole discretion, deems that it is insecure or that the prospects for timely or full payment or performance of any obligation of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations to the Bank has been or may be impaired.

 

6.2                 Acceleration.   If an Event of Default shall occur, at the election of the Bank, all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without notice or demand, except with respect to Obligations payable on DEMAND, which shall be due and payable on DEMAND, whether or not an Event of Default has occurred.

 

Loan Number - Note 1: 14931139001

 

13
 

  

The Bank is hereby authorized, at its election, after an Event of Default or after Demand, without any further demand or notice except to such extent as notice may be required by applicable law, to take possession and/or sell or otherwise dispose of all or any of the Collateral at public or private sale; and the Bank may also exercise any and all other rights and remedies of a secured party under the Code or which are otherwise accorded to it in equity or at law, all as Bank may determine, and such exercise of rights in compliance with the requirements of law will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral. If notice of a sale or other action by the Bank is required by applicable law, unless the Collateral is perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, the Borrower agrees that ten (10) days written notice to the Borrower, or the shortest period of written notice permitted by such law, whichever is smaller, shall be sufficient notice; and that to the extent permitted by law, the Bank, its officers, attorneys and agents may bid and become purchasers at any such sale, if public, and may purchase at any private sale any of the Collateral that is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market or which is the subject of widely distributed standard price quotations. Any sale (public or private) shall be without warranty and free from any right of redemption, which the Borrower shall waive and release after default upon the Bank’s request therefor, and may be free of any warranties as to the Collateral if Bank shall so decide. No purchaser at any sale (public or private) shall be responsible for the application of the purchase money. Any balance of the net proceeds of sale remaining after paying all Obligations of the Borrower to the Bank shall be returned to such other party as may be legally entitled thereto; and if there is a deficiency, the Borrower shall be responsible for repayment of the same, with interest. Upon demand by the Bank, the Borrower shall assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Bank at a place designated by the Bank which is reasonably convenient to the Bank and the Borrower. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the Bank has extended credit and other financial accommodations to the Borrower upon reliance of the Borrower’s granting the Bank the rights and remedies contained in this Agreement including without limitation the right to take immediate possession of the Collateral upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or after DEMAND with respect to Obligations payable on DEMAND and the Borrower hereby acknowledges that the Bank is entitled to equitable and injunctive relief to enforce any of its rights and remedies hereunder or under the Code and the Borrower hereby waives any defense to such equitable or injunctive relief based upon any allegation of the absence of irreparable harm to the Bank.

 

The Bank shall not be required to marshal any present or future security for (including but not limited to this Agreement and the Collateral subject to the security interest created hereby), or guarantees of, the Obligations or any of them, or to resort to such security or guarantees in any particular order; and all of its rights hereunder and in respect of such securities and guaranties shall be cumulative and in addition to all other rights, however existing or arising. To the extent that it lawfully may do so, the Borrower hereby agrees that it will not invoke and irrevocably waives the benefits of any law relating to the marshaling of collateral which might cause delay in or impede the enforcement of the Bank’s rights under this Agreement or under any other instrument evidencing any of the Obligations or under which any of the Obligations is outstanding or by which any of the Obligations is secured or guaranteed. Except as required by applicable law, the Bank shall have no duty as to the collection or protection of the Collateral or any income thereon, nor as to the preservation of rights against prior parties, nor as to the preservation of any rights pertaining thereto beyond the safe custody thereof.

 

6.3                 Power of Attorney.   The Borrower hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Bank as the Borrower’s true and lawful attorney, with full power of substitution, at the sole cost and expense of the Borrower but for the sole benefit of the Bank, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or after DEMAND with respect to Obligations payable on DEMAND, to convert the Collateral into cash, including, without limitation, completing the manufacture or processing of work in process, and the sale (either public or private) of all or any portion or portions of the inventory and other Collateral; to enforce collection of the Collateral, either in its own name or in the name of the Borrower, including, without limitation, executing releases or waivers, compromising or settling with any Debtors and prosecuting, defending, compromising or releasing any action relating to the Collateral; to receive, open and dispose of all mail addressed to the Borrower and to take therefrom any remittances or proceeds of Collateral in which the Bank has a security interest; to notify Post Office authorities to change the address for delivery of mail addressed to the Borrower to such address as the Bank shall designate; to endorse the name of the

 

Loan Number - Note 1: 14931139001

 

14
 

  

Borrower in favor of the Bank upon any and all checks, drafts, money orders, notes, acceptances or other instruments of the same or different nature; to sign and endorse the name of the Borrower on and to receive as secured party any of the Collateral, any invoices, freight or express receipts, or bills of lading, storage receipts, warehouse receipts, or other documents of title of the same or different nature relating to the Collateral; to sign the name of the Borrower on any notice of the Debtors or on verification of the Collateral; and to sign, if necessary, and file or record on behalf of the Borrower any financing or other statement in order to perfect or protect the Bank’s security interest. The Bank shall not be obliged to do any of the acts or exercise any of the powers hereinabove authorized, but if the Bank elects to do any such act or exercise any such power, it shall not be accountable for more than it actually receives as a result of such exercise of power, and it shall not be responsible to the Borrower except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. All powers conferred upon the Bank by this Agreement, being coupled with an interest, shall be irrevocable so long as any Obligation of the Borrower or any guarantor or surety to the Bank shall remain unpaid or the Bank is obligated under this Agreement to extend any credit to the Borrower.

 

6.4                 Nonexclusive Remedies.  All of the Bank’s rights and remedies not only under the provisions of this Agreement but also under any other agreement or transaction shall be cumulative and not alternative or exclusive, and may be exercised by the Bank at such time or times and in such order of preference as the Bank in its sole discretion may determine.

 

6.5                 Reassignment to Borrower.  Whenever the Bank deems it desirable that any legal action be instituted with respect to any Collateral or that any other action be taken in any attempt to effectuate collection of any Collateral, the Bank may reassign the item in question to the Borrower (and if the Bank shall execute any such reassignment, it shall automatically be deemed to be without recourse to the Bank in any event) and require the Borrower to proceed with such legal or other action at the Borrower’s sole liability, cost and expense, in which event all amounts collected by the Borrower on such item shall nevertheless be subject to the Bank’s security interest.

 

7.   MISCELLANEOUS

 

7.1                 Waivers.  The Borrower waives notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, notice of nonpayment, demand, presentment, protest or notice of protest of the Obligations, and all other notices, consents to any renewals or extensions of time of payment thereof, and generally waives any and all suretyship defenses and defenses in the nature thereof.

 

7.2                 Waiver of Homestead.  To the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, the Borrower hereby waives and terminates any homestead rights and/or exemptions respecting any of its property under the provisions of any applicable homestead laws, including without limitation, Section 5206 of the Civil Practice Law and Rules of New York.

 

7.3                 Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement or portion of such provision or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall to any extent be held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement (or the remainder of such provision) and the application thereof to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby.

 

7.4                 Deposit Collateral.   The Borrower hereby grants to the Bank a continuing lien and security interest in any and all deposits or other sums at any time credited by or due from the Bank or any Bank Affiliate to the Borrower and any cash, securities, instruments or other property of the Borrower in the possession of the Bank or any Bank Affiliate, whether for safekeeping or otherwise, or in transit to or from the Bank or any Bank Affiliate (regardless of the reason the Bank or Bank Affiliate had received the same or whether the Bank or Bank Affiliate has conditionally released the same) as security for the full and punctual payment and performance of all of the liabilities and obligations of the Borrower to the Bank or any Bank Affiliate and such deposits and other sums may be applied or set off against such liabilities and obligations of the Borrower to the Bank or any Bank Affiliate at any time, whether or not such are then due, whether or

 

Loan Number - Note 1: 14931139001

 

15
 

  

not demand has been made and whether or not other collateral is then available to the Bank or any Bank Affiliate.

 

7.5                Indemnification.   The Borrower shall indemnify, defend and hold the Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents and attorneys (each an “Indemnitee”) harmless of and from any claim brought or threatened against any Indemnitee by the Borrower, any guarantor or endorser of the Obligations, or any other person (as well as from reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses in connection therewith) on account of the Bank’s relationship with the Borrower, or any guarantor or endorser of the Obligations (each of which may be defended, compromised, settled or pursued by the Bank with counsel of the Bank’s election, but at the expense of the Borrower), except for any claim arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank. The within indemnification shall survive payment of the Obligations, and/or any termination, release or discharge executed by the Bank in favor of the Borrower.

 

7.6                 Costs and Expenses.   The Borrower shall pay to the Bank on demand any and all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, court costs, litigation and other expenses) incurred or paid by the Bank in establishing, maintaining, protecting or enforcing any of the Bank’s rights or the Obligations, including, without limitation, any and all such costs and expenses incurred or paid by the Bank in defending the Bank’s security interest in, title or right to the Collateral or in collecting or attempting to collect or enforcing or attempting to enforce payment of the Obligations.

 

7.7                 Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute but one agreement.

 

7.8                 Complete Agreement.   This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement and understanding between and among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior proposals, negotiations, agreements and understandings among the parties hereto with respect to such subject matter.

 

7.9                 Binding Effect of Agreement.   This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto, and shall remain in full force and effect (and the Bank shall be entitled to rely thereon) until released in writing by the Bank. The Bank may transfer and assign this Agreement and deliver the Collateral to the assignee, who shall thereupon have all of the rights of the Bank; and the Bank shall then be relieved and discharged of any responsibility or liability with respect to this Agreement and the Collateral. The Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein or in the other Loan Documents, nothing, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any party, other than the parties hereto, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

7.10               Further Assurances.   Borrower will from time to time execute and deliver to Bank such documents, and take or cause to be taken, all such other or further action, as Bank may request in order to effect and confirm or vest more securely in Bank all rights contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, to correct clerical errors) or to vest more fully in or assure to the Bank the security interest in the Collateral granted to the Bank by this Agreement or to comply with applicable statute or law and to facilitate the collection of the Collateral (including, without limitation, the execution of stock transfer orders and stock powers, endorsement of promissory notes and instruments and notifications to obligors on the Collateral). To the extent permitted by applicable law, Borrower authorizes the Bank to file financing statements, continuation statements or amendments, and any such financing statements, continuation statements or amendments may be filed at any time in any jurisdiction. Bank may at any time and from time to time file financing statements, continuation statements and amendments thereto which contain any information required by the Code for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement or amendment, including whether Borrower is an organization, the type of organization and any organization identification number issued to Borrower. Borrower agrees to furnish any such information to Bank promptly upon request. In addition,

 

Loan Number - Note 1: 14931139001

 

16
 

  

Borrower shall at any time and from time to time take such steps as Bank may reasonably request for Bank (i) to obtain an acknowledgment, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, of any bailee having possession of any of the Collateral that the bailee holds such Collateral for Bank, (ii) to obtain “control” (as defined in the Code) of any Collateral comprised of deposit accounts, electronic chattel paper, letter of credit rights or investment property, with any agreements establishing control to be in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, and (iii) otherwise to insure the continued perfection and priority of Bank’s security interest in any of the Collateral and the preservation of its rights therein. Borrower hereby constitutes Bank its attorney-in-fact to execute, if necessary, and file all filings required or so requested for the foregoing purposes, all acts of such attorney being hereby ratified and confirmed; and such power, being coupled with an interest, shall be irrevocable until this Agreement terminates in accordance with its terms, all Obligations are irrevocably paid in full and the Collateral is released.

 

The Borrower agrees to execute, re-execute, cause any Guarantor(s) or other third party(ies) involved in the loan transaction to execute and/or re-execute and to deliver to Bank or its legal counsel, as may be deemed appropriate, any document or instrument signed in connection with the Loan(s) which was incorrectly drafted and/or signed, as well as any document or instrument which should have been signed at or prior to the closing of the Loan(s), but which was not so signed and delivered. Borrower agrees to comply with any written request by Bank within ten (10) days after receipt by Borrower of such request. Failure by Borrower to so comply shall, at the option of Bank, upon notice to Borrower, constitute an event of default under the Loan(s). The Borrower authorizes the Bank to make any credit inquiries Bank deems necessary and authorizes any person or credit reporting agency to give Bank a copy of the Borrower’s credit report and any other financial information it may have.

 

7.11               Amendments and Waivers.   This Agreement may be amended and Borrower may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, if Borrower shall obtain the Bank’s prior written consent to each such amendment, action or omission to act. No course of dealing and no delay or omission on the part of Bank in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right and waiver on any one or more occasions shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right or remedy of Bank on any future occasion.

 

7.12               Terms of Agreement.   This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations or obligation of Borrower to Bank shall be outstanding, or the Bank shall have any obligation to extend any financial accommodation hereunder, and is supplementary to each and every other agreement between Borrower and Bank and shall not be so construed as to limit or otherwise derogate from any of the rights or remedies of Bank or any of the liabilities, obligations or undertakings of Borrower under any such agreement, nor shall any contemporaneous or subsequent agreement between Borrower and the Bank be construed to limit or otherwise derogate from any of the rights or remedies of Bank or any of the liabilities, obligations or undertakings of Borrower hereunder, unless such other agreement specifically refers to this Agreement and expressly so provides.

 

7.13               Notices.  Any notice under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be a signed writing or other authenticated record (within the meaning of Article 9 of the Code). Any notices under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed duly received and effective if delivered in hand to any officer of agent of the Borrower or Bank, or if mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Borrower or Bank at the address set forth in this Agreement or as any party may from time to time designate by written notice to the other party; notwithstanding the foregoing notices to the Bank with respect to accounting and collateral release and notices to the Trustee pursuant to a Deed of Trust shall be sent to the Bank as follows: Attention: VP Loan Servicing, Loan Services, 6000 Atrium Way Mt. Laurel NJ 08054.

 

7.14               Governing Law.   This Agreement has been executed or completed and/or is to be performed in New York, and it and all transactions thereunder or pursuant thereto shall be governed as to interpretation, validity, effect, rights, duties and remedies of the parties thereunder and in all other respects by the laws of New York without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

Loan Number - Note 1: 14931139001

 

17
 

  

7.15               Reproductions.   This Agreement and all documents which have been or may be hereinafter furnished by Borrower to the Bank may be reproduced by the Bank by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, xerographic or similar process, and any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made in the regular course of business).

 

7.16               Publicity and Signage.   The Bank, in its sole discretion, shall have the right to announce and publicize the source of financing made pursuant to this Agreement, as it deems appropriate, by means and media selected by the Bank. Such publication shall include all pertinent information relating to such financing, including without limitation, the term, purpose, pricing, loan amount, name of borrowing entity and location of property. The Bank shall also have the right to display a sign at any real property respecting which the Bank has a security interest which indicates that the Bank is providing the financing. If such sign is provided, the Borrower shall cause the sign to be displayed as requested by the Bank and shall maintain such display during the period requested by the Bank. The form and content of the sign and/or published information shall be in the sole discretion of the Bank and shall be considered the sole and exclusive property of the Bank. All expenses related to publicizing the financing shall be the sole responsibility of the Bank.

 

7.17               Cancellation Fees.   All fees required to cancel, satisfy or terminate the collateral documents securing this Loan shall be paid by Borrower at the time of payoff of the Loan.

 

7.18               Jurisdiction and Venue.   Borrower irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or state court sitting in New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Borrower irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that the same has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Borrower hereby consents to any and all process which may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding, (i) by mailing a copy thereof by registered and certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Borrower’s address shown in this Agreement or as notified to the Bank and (ii) by serving the same upon the Borrower in any other manner otherwise permitted by law, and agrees that such service shall in every respect be deemed effective service upon Borrower.

 

7.19               JURY WAIVER.    THE BORROWER AND BANK EACH HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY, AND AFTER AN OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH LEGAL COUNSEL, (A) WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE OBLIGATIONS, ALL MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND DOCUMENTS EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH AND (B) AGREE NOT TO SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE, OR HAS NOT BEEN, WAIVED. THE BORROWER CERTIFIES THAT NEITHER THE BANK NOR ANY OF ITS REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR COUNSEL HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT THE BANK WOULD NOT IN THE EVENT OF ANY SUCH PROCEEDING SEEK TO ENFORCE THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

Loan Number - Note 1: 14931139001

 

18
 

  

Executed as of February 28, 2013.

 

  Borrower:
   
  Sidoti & Company, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Peter Sidoti
    Peter Sidoti, Manager
     
  By: /s/ Marie Conway
    Marie Conway

 

Accepted: TD Bank, N.A.  
     
By: /s/ Michael A. Lembo  
Name: Michael A. Lembo  
Title:  Duly Authorized Representative  

 

Loan Number - Note 1: 14931139001

 

19


 

Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Sidoti & Company, Inc.

 

Name   Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
Sidoti & Company, LLC   Delaware

 

 


 

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors
Sidoti & Company, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report dated October 22, 2014 with respect to the financial statements of Sidoti & Company, LLC as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for each year then ended, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

(signed) KPMG LLP

Roseland, New Jersey
October 22, 2014


 

Exhibit 23.3

 

Consent of

Seymour G. Siegel

 

Pursuant to Rule 438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (as amended, the “Registration Statement”) of Sidoti & Company, Inc. (the “Company”), the undersigned hereby consents to being named and described in the Registration Statement and in any and all amendments or supplements thereto to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission as a person about to become a director of the Company and to the filing or attachment of this Consent with such Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Consent as of the 22nd day of October, 2014.

 

/s/ Seymour G. Siegel

  Seymour G. Siegel

 

 


 

Exhibit 23.4 

 

Consent of

Dr. Michael R. Cunningham

 

Pursuant to Rule 438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (as amended, the “Registration Statement”) of Sidoti & Company, Inc. (the “Company”), the undersigned hereby consents to being named and described in the Registration Statement and in any and all amendments or supplements thereto to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission as a person about to become a director of the Company and to the filing or attachment of this Consent with such Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Consent as of the 22nd day of October, 2014.

 

/s/ Dr. Michael R. Cunningham

  Dr. Michael R. Cunningham

  

 


 

Exhibit 23.5

 

Consent of

John M. Gibbons

 

Pursuant to Rule 438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (as amended, the “Registration Statement”) of Sidoti & Company, Inc. (the “Company”), the undersigned hereby consents to being named and described in the Registration Statement and in any and all amendments or supplements thereto to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission as a person about to become a director of the Company and to the filing or attachment of this Consent with such Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Consent as of the 22nd day of October, 2014.

 

 

/s/ John M. Gibbons

  John M. Gibbons